You are on page 1of 142

ASME B31Q-2016

(Revision of ASME B31Q-2014)

Pipeline
Personnel
Qualification
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31

A N A M E R I C A N N AT I O N A L STA N DA R D
ASME B31Q-2016
(Revision of ASME B31Q-2014)

Pipeline
Personnel
Qualification
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31

AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD

Two Park Avenue New York, NY 10016 USA


Date of Issuance: August 30, 2016

The next edition of this Standard is scheduled for publication in 2018. This Standard will become effective 6 months
after the Date of Issuance.

ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of technical aspects of this Standard. Interpretations
are published under http://go.asme.org/Interpretations. Periodically certain actions of the ASME B31 Committees
may be published as Cases. Cases are published on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages at http://go.asme.
org/B31committee as they are issued.

Errata to codes and standards may be posted on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages to provide correc-
tions to incorrectly published items, or to correct typographical or grammatical errors in codes and standards. Such
errata shall be used on the date posted.

The B31 Committee Pages can be found at http://go.asme.org/B31committee. The associated B31 Committee Pages
for each code and standard can be accessed from this main page. There is an option available to automatically receive
an e-mail notification when errata are posted to a particular code or standard. This option can be found on the appro-
priate Committee Page after selecting Errata in the Publication Information section.

ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National Standards. The
Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concerned interests
have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment that provides
an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.
ASME does not approve, rate, or endorse any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any items mentioned in this
document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for infringement of any applicable letters patent,
nor assumes any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of such patent rights,
and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representatives(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as government or industry
endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established ASME procedures
and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,


in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990

Copyright 2016 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
CONTENTS

Foreword ............................................................................................................................................................................... iv
Committee Roster ................................................................................................................................................................ vi
1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Definitions.................................................................................................................................................. 1
3 References................................................................................................................................................. 2
4 Qualification Program................................................................................................................................ 2
5 Determining Covered Tasks....................................................................................................................... 4
6 Abnormal Operating Conditions (AOCs).................................................................................................... 8
7 Training...................................................................................................................................................... 8
8 Evaluation.................................................................................................................................................. 9
9 Qualifications............................................................................................................................................. 11
10 Portability.................................................................................................................................................. 14
11 Program Effectiveness............................................................................................................................... 15
12 Communicating the Qualification Program and Managing Program Changes.......................................... 16
13 Documentation Requirements................................................................................................................... 17
14 Bibliography.............................................................................................................................................. 19

Figure
5.4-1 Fault Tree Example........................................................................................................................................... 6

Nonmandatory Appendices
A Integrated Task List.......................................................................................................................................... 21
B Summary of Integrated Task List................................................................................................................... 88
C Task List Development Process...................................................................................................................... 101
D Example of Evaluation Criteria...................................................................................................................... 102
E Abnormal Operating Conditions (AOCs)..................................................................................................... 103
F Evaluation Method Selection.......................................................................................................................... 104
G DIF Analysis for Subsequent Qualification Intervals.................................................................................. 107
H Implementation of ASME B31Q..................................................................................................................... 113
I Program Implementation and Effectiveness Appraisals............................................................................ 132

iii
FOREWORD

Using pipelines for the transmission and distribution of gas and hazardous liquids is one of the safest forms of
transportation. However, investigations of pipeline accidents from 1975 through 1986 revealed that human error was
a contributing factor to some failures. The failures prompted the United States National Transportation Safety Board
(NTSB) to make explicit recommendations for the training, testing, and qualification of pipeline employees in 1987. The
qualification of pipeline personnel is an important measure against failures caused by human error.
The development of this Standard originated from the need for the pipeline industry to take a rational and technical
approach to operator qualification (OQ) and from regulatory actions in the United States from 1987 through 2003. In
1987, the United States Department of Transportation (DOT) issued a notice inviting public comment on the need for
additional regulations or a certification program for the qualification of personnel who design, construct, operate, and
maintain gas or hazardous liquid pipelines. Shortly thereafter, work began in the United States Congress to amend the
Pipeline Safety Laws to include OQ requirements. The Pipeline Safety Act of 1992 included language requiring that
personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of pipelines be tested for qualifications and certified to operate
and maintain those pipelines.
In response to this congressional action, DOT published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in 1994 to establish
specific training requirements for the qualification of pipeline workers. This training rule met with varying responses,
including a petition for withdrawal of the NPRM from pipeline industry representatives. In the meantime, Congress
amended the 1992 law with the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 1996 requiring simply that individuals who operate
or maintain pipelines be qualified. In addition, this Act required that the qualifications address the ability to recognize
and react appropriately to abnormal operating conditions (AOCs) that may indicate a potentially dangerous situation or
a condition exceeding design limits. In 1996, DOT withdrew the 1994 proposed rulemaking and simultaneously issued
a notice to form a negotiated rulemaking committee (RegNeg Committee) to develop a final rule on the qualification of
pipeline personnel.
The negotiated rulemaking process was intended to provide an opportunity for affected parties to present their views
and reach a consensus on a proposed qualification rule. The RegNeg Committee members came from various organiza-
tions representing broad interests, including industry, government, labor, and the public. The committee met several
times from 1997 through 1999, when consensus on the final rule was reached.
The Final Rule on the Qualification of Pipeline Personnel was issued by DOT on August 27, 1999. This final rule delin-
eated the essential elements of a qualification program and limited the scope of the rule with a four-part test for covered
tasks. It also set time frames for the development of the operators qualification programs and the completion of initial
qualification of pipeline personnel in 2002.
The Final Rule was not prescriptive, and the resulting flexibility built into the performance-based rule made it dif-
ficult to measure operators compliance with the rule. This led to the development of protocols to assist regulators in
the evaluation of qualification programs. Protocols were finalized after a series of public meetings in 2003; however, dif-
ferences still existed between the pipeline industry and DOT regarding the implementation, inspection, and subsequent
enforcement of the OQ rule. Both groups committed to the development of a national consensus code on personnel
qualification, where the outstanding issues could be resolved.
The pipeline industry approached ASME to sponsor the development of a consensus code on pipeline personnel
qualification. The ASME Standard for Pressure Piping, B31 Committee formed the B31Q Project Team on Qualification
of Pipeline Operators. This project team met for the first time in August 2003 and began the task of crafting a consensus
code for the qualification of pipeline personnel to resolve the outstanding issues and maintain as much of the current
regulatory requirements as possible.
The B31Q Project Team included representatives from federal and state regulatory agencies, contractors, industry
associations, labor, and three industry sectors: hazardous liquid, gas transmission, and local distribution companies.
The project team met regularly over a period of 20 months to reach consensus on the content of the code. Additional
resources, including Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), industry associations, and service providers were utilized regularly.
In all, over 100 people worked diligently within the ASME process, utilizing technically based data where possible,
in an attempt to meet the diverse needs of the industry and regulators. Unlike most ASME standards, however, this
Standard is focused on the human aspects of operating and maintaining pipeline equipment instead of on the instruc-
tions for designing or operating this equipment. Therefore, technical-based data were not always available. For those
areas where technically based data did not exist, the project team utilized accepted industry practices or reached con-
sensus within the Project Team. Nonmandatory Appendices, which include a covered task list, were added to provide
additional guidance to assist pipeline operators in developing or modifying their personnel qualification programs.

iv
This Standard provides general and specific requirements for the qualification of pipeline personnel. The implemen-
tation of this Standard is intended to minimize the impact on safety and integrity of the pipeline due to human error
that may result from an individuals lack of knowledge, skills, or abilities during the performance of certain activities.
This Standard does not impose a requirement to perform specific tasks that affect the safety or integrity of the pipeline.
It does, however, set the requirements for qualification of individuals in the event these types of tasks are performed.
This Standard establishes the requirements for identifying covered tasks that impact the safety or integrity of pipe-
lines performed during operation, maintenance, or construction, properly qualifying individuals to perform those tasks,
and for managing the qualifications of pipeline personnel. Design and engineering tasks are excluded because assur-
ance of their quality is provided by the fact that appropriately educated or experienced individuals perform these tasks
using guidelines and procedures for the conduct of their work. In addition, the quality of the work product is generally
confirmed procedurally through review and ultimately by field inspection and testing of the design that are required
by the applicable ASME Standard (B31.4 and B31.8 for hazardous liquid pipelines and gas pipelines, respectively) and
jurisdictional authority. Design and engineering tasks involving analysis and integration of data associated with integ-
rity management are excluded from this Standard.
It is recognized that this Standard is being issued at a time when numerous entities have previously developed and
implemented qualification programs. Therefore, as part of implementation of this Standard, the implementer should
determine what changes to provisions of its existing program (e.g., span of control, subsequent qualification intervals,
evaluation methods) are required to meet this Standard. An individual qualified to perform a covered task under the
existing program could be considered to be qualified under the program described by this Standard. Individuals cur-
rently qualified under an existing program can maintain their qualifications by meeting the subsequent qualification
requirements established in this Standard. A documented performance evaluation, if not previously performed for a
task that requires performance evaluation for initial qualification under this Standard, should be performed either dur-
ing the implementation period or at the time of subsequent qualification.
The 2010 Edition of the Standard was a compilation of the 2006 Edition, addition of four new tasks in the task list,
editorial refinement, and clarification on handling the following issues: new technology, long-term degradation of
physical abilities, qualification exemptions, and new construction.
The 2014 Edition of the Standard was a compilation of the 2010 Edition and enhancement of the qualification stand-
ards to provide more in-depth evaluation criteria for 145 of 165 tasks in the task list.
The 2016 Edition of the Standard is a compilation of the 2014 Edition and enhancement of the qualification stand-
ards to provide more in-depth evaluation criteria for the balance of the task list; addition of seven new tasks to the
task list; removal of nine tasks specific to diving that are covered sufficiently by NDT, welding, and other land-based
tasks; removal of one task that is being combined with a similar task; addition of a Nonmandatory Appendix that
provides guidance for implementing ASME B31Q and the nonmandatory task list; and clarification on the following
issues: construction documentation clarified in the definition of documentation in the nonmandatory task list, and
redesignating section and appendices to follow ASME guidelines.
This Standard was approved as an American National Standard on May 18, 2016.
Suggestions for the improvement of this Standard are welcome. They should be addressed to Secretary, B31 Standards
Committee, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.
This Foreword is provided as an aid to the user and is not part of the requirements of this Standard. This Foreword
should not be interpreted as containing any requirements or limits enforceable or auditable by any entity. Where, in the
judgment of the Committee, any of the topics covered by this Foreword ought to be addressed in the requirements of
this Standard, appropriate requirements have been formulated and included in the body of this Standard.

v
ASME B31 COMMITTEE
Standard for Pressure Piping
STANDARDS COMMITTEE OFFICERS
J. E. Meyer, Chair
J. W. Frey, Vice Chair
A. Maslowski, Secretary

STANDARDS COMMITTEE PERSONNEL

R. J. T. Appleby, ExxonMobil Development Co. A. Maslowski, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
C. Becht IV, Becht Engineering Co. W. J. Mauro, American Electric Power
K. C. Bodenhamer, TRC Solutions J. E. Meyer, Louis Perry and Associates, Inc.
R. Bojarczuk, ExxonMobil Research & Engineering Co. T. Monday, Team Industries, Inc.
C. J. Campbell, Air Liquide M. L. Nayyar, NICE
J. S. Chin, TransCanada Pipeline U.S. G. R. Petru, Acapella Engineering Services, LLC
D. D. Christian, Victaulic D. W. Rahoi, CCM 2000
R. P. Deubler, Fronek Power Systems, LLC R. Reamey, Turner Industries Group, LLC
C. Eskridge, Jr., Jacobs Engineering E. H. Rinaca, Dominion Resources, Inc.
D. J. Fetzner, BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc. M. J. Rosenfeld, Kiefner and Associates, Inc.
P. D. Flenner, Flenner Engineering Services J. T. Schmitz, Southwest Gas Corp.
J. W. Frey, Stress Engineering Services, Inc. S. K. Sinha, Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
D. R. Frikken, Becht Engineering Co. W. J. Sperko, Sperko Engineering Services, Inc.
R. A. Grichuk, Fluor Corp. J. Swezy, Jr., Boiler Code Tech, LLC
R. W. Haupt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc. F. W. Tatar, FM Global
L. E. Hayden, Jr., Ex-Officio, Consultant K. A. Vilminot, Black and Veatch
G. A. Jolly, Consultant J. Willis, Page Southerland Page, Inc.
A. J. Livingston, Ex-Officio, Kinder Morgan

B31 QUALIFICATION OF PIPELINE PERSONNEL TECHNICAL COMMITTEE

A. J. Livingston,Chair, Kinder Morgan T. Hall, Contributing Member, Sunoco Logistics, LP


M. Burkhart,Vice Chair, Nicor Gas R. Hammork, Contributing Member, San Diego Gas and Electric
P. D. Stumpf,Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical B. A. Heck,Miller Pipeline Corp.
Engineers G. W. Isbell, Contributing Member, ENERGY Worldnet, Inc.
L. B. Ables, Enterprise Products J. Langwell, Contributing Member, OQSG, Industrial Solutions Group
A. Borgmeyer, Contributing Member, The Mosaic Co. W. B. McGaughey, Jr.,Contributing Member, USDOT/PHMSA
M. J. Bradley, Contributing Member, Pacific Gas & Electric T. Meek,Kinder Morgan
T. Cash,Veriforce W. Miller,Veriforce, LLC
A. Chamblin,Kinder Morgan D. K. Moore,Consultant
J. S. Chin,TransCanada Pipeline U.S. L. P. Murray,Consultant
K. Denny,Spectra Energy A. Podoreanu, Contributing Member, California Public Utilities Commission
J. F. Dolniak, Contributing Member, NIPSCO K. Riddle,Magellan Midstream Partners, LP
R. Evans,USDOT/PHMSA D. Ristig,Enable Midstream Partners
E. Fonseca, Contributing Member, Enterprise Products J. T. Schmitz,Southwest Gas Corp.
V. Frederick III,Henkels & McCoy T. A. Schumacher, Contributing Member, Ameren Illinois
S. Frye, Jr., Arizona Corp. Commission G. Shaw, Contributing Member, Colonial Pipeline Co.
J. Garland, Contributing Member, Industrial Training Services, Inc. R. C. Smith,AGL Resources
K. Gentile, USDOT/PHMSA R. L. Stump,Midwest Energy Association
T. Giles, Contributing Member, T. D. Williamson J. Trevino, Valero
S. Goodman, CenterPoint Energy J. Urtz, LIUNA Training & Education Fund
C. Grimard,TECO Peoples Gas T. Vaughan, Contributing Member, Spectra Energy
M. A. Gruenberg,Southwest Gas Corp. K. Wester-Hayes, Contributing Member, Explorer Pipeline Co.
S. C. Gupta,Contributing Member, Bharat Petroleum Corp. Ltd. P. Williams III, Contributing Member, OQSG, Industrial Solutions Group
D. Haifleigh,Flint Hills Resources, LP M. Zanter, State of South Dakota Public Utilities Commission

vi
B31 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
J. W. Frey, Chair, Stress Engineering Services, Inc. C. Kolovich, Kiefner and Associates
A. Maslowski,Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers H. Kutz, Johnson Controls Corp./York Process Systems
G. A. Antaki, Becht Engineering Co. A. J. Livingston, Kinder Morgan
R. J. T. Appleby, ExxonMobil Development Co. W. J. Mauro, American Electric Power
D. D. Christian,Victaulic J. E. Meyer, Louis Perry and Associates, Inc.
D. R. Frikken,Becht Engineering Co. M. L. Nayyar,NICE
R. A. Grichuk, Fluor Corp. S. K. Sinha, Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
L. E. Hayden, Jr.,Consultant

B31 FABRICATION AND EXAMINATION TECHNICAL COMMITTEE


J. Swezy, Jr.,Chair, Boiler Code Tech, LLC J. Hainswertz, Consultant
U. DUrso,Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers A. D. Nalbandian,Thielsch Engineering, Inc.
R. Campbell, Bechtel National, Inc. R. J. Silvia,Process Engineers and Constructors, Inc.
D. Couch, EPRI W. J. Sperko,Sperko Engineering Services, Inc.
R. J. Ferguson,Metallurgist P. L. Vaughan,ONEOK Partners
P. D. Flenner,Flenner Engineering Services K. Wu, Stellar Energy Systems
S. Gingrich, AECOM

B31 MATERIALS TECHNICAL COMMITTEE


R. A. Grichuk,Chair, Fluor Corp. G. Jolly, Consultant
C. OBrien,Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers C. Melo, Technip USA, Inc.
B. Bounds, Bechtel Corp. M. L. Nayyar,NICE
W. P. Collins, WPC Sol, LLC M. B. Pickell,Willbros Engineer, Inc.
R. P. Deubler,Fronek Power Systems, LLC D. W. Rahoi,CCM 2000
Z. Djilali,Contributing Member, Sonatrach R. A. Schmidt,Canadoil
W. H. Eskridge, Jr.,Jacobs Engineering J. L. Smith,Jacobs Engineering Group
A. A. Hassan, PGESCo

B31 MECHANICAL DESIGN TECHNICAL COMMITTEE


G. A. Antaki,Chair, Becht Engineering Co. R. W. Haupt,Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc.
J. C. Minichiello,Vice Chair, Bechtel National, Inc. B. P. Holbrook,Babcock Power, Inc.
R. Lucas,Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers H. Kosasayama,Delegate, JGC Corp.
D. Arnett, Chevron Energy Technology Co. W. J. Koves,Pi Engineering Software, Inc.
C. Becht IV,Becht Engineering Co. R. A. Leishear,Leishear Engineering, LLC
R. Bethea, HII-Newport News Shipbuilding G. D. Mayers,Alion Science and Technology
P. Cakir-Kavcar, Bechtel Corp. J. McCabe, General Dynamics Electric Boat
N. F. Consumo,Consultant T. Q. McCawley,TQM Engineering PC
J. P. Ellenberger,Consultant A. W. Paulin,Paulin Resource Group
M. Engelkemier, Stanley Consultants, Inc. R. A. Robleto,KBR
D. J. Fetzner,BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc. E. C. Rodabaugh,Honorary Member, Consultant
D. Fraser, NASA Ames Research Center M. J. Rosenfeld,Kiefner and Associates, Inc.
J. A. Graziano,Consultant T. Sato, Japan Power Engineering & Inspection Corp.
J. D. Hart, SSD, Inc. G. Stevick,Berkeley Engineering and Research, Inc.

B31 CONFERENCE COMMITTEE


A. Bell,Bonneville Power Administration R. F. Mullaney,B & PV Safety Branch/Vancouver
R. A. Coomes,Commonwealth of Kentucky P. Sher,State of Connecticut
D. H. Hanrath,Consultant D. A. Starr,Nebraska Department of Labor
C. J. Harvey,Alabama Public Service Commission D. J. Stursma,Iowa Utilities Board
D. T. Jagger,Ohio Department of Commerce R. P. Sullivan,NBBI
K. T. Lau,Alberta Boilers Safety Association J. E. Troppman,Division of Labor/State of Colorado Boiler
R. G. Marini,New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission Inspections
I. W. Mault,Manitoba Department of Labour W. A. M. West,Lighthouse Assistance, Inc.
A. W. Meiring,Fire and Building B & PV Division/Indiana T. F. Wickham,Rhode Island Department of Labor

vii
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

viii
ASME B31Q-2016

PIPELINE PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION

1 INTRODUCTION affected individual: an individual who performs a covered


task(s) or who has qualification program implementa-
1.1 Scope tion responsibility.
This Standard establishes the requirements for devel- covered task: a task that can affect the safety or integrity
oping and implementing an effective Pipeline Personnel of the pipeline.
Qualification Program (qualification program) utilizing a
combination of technically based data, accepted industry DI analysis: an analysis that explores the difficulty (D)
practices, and consensus-based decisions. The Standard and importance (I) of each task.
also offers guidance and examples of a variety of meth- DIF analysis: an analysis that explores the difficulty (D),
ods that may be used to meet selected requirements. The importance (I), and frequency of performance (F) of each
Standard specifies the requirements for identifying cov- task.
ered tasks that impact the safety or integrity of pipelines,
for qualifying individuals to perform those tasks, and for direct and observe: the process by which a qualified indi-
managing the qualifications of pipeline personnel. vidual oversees the work activities of a nonqualified
With the following exceptions, this Standard applies individual(s) and is able to take immediate corrective
to tasks that impact the safety or integrity of pipelines: action when necessary.
(a) design or engineering tasks distinctive physical ability: clearly defined perceptual or
(b) tasks that are primarily intended to ensure per- physical functioning required to perform a task (e.g.,
sonnel safety color vision, visual acuity, hearing, smell).
entity: any individual or organization utilizing any portion
1.2 Purpose and Objectives of this Standard to develop or implement a qualification
The purpose of this Standard is to establish require- program or portion thereof, including pipeline operators,
ments for the qualification and management of quali- contractors, subcontractors, service providers, etc.
fications for pipeline personnel. The objective of this evaluation: a process established to determine an indi-
Standard is to minimize the impact on safety and integ- viduals ability to perform a covered task. The term can
rity of the pipeline due to human error that may result be used to refer to the process, instrument(s), or both.
from an individuals lack of knowledge, skills, or abili- The process may entail one or more evaluation methods
ties during the performance of certain activities. or one or more distinct evaluation instruments.
Individuals who perform covered tasks and those indi-
viduals responsible for ensuring a qualified workforce evaluation criteria: the specific knowledge and skill an
shall meet the applicable requirements of this Standard. individual must possess and demonstrate to be quali-
fied to perform a covered task.
2 DEFINITIONS evaluation instrument: the materials that are used to con-
duct an evaluation, including but not limited to written,
ability: the mental and physical capacity to perform a task.
oral interview, and performance evaluation materials.
abnormal operating condition (AOC): a condition that may
evaluator: an individual selected or credentialed to con-
indicate a malfunction of a component or deviation from
duct performance or oral interview evaluations to deter-
normal operations that may
mine if the individual is qualified.
(a) indicate a condition exceeding design limits or
(b) result in a hazard(s) to persons, property, or the knowledge: a body of information applied directly to the
environment performance of a task.

1
ASME B31Q-2016

mutual aid: pipeline operator personnel assistance (aid) training: instructing individuals using materials
provided to another pipeline operator in the perfor- designed to convey the skills and knowledge necessary
mance of covered tasks. to perform a particular task.
on-the-job training: instruction at or near the work setting. training program: the written description, processes, pro-
cedures, training materials, and training tests that estab-
performance: demonstration of the knowledge, skills, and
lish and document training.
abilities (KSAs) required to complete a task.
performance monitoring: a means of confirming that an 2.1 Frequently Used Abbreviations
individual performs covered tasks in accordance with
AOCs = abnormal operating conditions
applicable standards or procedures.
KSA = knowledge, skill, and ability
personnel: individuals who perform covered tasks. SME = subject matter expert
personnel qualification: the results of the process under
which individuals become qualified in accordance with 3 REFERENCES
this Standard.
The following is a list of publications referenced in
pipeline: all parts of physical facilities through which gas, this Standard.
hazardous liquids, or carbon dioxide moves in transpor- API Std 653-2001, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration,
tation, including pipe, valves, fittings, flanges (including and Reconstruction
bolts and gaskets), regulators, pressure vessels, pulsa- API Std 1104-1999, Welding of Pipelines and Related
tion dampeners, relief valves, and other appurtenances Facilities
attached to pipe, compressor units, metering stations,
Publisher: American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L
regulator stations, pumping units, breakout tanks, and
Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005 (www.api.org)
fabricated assemblies.
ASME B31.8S-2012, Managing System Integrity of Gas
proctor: one selected to administer a written examination. Pipelines (Supplement to ASME B31.8)
qualified: an individual that has been evaluated and can ASME BPVC, 2013 Edition, Section IX, Welding, Brazing,
(a) perform assigned covered tasks and Fusing Qualifications
(b) recognize and react to abnormal operating Publisher: The American Society of Mechanical
conditions Engineers (ASME), Two Park Avenue, New York, NY
revocation: cancellation of an individuals qualification to 10016-5990 (www.asme.org)
perform an identified covered task(s). ASNT CP-189-2001, Standard for Qualification of
safety or integrity: the state of a pipeline being operation- Nondestructive Testing Personnel
ally sound (as affected by maintenance, construction, ASNT Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A-2001,
and operation activities) or having the ability to with- Personnel Qualification and Certification in Non
stand the stresses imposed during operations. destructive Testing
Publisher: American Society for Nondestructive
skill: the ability to perform mental and physical activities
Testing (ASNT), 1711 Arlingate Lane, P.O. Box 28518,
acquired or developed through training or experience.
Columbus, OH 43228 (www.asnt.org)
span of control: the maximum number of nonqualified
Fault Tree Development for the Nine Threats to Pipelines,
individuals that a qualified individual can direct and
Chen, Q. C-FER Technologies, Report Number L114,
observe performing a covered task listed in the task list
Edmonton, Alberta, 2006
as a ratio of qualified to nonqualified individuals.
Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline, Pipeline Integrity
subject matter expert (SME): an individual who possesses Prevention, Detection, and Mitigation Practices
knowledge and experience in the process/discipline GRI 00/0193, December 2000, Hartford Steam Boiler
they represent. Inspection and Insurance Co.
subsequent qualification: a process to evaluate, for contin-
ued qualification, an individual who is currently quali- 4 QUALIFICATION PROGRAM
fied to perform a covered task.
4.1 Development
suspension: temporary prevention of a qualified individ-
An operator shall develop a qualification program that
ual from performing identified covered task(s).
describes, in detail, how the requirements set forth in this
task: a defined unit of work having an identifiable begin- Standard are being addressed. This section identifies spe-
ning and end and specific actions that are observable cific elements that shall be included in the program and
and measurable. references the section(s) in the Standard where additional

2
ASME B31Q-2016

requirements and/or further details and guidance can be 4.2.5Training (See Section 7). The qualification
found. If alternative solutions that meet the intent of this program shall describe processes for determining when
Standard are utilized, they must be properly justified it is appropriate to provide for personnel training and
and documented in the qualification program. how it is to be provided, when required.

4.2 Processes and Procedures 4.2.6 Evaluations (See Section 8). The qualification
program shall include
A qualification program developed, documented, and
(a) a description of the evaluation process (including
implemented in accordance with this Standard shall
how evaluators and/or proctors are selected)
describe or reference the processes and procedures to
(b) evaluation criteria
be followed to qualify and manage the qualifications of
(c) identification of evaluation methods to be used
pipeline personnel.
for each covered task
The qualification program shall incorporate each of
the following. 4.2.7 Qualifications (See Section 9). The qualifica-
tion program shall
4.2.1Introduction. The introduction to the qualifi- (a) identify parties or organizations responsible for
cation program shall (1) determining the qualifications an individual
(a) identify the operating or business unit(s) of the requires
entity to which the qualification program applies (2) verifying the qualifications of individuals per-
(b) describe the purpose and scope for the program forming covered tasks
(c) contain other information required within this (3) suspending and reinstating or revoking
Standard or that is necessary to clarify the purpose and qualifications
scope of the program (4) establishing and maintaining span-of-control
ratios
4.2.2Definitions (See Section 2). Key terms and (5) ensuring a qualified individual is assigned
phrases included within the qualification program shall to direct and observe nonqualified individuals within
be defined. Terms and phrases do not need to be defined span-of-control ratios
if their use or meaning is consistent with the definitions (6) establishing and maintaining subsequent
found in section 2. Definitions shall be included for any qualification intervals
terms or phrases that are (b) describe how other applicable codes or standards
(a) unique to the qualification program or will be integrated into the qualification process
(b) defined differently from what is found in section2 (c) describe the process of managing initial and sub-
of this Standard sequent qualifications
(d) describe the process for assigning qualified indi-
4.2.3Determining Covered Tasks (See Section 5). viduals to perform covered tasks and how covered tasks
The qualification program shall describe the process performed during emergency response are handled
used to identify covered tasks, which shall include one (e) describe the process for allowing performance
of the following methods: of covered tasks by nonqualified individuals work-
(a) SME Covered Task Identification Process ing under the direction and observation of a qualified
(b) Fault Tree Covered Task Identification Process person
(c) alternate process for determining covered tasks
(d) adoption of covered task list included as 4.2.8 Portability of Evaluations (See Section 10). If
Nonmandatory Appendix A portable evaluations will be accepted, the operator
Include or reference the list of the identified covered shall describe how this is managed, monitored, and
tasks that are being utilized in the program. documented.

4.2.4Abnormal Operating Conditions (AOCs) (See 4.2.9 Program Effectiveness (See Section 11). The qual
Section 6). The qualification program shall ification program shall describe processes implemented
(a) describe the process used to identify AOCs, which to evaluate the effectiveness of the qualification program.
shall include one of the following:
(1) adoption of AOCs identified in Nonmandatory 4.2.10Communication of Program Requirements
Appendix E and Change (See Section 12). The qualification
(2) alternate process of determining AOCs program shall describe how program requirements
(b) describe the process used to ensure that individu- are communicated to affected individuals and how
als who perform covered tasks are able to recognize and changes to program requirements are managed and
react to the identified AOCs communicated.

3
ASME B31Q-2016

4.2.11 Documentation (See Section 13). The quali- (a) Selection of SMEs shall be based on the following
fication program shall describe how documentation criteria:
requirements will be met and how program documenta- (1) knowledge possesses knowledge in the
tion will be maintained. process/discipline
(2) experience has worked in the process/
5 DETERMINING COVERED TASKS discipline
(b) Factors that may be useful in selecting the SMEs
5.1 Introduction are as follows:
Personnel who perform tasks that affect the safetyor (1) training has documentation proving their
integrity of the pipeline shall be qualified.The tasks that successful completion of training programs in the proc-
affect the safety or integrity of the pipeline shall be iden- ess/discipline they represent
tified and are defined as covered tasks. (2) credentials/certifications possesses appli-
cable and appropriate credentials and/or certifications
5.2 Processes for Determining Covered Tasks expected of an expert in the process/discipline they rep-
resent or
The qualification program shall use one of the methods (3) years of practical experience
described below to determine covered tasks. They are the
SME Covered Task Identification Process described in 5.3.2 Identifying Covered Tasks
para. 5.3 and the Fault Tree Covered Task Identification
Process described in para. 5.4 or an alternate process. (a) The SME individual or group shall identify a list
Nonmandatory Appendix A lists covered tasks that of tasks that can be screened for covered tasks. Any of
were obtained through the utilization of a combination the following methods can be used as a starting point:
of the Fault Tree Covered Task Identification Process (1) Identify tasks that affect the safety or integrity
and the SME Covered Task Identification Process. This of the pipeline through SME interviews.
list, which is summarized in Nonmandatory Appendix (2) Through document reviews, identify tasks
B, may be utilized in lieu of an alternate process or one performed as a requirement of applicable codes, stand-
of the processes described in either para. 5.3 or 5.4. ards, policies, or procedures.
If the covered task list in Nonmandatory Appendix (3) Any other process that can identify possible
A is used, the contents of Nonmandatory Appendix A or likely tasks within the scope of this Standard.
shall be reviewed in accordance with para. 5.5. (b) After the list of tasks has been drafted, the SME
An alternate process may be used for determining cov- individual or group shall use the following screening
ered tasks. The alternate process shall be a technically questions to determine tasks to be included in the cov-
based process that considers safety or integrity-related ered task list:
activities. The process shall be documented in the quali- (1) Does performance of the task affect the safety
fication program. or integrity of a pipeline?
(2) Is the task performed for the construction,
5.3 SME Covered Task Identification Process operation, or maintenance of the pipeline?
(c) If both of these questions are answered in the
The SME Covered Task Identification Process shall use
affirmative, then the task shall be identified as a covered
SMEs who are knowledgeable about tasks performed
task. If a task passes the screening test, i.e., the answer
during the operation, maintenance, or construction of
to both questions is Yes, but the SMEs do not believe
new pipelines or the rebuilding of existing pipelines that
it should become a covered task, the task and the ration-
can impact the safety or integrity of the pipeline. The
ale for not including it in the covered task list shall be
individual SMEs may be employees, contractors, or an
documented.
industry group such as those that participate in a consor-
tium. The SMEs purpose is to review the tasks performed
during the construction, operation, and maintenance of a 5.4 Fault Tree Task Identification Process
pipeline to determine which tasks are to be considered The fault tree task identification process is an analy-
covered tasks. sis tool or technique by which the relationship of many
events that interact to produce a final result can be iden-
5.3.1 Selecting SMEs. The responsibility for selec- tified. These events are linked to the final result, or in
tion of SMEs for participation in the SME Covered Task some cases to another event, to depict the manner in
Identification Process shall be described in the qualifica- which that contribution is made. For some complex
tion program. The objective in selecting the SMEs is to events, multiple layers of events may be necessary to
have a knowledge and experience base to provide a com- fully describe the interaction between these events. This
prehensive review of the tasks. layering of events forms the branches of the fault tree.

4
ASME B31Q-2016

This process allows the structure or form of that inter- tree analysis has identified the tasks performed for the
action to be defined by using two simple logic relation- safety or integrity of their pipelines. These potential
ships. These logic relationships are called the and and covered tasks can also be compared with a listing of
or gates. The type of gate or relationship depends on best practices tasks, such as Natural Gas Transmission
the contribution of each event or series of events to the Pipelines, Pipeline Integrity Prevention, Detection,
final result. Events that must all occur in order to pro- and Mitigation Practices, for a completeness test that
duce the final result interact through an and gate. can be performed by a group of SMEs. Any task to be
Those events that may individually produce the final added shall pass the screening criteria described in
result interact through an or gate. Related events are para. 5.3.2.
grouped using this process and the type of relationship The resulting list of tasks, after thorough evaluation of
shown by the gate that is used (see Fig. 5.4-1 and refer- the fault trees by SMEs, becomes the covered task list for
ence C-FER Technologies, Report Number L114, Fault the qualification program.
Tree Development for the Nine Threats to Pipelines).
The fault tree task identification process is used in this
5.5 Using the Task List in Nonmandatory Appendix A
Standard to identify the events or tasks that may lead to
a particular threat impacting the safety or integrity of A combination of the Fault Tree Task Identification
a pipeline and potentially result in a failure that could Process described in para. 5.4 and the SME Covered Task
cause a hazard to persons, property, or the environment. List Identification Process described in para. 5.3 was
This threat is considered the top event for each fault utilized to develop the nonmandatory covered task list
tree. The nine threat groupings in ASME B31.8S are used in Nonmandatory Appendix A. The process is summa-
for the nine fault trees developed for this Standard. rized in Nonmandatory Appendix C, and an example of
These threat groupings are as follows: evaluation criteria for tasks is given in Nonmandatory
(a) natural hazards Appendix D.
(b) construction defects If Nonmandatory Appendix A is used, the following
(c) equipment failure steps shall be taken:
(d) internal corrosion (a) SMEs shall review Nonmandatory Appendix A
(e) incorrect operation and determine which tasks are applicable to their
(f) stress corrosion cracking pipelines.
(g) external corrosion (b) SMEs may remove tasks listed in Nonmandatory
(h) manufacturing defects Appendix A applicable to their pipelines if they deter-
(i) third-party damage mined that the tasks should not become covered tasks
Successive levels of events, such as processes that and the rationale for not including them in the covered
could contribute to or produce this undesired top task list is documented.
event, are then identified in the construction of the (c) The SMEs shall add any unique tasks or tasks that
fault tree. These processes should be identified by stem from the development of new technology and that
SMEs and ultimately related to the detection, preven- affect the safety or integrity of their pipelines. For each
tion, or mitigation of the top event. These events are additional task, applicable items shall be developed in
successively broken down by the level to which they accordance with this Standard (e.g., abnormal operating
contribute to the top event until a primary fault is conditions, training requirements, subsequent qualifica-
reached. This primary fault may be a process or task tion intervals, evaluation criteria, spans of control, and
that is performed on the pipeline and may contribute evaluation methods).
to the top event if not performed properly. Once the The Task List Development Process described in
primary fault level is reached, then the SMEs identify Nonmandatory Appendix C considered that evaluation
tasks that are performed to prevent the primary fault and work assignment processes vary between entities.
from occurring. Not all primary fault levels are items It is recognized that a few previously identified covered
that are controllable and therefore do not have tasks tasks are recognized as jobs. The covered tasks identi-
identified from that primary fault level. Others will fied in Nonmandatory Appendix A may be combined or
have a task or numerous tasks identified that are con- subdivided to fit the corresponding evaluation or work
ducted to prevent the occurrence of the primary fault. assignment process an entity uses.
The SMEs perform this task identification. Conflict in items such as span of control and evalua-
The SMEs then consider any additional tasks per- tion methods should be resolved by adopting the more
formed for their pipelines and determine if the fault demanding requirements.

5
Fig. 5.4-1 Fault Tree Example

Fault Tree for External Corrosion

Pipeline failure
E11 due to external
corrosion

AND

Corrosive Pipeline not Defect Defect not


environment not E21 E22 protected by leads to E23 detected or
mitigated coating failure repaired

OR AND B21 OR

Other

ASME B31Q-2016
Coating Known
ineffective Damaged Defect not Incorrect defect not
Ineffective damage or
mitigation E31 E32 coating not identified in defect effectively
CP deteriorated
measures repaired inspection evaluation
6

coating repaired

OR OR B34
B31 B32 B33 B35

Damage Known
Incorrect Damage
not found in damage not
coating type or in construction
coating properly
application or service
inspection repaired

E41 E42 E43 E44


Fig. 5.4-1 Fault Tree Example (Cont'd)

GENERAL NOTE:
B31 B35 E44
Measure structure-to-electrolyte potential Install mechanical clamps and sleeves Coating application and repair brushed or
Conduct close interval survey bolted rolled
Measure soil resistivity Fit-up of weld-type repair sleeve Coating application and repair sprayed
Inspect and monitor galvanic ground Install compose sleeves External coating application and repair
bed/anodes Repair of steel pipe by grinding wrapped
Installation and maintenance of mechanical Tapping a pipeline (tap diameter 2 in. or Diving external coating application and
electrical connections less); tapping a pipeline (tap diameter repair
Inspect or test cathodic protection bonds greater than 2 in.)
Inspect or test cathodic protection electrical Tapping a pipeline with a built-in cutter
isolation devices Tapping cast and ductile iron pipe and
Install cathodic protection electrical isolation low-pressure steel pipe
devices Bagging and stopping low-pressure pipe
Troubleshoot active cathodic protection Stopper (stopple) pipe
system Squeeze off plastic pipe
Inspect rectifier, and obtain readings Squeeze off steel pipe
Maintain rectifier Diving install mechanical clamps or sleeves
Diving measure structure-to-electrolyte Diving perform an underwater mechanical tap
potential Diving stopper (stopple) pipe

ASME B31Q-2016
Diving install galvanic anodes on
submerged pipelines
7

B33 E42
Measure external corrosion Visually inspect pipe and components prior
Measure atmospheric corrosion to installation
Pressure test (nonliquid medium); test Backfilling
pressure less than 100 psi Damage prevention inspection during third-party
Pressure test (nonliquid medium); test excavation or encroachment activities as
pressure greater than or equal to 100 psi determined necessary by operator
Pressure test (liquid medium) Installation of steel pipe in a ditch
Measure and characterize mechanical Installation of steel pipe in a core
damage on installed pipe and components Installation of steel pipe plowing/pull-in
Diving measure and describe corrosion
and mechanical damage (buried or
submerged pipeline)
ASME B31Q-2016

6 ABNORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS (AOCs) 7.2 Identification of the Need for Training an
Individual
Qualified individuals performing a covered task shall
be able to recognize and properly react to AOCs that 7.2.1Determining Training Needs. For situations
they might encounter during the performance of the such as those listed in para. 7.2.2, an individuals train-
task. For example, an individual that is performing a ing needs shall be determined. An individuals current
structure-to-electrolyte potential measurement should knowledge and skills resulting from prior education,
be able to recognize and react properly to an unplanned experience, and training should be considered in deter-
escape of product from the pipeline. mining if the individual requires training.
Nonmandatory Appendix E provides a list of AOCs
that may be used in a qualification program. This list 7.2.2 Situations for Considering Training. The need
may be reviewed, and expected reactions may be com- to train an individual should be considered for, but not
municated to those individuals performing covered limited to, situations where the individual
tasks. Individuals who perform specific covered tasks (a) requires qualification for a covered task not previ-
shall be trained as appropriate or evaluated to deter- ously performed
mine if they can recognize and react to the AOCs. The (b) requires qualification for a covered task outside
evaluation may be a separate process, or it may be com- their knowledge and skills
bined with the covered task training and evaluation. (c) has had a qualification suspended or revoked
If the list in Nonmandatory Appendix E is not uti- (d) fails an evaluation for qualification
lized, a process shall be developed and implemented to (e) requires new or different knowledge or skills to
identify AOCs based on the definition in this Standard. perform a covered task
SMEs selected through the process identified in para. 5.3 (f) will utilize new equipment or procedures to per-
shall be involved in the AOC identification process. form a covered task or
(g) has completed a portable evaluation (see section
7 TRAINING 10) and requires additional knowledge or skills to imple-
ment specific requirements that are outside the scope of
This section establishes minimum training require- the portable evaluation
ments for the knowledge and skills required to perform
covered tasks. Alternative solutions may be used as long
as they meet the intent of this Standard and are properly 7.3 Training Materials and Implementation
justified and documented. 7.3.1Training Materials. Training implementa-
Preparing an individual to perform covered tasks tion shall be identified consistent with the training
requires consideration of the individuals knowledge needs determined in para. 7.2. These materials shall be
and skills to perform the covered task. Some individuals acquired or maintained consistent with the knowledge
may possess prior education, experience, and training and skills needed to perform the covered task(s).
that equips them with sufficient knowledge and skills to
perform the covered tasks. For other individuals, train- 7.3.2 Training Implementation. Training should be
ing may be appropriate as a means to develop the knowl- conducted in a setting conducive to learning the subject
edge and skills necessary to perform the covered tasks. knowledge or skills. Instructor-led or on-the-job train-
Training is also an appropriate means to allow individ- ing should be conducted by individuals selected based
uals to maintain the required knowledge and skills to on the following considerations:
continue performing covered tasks as they change. (a) demonstrated knowledge of the subject matter
(e.g., the individual may be an SME or meet the educa-
7.1 Responsibility tion, experience, and training requirements to be quali-
7.1.1Employers. Employers shall be responsible for fied for the covered task; qualification for the covered
identifying training needs and providing appropriate train- task is not required)
ing for individuals requiring or maintaining qualifications. (b) possession of the knowledge, skill, and abil-
ity to provide the training using the selected training
7.1.2 Qualification Program. The qualification pro- materials
gram shall identify the organizations or position(s)
responsible for 7.3.3 Training Tests. If tests administered in con-
(a) determining the need for training an individual junction with training are used as part of the evalu-
(b) identifying training materials or sources ation process, they shall be developed, maintained,
(c) assuring and documenting successful completion and implemented in accordance with section 8 of this
of necessary training Standard.

8
ASME B31Q-2016

7.4 Training Documentation 8.1.1.2Proctor Selection. Selection of proctors


shall be based on the individuals ability to follow the
7.4.1 Documenting Training Needs. When a need is
evaluation instructions. Proctors shall only be used in
identified for training to qualify an individual to per-
the evaluation process where he or she is not involved in
form a covered task, the requirement for the individual
the judgment of an individuals performance. For exam-
to complete training shall be documented.
ple, a proctor could administer a written test with an
objective scoring key but not a performance evaluation
7.4.2Documenting Training. When training is
or oral interview.
required to support an individuals qualification, train-
ing information, such as an outline of the training course
objectives as well as a record of the individuals success- 8.1.2Procedures. The evaluation process shall
ful completion of the training, shall be maintained. include policies or procedures for
(a) prohibiting an individual from self-scoring of
evaluations
8 EVALUATION (b) verifying the identity of the individual(s) being
This section establishes the minimum requirements to evaluated
ensure individuals are evaluated for the KSAs required (c) investigating and resolving suspected cheating
to perform covered task(s). The evaluation instrument(s) (d) concluding an evaluation early when unsafe or
and process shall be established in accordance with this unsatisfactory actions are being demonstrated
Standard to maximize the validity and reliability of the (e) resolving evaluation failure, including
evaluation. Alternative solutions may be used as long as (1) requirements for determining remedial
they meet the intent of this Standard and are properly action(s)
justified and documented. (2) minimum allowable time between evaluation
The term evaluation can be used to refer to the pro- attempts to ensure additional attempts are not merely
cess, instrument(s), or both. The process may entail one measuring short-term memory
or more evaluation methods or one or more distinct
evaluation instruments. For example, one evaluation 8.2 Evaluation Material(s) and Criteria
instrument may contain a checklist for observing an Evaluation materials shall be purchased or developed
individual perform a task and questions to answer. This and maintained consistent with identified evaluation
one instrument is composed of both performance and needs. Evaluations shall be implemented in accordance
oral interview evaluation methods. with processes that include content validity, evaluation
criteria, and appropriate evaluation methods as speci-
8.1 Evaluation Process fied in paras. 8.2.1 through 8.2.3.
8.1.1Responsibilities. The evaluation process shall
be documented in writing and as a minimum establish 8.2.1 Content Validity. Evaluations shall be developed
responsibilities for or reviewed to establish content validity. An evaluation is
(a) establishing and maintaining the evaluation proc- content valid when an SME or group of SMEs has verified
ess and evaluations (through development or review) that the content of the
(b) selecting evaluators or proctors evaluation covers the criteria required for performance of
the task(s). A content-valid evaluation addresses condi-
8.1.1.1Evaluator Selection. Evaluators shall be tions that may either be caused by or encountered during
used when a judgment must be made about an individ- performance of the task that adversely impact the safety or
uals performance, such as during a performance evalu- integrity of the pipeline. The conditions should be limited
ation or oral interview [see paras. 8.3.2(b) and 8.3.3(b)]. to those that could be reasonably anticipated to occur.
Evaluators shall be selected based on technical knowl-
edge and capability to ascertain an individuals KSAs to 8.2.2Evaluation Criteria. For each task, evalua-
perform the task and recognize and react to AOCs. tion criteria shall be documented. Evaluation criteria
Paragraph 5.3.1 describes considerations for the represent the knowledge, skills, and distinctive physi-
selection of SMEs that may be applied to the selection cal abilities an individual must possess and demon-
of evaluators for technical knowledge. The evaluators strate to be considered qualified to perform a covered
ability to administer the evaluation in accordance with task. Evaluation criteria for each covered task may be
the requirements of the evaluation should be consid- developed by SMEs or obtained from vendors, manu-
ered. Additionally, an evaluator should be able to make facturers, or applicable references and standards. For
it possible for the individual to accurately demonstrate some evaluations, evaluation criteria and the evaluation
his or her KSAs during the evaluation. instrument may be one and the same (e.g., performance

9
ASME B31Q-2016

checklist, list of oral interview questions). An example (c) includes questions to probe an individuals knowl-
of evaluation criteria is in Nonmandatory Appendix D. edge and comprehension of all task criteria, unless the cri-
Factors that may be considered when developing evalu- teria are covered in another part of the evaluation process.
ation criteria include (d) limits the use of true/false items to those situ-
ations that present two likely but only one correct
(a) pipeline and personnel safety considerations
choice. When deciding which format to use for a writ-
(b) AOCs and other conditions adversely affecting
ten test, considerations include how well the format
the safety or integrity of the pipeline that may be either
matches the requirements of the job and the odds of
caused by or encountered during task performance
individuals getting the item(s) right by guessing. The
(c) technical knowledge required to perform the task,
True/False format provides a 50/50 chance of the indi-
for example
vidual getting the answer right by guessing. Further,
(1) applicable policies or procedures
there are very few things that are absolutes (always,
(2) necessary sequence of performance
never), which increases the chances of getting T/F
(3) base technical knowledge to perform the task
items right whether the person really knows the infor-
(e.g., corrosion characteristics, electrical laws, federal
mation or not. For these reasons, True/False items are
and state regulatory requirements, equipment selection,
only suggested for limited use.
equipment maintenance, equipment calibration, equip-
(e) establishes which, if any, items may be completed
ment operation)
with access to reference materials.
(4) knowledge to account for variance required in
(f) minimizes the use of individual items that must
task performance due to equipment differences
be answered correctly in order to pass the evaluation.
(5) knowledge to account for variance required
Written evaluations should contain a sufficient number of
in task performance due to conditions or context differ-
items to verify specific knowledge by more than one writ-
ences (e.g., cold weather, dry climate, performed for a
ten item in order to compensate for the fact that the evalu-
different purpose)
ation is imperfect and some items will be misinterpreted.
(d) technical skills required to perform the task (e.g.,
(g) sets a pass/fail score for written evaluations. Due
welding, hot tapping, operating heavy equipment, crane
to the fact that individuals miss items for reasons other
operation), for example
than a lack of knowledge, such as misinterpretation of
(1) demonstration of basic skills
the question, misreading the question, poorly worded
(2) demonstration to account for substantial
questions, differences in terminology, etc., the pass/fail
variance required in task performance due to equip-
score is normally set at less than 100%.
ment differences (e.g., different principles of equipment
(h) ensures that when an individual is accommodated
operation)
by having a written evaluation read to them, this reading
(3) demonstration to account for variance
is performed by a proctor in accordance withadministra-
required in task performance due to conditions or con-
tion directions and without coaching the individual.Note
text differences (e.g., hot work versus work on evacu-
that even though the evaluation is being read for the indi-
ated pipeline)
vidual, it is still considered a written evaluation.
(e) distinctive physical abilities required to perform
the task (e.g., color vision or hearing for Control Center
Operator tasks) 8.3.2Oral Interview Evaluations. When oral inter-
view evaluations are used, they shall be developed and
8.2.3Evaluation Method Selection. Evaluation maintained utilizing a process that
method(s) shall be selected for each task to reflect the (a) includes administration instructions.
purpose of the evaluation. For example, evaluation (b) assures administration that oral interview evalua-
for knowledge is commonly done using a written tions are performed by an evaluator selected in accord-
evaluation or oral interview, and skill is commonly ance with para. 8.1.1(b).
measured through performance evaluation. Physical (c) includes questions to probe an individuals
ability is best verified while the individuals skills are knowledge and comprehension of all task criteria, unless
being evaluated through a performance evaluation. the criteria are covered in another part of the evaluation
process.
8.3 Method-Specific Evaluation Requirements (d) establishes which, if any, questions may be
answered with access to reference materials.
8.3.1Written Evaluations. When written evalua-
(e) requires evaluator judgment that the individual
tions are used, they shall be developed and maintained
performed satisfactorily on each question. Given the
using a process that
subjective judgment of an evaluator, satisfactory does
(a) prevents the disclosure of written evaluations and
not necessarily mean perfect. For example, an evaluator
scoring keys (evaluation security).
may determine that an individuals answer to a ques-
(b) includes administration instructions.
tion is satisfactory because all of the critical ideas were

10
ASME B31Q-2016

included, even though the answer may not have been as in conformance with the standards or specifications
complete as the evaluator could answer it. established for the job, given that this certification is
supported by the performing organizations quality
8.3.3 Performance Evaluations. When performance assurance or inspection program
evaluations are used, to include observation during per- Manufacturer personnel or service provider personnel
formance on the job, on-the-job training, or simulation who are performing covered tasks on the pipeline would
(e.g., use of simulators, equipment mock-ups, interac- be considered qualified and may perform the task on the
tive scenarios), they shall be developed and maintained pipeline if they meet the alternative provisions above and
utilizing a process that are able to recognize and react to any AOCs that could
(a) includes administration instructions. reasonably be encountered while performing the task.
(b) assures administration that performance evalua- (d) Other alternative solutions may be used as long
tions are performed by an evaluator selected in accord- as they meet the intent of this Standard and are properly
ance with para. 8.1.1(b). justified and documented.
(c) specifies observable behavior or performance
components to be checked by the evaluator. 9.1 Qualification Requirements
(d) establishes which behavior or performance compo- 9.1.1Responsibilities. The qualification program
nents may be performed with access to reference materials. shall establish responsibility for
(e) specifies questions that should be asked to probe (a) determining the qualifications individuals
an individuals knowledge and comprehension, unless require
covered in another part of the evaluation process. (b) verifying the qualifications of individuals per-
(f) assures the performance evaluation occurs within forming covered tasks
an appropriate setting such as on-the-job, field simula- (c) ensuring a qualified individual is assigned to
tion, or laboratory simulation. An appropriate setting is direct and observe nonqualified individuals within the
one that replicates the work setting to a sufficient degree established span-of-control ratios
to reflect performance on the job. (d) suspending and reinstating or revoking
(g) requires evaluator judgment that the individual qualifications
performed satisfactorily on each item. (e) establishing and maintaining span-of-control ratios
(f) establishing and maintaining subsequent qualifi-
9 QUALIFICATIONS cation intervals

(a) This section (section 9) establishes the minimum 9.1.2 Other Codes or Standards. Qualification require-
requirements for ments for selected covered tasks may be specified in an
(1) initial and subsequent qualification American National Standard (ANSI Standard), e.g., API
(2) suspension and reinstatement or revocation of 653, API 1104. If an entity chooses to qualify individuals
qualifications under an American National Standard
(3) assigning qualified and nonqualified individ- (a) the initial and subsequent qualification (certifica-
uals to perform covered tasks tion) requirements of that standard shall govern.
(4) establishing and maintaining span-of-control (b) requirements, other than initial and subsequent
ratios and subsequent qualification intervals qualification (certification) requirements, of this Standard
(b) This Standard applies to individuals performing that are not included in that code or standard, such as
any covered task. recognition of and reaction to AOCs, shall also be met.
(c) This Standard does allow a qualification alterna-
tive for manufacturer or service provider personnel who 9.1.3Qualification Process. Each individual who
are performing covered tasks. Manufacturer personnel performs covered tasks on the pipeline shall be quali-
or service provider personnel performing covered tasks fied through evaluation. The qualification process shall
at that organizations facility would be considered quali- include an initial evaluation for qualification and a
fied if provisions exist for validating the correct perfor- subsequent evaluation for qualification. Subsequent
mance of the task. Such provisions may include, but are qualifications shall be completed within the specified
not limited to, the following: subsequent qualification intervals established in accord-
(1) performance of tasks in conformance with ance with para. 9.5 for each covered task.
standards developed through the ANSI process
(2) certification of the organizations quality 9.1.3.1Initial Qualification. Individuals shall
management program to ISO quality management sys- be qualified initially for covered tasks they perform
tem standards through either of the following options:
(3) certification by the organization of the indi- (a) evaluation in accordance with section 8,
vidual performing the task that the work product is Evaluation or

11
ASME B31Q-2016

(b) completion of training, if appropriate, in accord- (c) if there is reason to believe an individuals per-
ance with section 7, Training, followed by evaluation in formance of a covered task may have affected pipeline
accordance with section 8, Evaluation. safety or integrity adversely or cannot be ruled out as a
contributing factor
Evaluations for initial qualification shall include a per-
(d) subsequent qualification is not completed by the
formance evaluation, unless the covered task has been
due date
determined to require only an individuals knowledge to
(e) discovery that an individual might have been
correctly perform the task. Individuals qualified under
improperly evaluated
a program prior to the issuance of this Standard can
(f) if there is reason to believe a change in an individ-
maintain their qualifications by meeting the subsequent
uals distinctive physical abilities has resulted in failure
qualification requirements established in this Standard.
to complete a covered task or
A documented performance evaluation, if not previ-
(g) whenever there is reasonable belief that an indi-
ously performed for a task that requires a performance
vidual is no longer qualified to perform a covered
evaluation for initial qualification under this Standard,
task(s)
should be performed either during the implementation
period or at the time of subsequent qualification.
9.2.2Reinstatement. The suspended qualification(s)
may be reinstated when one of the following has been
9.1.3.2Subsequent Qualification. Subsequent
completed:
qualifications by evaluation may utilize the same evalu-
(a) It has been determined and documented that the
ation methods as those utilized for initial qualification
individual was and still is qualified.
or may utilize other methods that verify the required
(b) The individual has completed action that
KSAs needed to perform each covered task.
resolves the concern that caused the suspension (e.g.,
When subsequent qualifications for covered tasks
training, coaching, evaluation, completion of change
require performance evaluations, the verification of reten-
communication).
tion of required knowledge, skills, or distinctive physi-
(c) The qualification has been reestablished in accord-
cal abilities may be completed through a performance
ance with the requirements for initial qualification (para.
evaluation in accordance with section 8 or through docu-
9.1.3.1).
mented performance monitoring or other means that
If para. 9.2.2(a), (b), or (c) is not completed, the sus-
confirm and document the individual is capable of per-
pended qualification shall be revoked.
forming covered tasks associated with the qualification
in accordance with applicable standards or procedures.
9.2.3Revocation. The revocation process or pro-
If subsequent qualification of a covered task requires
cedures shall include, when necessary, notifying the
evaluation of only the required knowledge, a written or
individual and those who are responsible to assign the
oral interview evaluation in accordance with section 8
performance of covered tasks to the individual of the
may be used.
revocation. Revocation of qualification should be con-
The subsequent qualification process for covered
sidered for, but not limited to, such items as
tasks should verify that any suspension related to the
(a) a suspended qualification is not resolved in
qualification has been satisfactorily resolved.
accordance with para. 9.2.2, or
(b) when it is determined that an individual is no
9.2 Suspension and Revocation of Qualification longer qualified
The qualification program shall include processes
or procedures to suspend and reinstate or revoke a 9.2.4Additional Qualification. If it is determined
qualification(s). that an individual is to be qualified for a revoked quali-
fication, they shall be qualified in accordance with the
9.2.1Suspension. The suspension and reinstate- applicable requirements of para. 9.1.3.1.
ment process or procedures shall include, when nec-
essary, notifying the individual and those who are 9.3 Qualification Requirements for Emergency
responsible to assign the performance of covered tasks Response
to the individual of the suspension or reinstatement.
The first priority is to dispatch qualified individuals to
Suspension of qualification should be considered for,
respond to the emergency condition. However, nonquali-
but not limited to, such items as
fied individuals that are close to the scene may be called
(a) failure to complete requirements (such as training
upon to respond to an emergency condition in order to
or subsequent qualification) that have become necessary
immediately protect life, property, and the environment.
due to a task change
When practical, reasonable guidance and direction should
(b) failure to complete or expiration of continuing
be provided to nonqualified individuals on the appropri-
education or training required for qualification in a task
ate actions for stabilizing the emergency condition.

12
ASME B31Q-2016

Individuals whose normal job responsibilities include unqualified individuals doing any combination of the
emergency response shall be qualified for the covered two tasks.
tasks they perform in responding to, stabilizing, or ter-
minating an emergency condition. 9.4.2Span-of-Control Ratio Development and
Tasks that are performed after the emergency condi- Maintenance. The qualification program shall either
tion has been stabilized or terminated shall be performed adopt the span-of-control ratios in Nonmandatory
by qualified individuals or nonqualified individuals Appendix A or include processes or procedures to estab-
under the direction and observation of qualified persons lish and assess the span-of-control ratio for each covered
consistent with the span-of-control requirements identi- task. The methods for establishing and assessing the
fied in this Standard. span-of-control ratios are described in paras. 9.4.2.1
Professional emergency responders, such as firefight- through 9.4.2.4.
ers, do not need to be qualified to perform covered
tasks. Professional emergency responders who perform 9.4.2.1Methods. The span-of-control ratio may
covered tasks under contract on behalf of the operator be established by one of the following methods:
shall be qualified. (a) SME consensus in accordance with para. 9.4.2.2
Individuals that perform covered tasks through a (b) difficulty and importance or difficulty, impor-
mutual aid arrangement shall perform emergency tance, and frequency analysis in accordance with para.
response tasks consistent with the qualification require- 9.4.2.3
ments for emergency responders as described above. (c) adoption of Nonmandatory Appendix A span-
of-control ratios in accordance with para. 9.4.2.4
9.4 Performance of Covered Tasks by Nonqualified (d) any other process that provides a rational and
Individuals verifiable basis for the span-of-control ratio
A nonqualified individual performing a covered task
shall be directed and observed by an individual who is 9.4.2.2SME Consensus. The initial span-of-con-
qualified. The qualified individual is accountable for the trol ratios may not exceed one qualified individual to
work and shall be physically present during task per- five nonqualified individuals. SMEs shall set the span-
formance and able to take immediate action to prevent of-control ratio considering the difficulty associated
or mitigate an AOC. with directing and observing the task performance.
The span-of-control ratios set by this method shall be
9.4.1Direct and Observe. A span-of-control ratio assessed and reduced if necessary. The span-of-control
that indicates the number of nonqualified individuals ratios may be increased if analysis of data establishes a
who can perform a task under the direction and obser- rational basis for a greater ratio.
vation of a qualified individual shall be set for each task As a minimum, SMEs will set the span-of-control ratio
(development of the span of control is described in para. considering such factors as
9.4.2). Factors that the qualified individual should con- (a) difficulty and importance of the tasks associated
sider that may require the reduction of a span of control with the qualification
include noise, visual obstructions, weather, or job-site (b) task and job-site factors that affect the ability of
conditions that make it more difficult for an individual the qualified individual to direct or observe
to observe others. A span of control of 1:0 indicates that
the task may not be performed by any nonqualified 9.4.2.3 Difficulty (D) and Importance (I) or Difficulty,
individual, even under the direction and observation of Importance, and Frequency (F) Analysis. The span-
a qualified individual. of-control ratio may be established by completion of
This Standard recognizes that a single qualified indi- a difficulty and importance or difficulty, importance,
vidual may, on occasion, direct and observe more than and frequency analysis as described in Nonmandatory
one nonqualified individual performing different cov- Appendix G. The initial span-of-control ratios may not
ered tasks. These tasks may have different span-of-con- exceed one qualified individual to five nonqualified
trol ratios.If the performance of these multiple covered individuals. The span-of-control ratio shall be assessed
tasks is occurring at the same time, the qualified individ- and reduced if necessary. The span-of-control ratios may
ual must adhere to the most restrictive span-of-control be increased if analysis of data establishes a rational
ratio for a given task. basis for a greater ratio.
For example, a qualified individual is directing and
observing a nonqualified crew performing two cov- 9.4.2.4 Adoption of Nonmandatory Appendix A Span-
ered tasks.Task 1 has a span-of-control ratio of 1:3, of-Control Ratios. If Nonmandatory Appendix A is uti-
while Task 2 has a span-of-control ratio of 1:2.Per lized for the covered task list, the listed spans of control
the requirements of the Standard, the qualified indi- for each respective task in the appendix may be used.
vidual could only be responsible for monitoring two The span-of-control ratios in Nonmandatory Appendix A

13
ASME B31Q-2016

were established through SME consensus. The (d) other technical issues that may impact the safety
Nonmandatory Appendix A span-of-control ratios do not or integrity of the pipeline
exceed one to five. Assessment is not required if the span-of-
control ratios in Nonmandatory Appendix A are adopted 9.5.4 Difficulty and Importance Analysis or Difficulty,
or more restrictive. Assessment of data is required to estab- Importance, and Frequency Analysis. The subsequent
lish a rational basis to increase the adopted Nonmandatory qualification interval may be established by comple-
Appendix A span-of-control ratios. tion of a difficulty and importance analysis or a diffi-
culty, importance, and frequency analysis as described
9.5 Subsequent Qualification Interval in Nonmandatory Appendix G. The initial interval for
9.5.1 Development and Implementation. The quali- subsequent qualification may not exceed 5 yr. The sub-
fication program shall include processes or procedures sequent qualification intervals shall be assessed and
to establish the subsequent qualification interval for reduced if necessary. The subsequent qualification inter-
each qualification. The processes and procedures shall val may be set longer than 5 yr if data establish a rational
include assessment to identify subsequent qualification basis for a longer interval.
intervals that require reduction, unless the subsequent
qualification intervals in Nonmandatory Appendix 9.5.5Adoption of Nonmandatory Appendix A
A are adopted or are more frequent than those in Subsequent Qualification Intervals. The subsequent
Nonmandatory Appendix A. Subsequent qualification qualification intervals in Nonmandatory Appendix
intervals can be lengthened when data can be provided A were established by completing a difficulty and
that show a longer interval is prudent. importance analysis. The analysis was completed as
Subsequent qualification intervals may be established described in Nonmandatory Appendix G. Frequency
with a 3-month grace period. For example, tasks with a data were not used due to the wide variation in fre-
1-yr subsequent qualification interval may be stated as quencies encountered at the industry level. The
1 yr not to exceed 15 months, 3-yr subsequent qualifica- Nonmandatory Appendix A subsequent qualifica-
tion interval stated as 3 yr not to exceed 39 months, and tion intervals do not exceed 5 yr. Assessment is not
5-yr subsequent qualification intervals stated as 5 yr not to required if the subsequent qualification intervals in
exceed 63 months. Nonmandatory Appendix A are adopted. The sub-
sequent qualification interval in Nonmandatory
9.5.2Methods. The subsequent qualification inter- Appendix A may be increased if data establish a
val may be established by one of the following methods: rational basis for a longer interval.
(a) SME consensus in accordance with para. 9.5.3
(b) difficulty and importance or difficulty, importance, 10 PORTABILITY
and frequency analysis in accordance with para. 9.5.4
This section is nonmandatory and has been written
(c) adoption of Nonmandatory Appendix A subse-
to provide a common basis for utilizing and developing
quent qualification interval(s) in accordance with para.
portable evaluations. A portable evaluation is an evalu-
9.5.5
ation that more than one entity has mutually agreed to
(d) any other process that provides a rational and
accept as meeting the requirements of this section (here-
verifiable basis for the interval
inafter referred to as acceptors).
Entities that choose to issue or accept portable evalu-
9.5.3 SME Consensus. The subsequent qualification
ations shall describe or document how the minimum
intervals may be established by use of SMEs. The ini-
requirements of this section will be met. An entity (here-
tial subsequent qualification intervals may not exceed
inafter referred to as a provider) may issue and manage
5 yr. The subsequent qualification intervals set by this
portable evaluations. The acceptors shall describe how
method shall be assessed and reduced if necessary. The
to determine if the portable evaluation is acceptable.
subsequent qualification intervals may be set longer
than 5 yr if data establish a rational basis for a longer
10.1 Evaluation Portability Requirements
interval.
As a minimum, SMEs will set the subsequent qualifi- The portable evaluation requirements of this sec-
cation interval considering such factors as tion shall be implemented, as specified in paras. 10.1.1
(a) difficulty and importance of the tasks associated through 10.1.8.
with the qualification
(b) potential for loss of knowledge, skill, or distinc- 10.1.1 Section 2, Definitions. The definitions in sec-
tive physical abilities over time tion 2 shall apply to the processes for accepting, issuing,
(c) manufacturer or vendor recommendations and managing portable evaluations.

14
ASME B31Q-2016

10.1.2Section 3, References and Standards. The 10.1.7Section 12, Communicating the Qualification
references and standards in section 3 shall apply to the Program and Managing Program Changes. The pro-
processes for accepting, issuing, and managing portable vider shall develop and implement processes for com-
evaluations where applicable. munication of changes consistent with the requirements
of section 12, including
10.1.3Section 5, Determining Covered Tasks. The (a) communicating changes in provider processes to
provider those responsible for their implementation
(a) shall identify the covered tasks in Nonmandatory (b) communicating changes affecting an individuals
Appendix A for which they will issue portable evaluations to the individual and others as required
evaluations (c) submitting changes to the providers processes
(b) shall not change any of the steps listed in for review by the acceptors or an organization author-
Nonmandatory Appendix A for any task, unless agreed ized by the acceptors
to by the acceptors
(c) may add tasks not listed in Nonmandatory 10.1.8 Section 13, Documentation Requirements. The
Appendix A as agreed to by the acceptors provider shall develop and implement processes for
(a) generating and maintaining documentation as it
10.1.4Section 6, Abnormal Operating Conditions applies to each providers processes and the individu-
(AOCs). The provider shall incorporate AOCs identi- als evaluation records. The specific requirements are in
fied in Nonmandatory Appendix E in their evaluation section 13.
process for the portable evaluations. (b) providing a copy of an individuals evaluation
records to the individual or other organization author-
10.1.5 Section 8, Evaluation ized by the individual within 14 calendar days of receipt
of a written request from the individual.
(a) The provider shall establish processes to ensure
that individuals are evaluated in accordance with the
requirements of section 8. The development and main- 11 PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS
tenance of portable evaluations, at a minimum, shall
11.1 General
(1) establish evaluation criteria for the steps for
covered tasks identified in Nonmandatory Appendix A The qualification program shall include a process to
and any tasks added by SME review appraise its effectiveness. An effective program mini-
(2) supplement, as necessary, the steps for cov- mizes human errors caused by an individuals lack of
ered tasks identified in Nonmandatory Appendix A to knowledge, skills, and abilities to perform tasks in a
ensure the evaluations are valid and reliable manner that maintains the safety and integrity of the
(3) incorporate the AOCs identified in pipeline. This process shall be conducted periodically at
Nonmandatory Appendix E that are applicable to the an interval of 3 yr not to exceed 39 months.
evaluations The process shall be comprised of the following three
(4) utilize the evaluation methods specified in parts:
Nonmandatory Appendix A that are applicable to the (a) determine whether the program is being imple-
covered task being evaluated mented as documented
(b) The acceptors shall establish the process for (b) appraise whether it is effective as implemented
acceptance of portable evaluations. Portable evalua- (c) include provisions to update the qualification
tions may be accepted from a provider whose processes program based on the results from the implementation
have been verified by the acceptors or an organization and effectiveness appraisals
authorized by the acceptors. (1) Program Implementation. The operator shall
develop a process to evaluate if the program is being
10.1.6 Section 9, Qualifications. Qualification require- implemented and executed as documented or use
ments for selected covered tasks may be specified in an Nonmandatory Appendix I, section I-1 as a guide for
American National Standard (ANSI standard), e.g., API developing a process.
653, API 1104. If an entity chooses to qualify individuals (2) Program Measures. The operator shall use the
under an American National Standard following measure to appraise the effectiveness of the
(a) the initial and subsequent qualification (certifica- program. This measure and any others used shall be
tion) requirements of that standard shall govern. periodically reviewed.
(b) requirements, other than initial and subsequent Number of individuals whose performance of
qualification (certification) requirements, of this Standard a covered task(s) adversely affected the safety or
that are not included in that code or standard, such as integrity of the pipeline due to any of the following
recognition of and reaction to AOCs, shall also be met. deficiencies:

15
ASME B31Q-2016

evaluation was not conducted properly (a) identification of the types of information that
knowledge, skill, and ability (KSA) for the spe- need to be communicated
cific covered task were not adequately determined (b) determination of which affected parties should
training was not adequate for the specific cov- receive such communication
ered task (c) identification of how this information is
individual forgot needed KSA communicated
change to the covered task or the KSA (d) description of how assurance is provided that
program failed to determine the inability of the needed communications have occurred
individual to perform the covered task correctly
individual failed to recognize an abnormal oper- 12.1.2Qualified Individuals. Communication to
ating condition (AOC) qualified individuals or individuals who will be quali-
individual failed to take the appropriate action fied shall include the following:
following the recognition of an AOC (a) their responsibilities in the implementation of the
individual was not qualified or was not being qualification program
directed and observed (b) a list of covered tasks and AOCs
(c) a method for determining their qualification sta-
The initial numbers establish the baseline for the tus and the qualification status of individuals they may
operators program performance in the individual cat- direct and observe
egories, addressing specific areas in which a program (d) the requirement to perform only covered tasks
may or may not need improvement, depending on sub- for which they have been qualified, unless directed and
sequent program appraisals. observed by a qualified individual
The operator may select other measures specifically (e) procedures for directing and observing non-
related to incidents or accidents caused by human error qualified individuals, including span-of-control
as determined by industry studies or individual opera- requirements
tor data. (f) action to take if an individual loses one or more
Additional examples of program effectiveness meas- qualification(s)
ures may be found in Nonmandatory Appendix I, sec-
tion I-2. 12.1.3 Program Responsibilities. Communication to
(3) Program Updates. The operator shall incorpo- individuals with program responsibilities shall include
rate changes into the program to address any deficiencies the following:
found as a result of the program implementation apprais- (a) their role in the implementation of the qualifica-
als or the program measures review. This update process tion program
shall comply with the management of change process uti- (b) qualification program requirements
lized for the OQ program. (c) a list of covered tasks and AOCs
(d) qualification program procedures or processes
12 COMMUNICATING THE QUALIFICATION they are responsible to implement
PROGRAM AND MANAGING PROGRAM
CHANGES 12.2 Managing Program Changes

The qualification program shall incorporate processes The qualification program shall include processes or
or procedures by which its content, requirements, and procedures for managing and communicating changes
implementation responsibilities are communicated in that impact qualified individuals and individuals with
accordance with para. 12.1. Changes in the program and program implementation responsibility. The processes
its implementing processes and procedures shall be com- and procedures should be flexible enough to accom-
municated in accordance with the requirements of para. modate changes having different levels of impact.
12.2. Communication methods may include the following: Changes affecting the qualification program may be
(a) written notification integrated into existing processes for managing changes
(b) electronic notification (e.g., Internet, Web page, to documents.
e-mail)
(c) department meetings 12.2.1 Management of Change Process. The man-
(d) training sessions agement of change process is intended to ensure that
(e) other methods as appropriate qualified individuals and individuals with program
implementation responsibility are provided appropri-
ate and up-to-date information on changes affecting
12.1 Communicating the Qualification Program
covered tasks and the qualification program.
12.1.1Program Requirements. Communication of The management of change process ensures that, as
qualification program requirements shall include the the qualification program or a covered task changes,
following: qualified individuals performing covered tasks remain

16
ASME B31Q-2016

qualified to perform those tasks. The management low impact: requires no documented change communi-
of change also ensures that individuals with program cation. Low-impact changes may include modifications
implementation responsibility have the information that result in no material effect on the qualification pro-
necessary to discharge those responsibilities. gram or covered tasks, such as grammatical changes to
For example, equipment changes may require a cor- the qualification program or color deviations for paint.
responding technical or procedural change. Personnel
medium impact: requires documented notification to
operating or maintaining such equipment need to
affected individuals before they implement the change.
understand and be able to follow these changed
Medium-impact changes may include revisions to
procedures.
administrative procedures, evaluation methods, com-
The qualification program management of change
pany procedures, or other items that affect the imple-
communication processes and procedure shall include
mentation of the qualification program but do not
the following:
require training or evaluation of qualified individuals.
(a) description of the change
(b) assessment of the impact of the change on the high impact: requires documented communication of
qualification program and qualifications (see para. change to affected individuals before they implement
12.2.3) the change. High-impact changes are those that affect
(c) determination of the responsibility for communi- the knowledge or skill required to perform a covered
cating the change and any required actions task or the knowledge to implement qualification pro-
(d) methods to verify communication gram requirements. As a minimum, affected individuals
shall be trained on high-impact changes.
12.2.2 Conditions for Change. A number of condi-
tions, whether temporary or permanent, may influence 13 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
and require changes to the qualification program. The
management of change process shall require identifica- This section establishes the documentation require-
tion of such changes. ments to create, manage, and maintain records associated
The following list contains some of the changes that with the qualification program. Existing documentation
may affect individual qualifications or the qualification currently kept by entities may fulfill the requirements of
program: this section. If alternative solutions have been included in
(a) modification or adoption of a new procedure or the program, then the documentation shall demonstrate
policy that these solutions meet the intent of this Standard.
(b) changes in applicable codes, standards, and
regulations 13.1 Documenting the Qualification Program
(c) changes in equipment (Section 4)
(d) changes in AOCs A qualification program shall be written and main-
(e) implementation of new processes or technology tained in accordance with section 4 of this Standard.
(f) new information from equipment or product
manufacturers 13.2 Documenting Communication of the
(g) changes to evaluation criteria Qualification Program (Section 12)
(h) modification to the covered task list
(i) changes resulting from findings regarding inves- Document the initial communication of the quali-
tigation of events or actions that impact the safety or fication program and its requirements to the affected
integrity of the pipeline individuals.
(j) changes from program effectiveness results
(k) changes from merger/acquisitions/divestitures 13.3 Documenting Identification of Covered Tasks
(l) changes resulting from employee and contractor (Sections 5, 8, and 9)
feedback 13.3.1 Process for Identifying Covered Tasks.
Describe the process used to identify covered tasks. If
12.2.3Rating the Impact of Changes. Managing SMEs do not believe a task in Nonmandatory Appendix
changes affecting covered tasks shall include a process A or one where the answer is Yes to both questions
for rating the impact of each change. Depending on the listed in para. 5.3.2 should be covered, the task and the
impact of the change on knowledge and skills required rationale for not including it in the covered task list shall
to perform covered tasks, qualified individuals may be documented.
also require training or evaluation on the change. An
example of an acceptable method to accomplish this 13.3.2 Covered Task List. Document the list of cov-
would be to rate the impact of the change as one of the ered tasks determined by the process used to identify
following: them.

17
ASME B31Q-2016

13.3.3Evaluation Criteria. Document the evalua- 13.7.5 Qualification Date. The date of qualification.
tion criteria for each covered task.
13.7.6Testing. If testing is used to support an indi-
13.3.4 Evaluation Method. Document the appropri- viduals qualification, successful completion of the test
ate evaluation method(s) for each covered task. If the shall be documented.
task list in Nonmandatory Appendix A is adopted, fur-
ther documentation is not required. 13.7.7Evaluator. The name of the individual con-
ducting the evaluation along with a unique identifier.
13.3.5Subsequent Qualification Interval. Document A proctor is not considered an evaluator.
the subsequent qualification interval for each covered
task. If the subsequent qualification intervals in the task 13.8 Documenting Credentials of an Evaluator
list in Nonmandatory Appendix A are adopted, further (Section 8)
documentation is not required. Evaluator credentials or the process used to select
evaluators shall be documented. Refer to para.
13.3.6 Span of Control. Document the span of con- 8.1.1(b).
trol for each covered task. If the spans of control in the
task list in Nonmandatory Appendix A are adopted, 13.9 Documenting Program Changes (Section 12)
further documentation is not required.
The following are the documentation requirements
for changes to the qualification program:
13.4 Documenting Abnormal Operating Conditions (a) date of change
(AOCs) (Section 6) (b) effective date of change
Document the list of AOCs that apply. (c) description and basis of change
(d) category of change (refer to section 12)
13.5 Documenting Training Needs (Section 7) (e) communication to affected individuals
When a need is identified for training to qualify an
13.10 Documenting Program Effectiveness
individual to perform a covered task, the require-
Appraisals (Section 11)
ment for the individual to complete training shall be
documented. All effectiveness appraisals shall be documented. The
documentation shall include the following:
13.6 Documenting Training (a) name of company
(b) date
When training is required to support an individuals (c) location(s)
qualification, training information such as an outline of (d) list of the program elements reviewed during the
the training course objectives, as well as a record of the effectiveness appraisal
individuals successful completion of the training, shall (e) name of the individual(s) performing the effec-
be documented and maintained. tiveness appraisal
(f) results, recommendations, and changes implemented
13.7 Documenting an Individuals Qualification
For each qualification granted to an individual, the 13.11 Maintenance of Documents
information specified in paras. 13.7.1 through 13.7.7 shall Individuals responsible for documentation shall
be on file and recorded as supporting documentation. ensure that documents are legible, accurate, completed
appropriately, and traceable to the item(s) and/or
13.7.1 Qualified Individual. The name of the quali- activity(ies) to which they apply.
fied individual along with a unique identifier.
13.11.1Formatting. Documents may be originals,
13.7.2Covered Task. The covered task for which copies, or electronic. Electronic documents may be
the individual was qualified. scanned images, spreadsheets, or databases.

13.7.3AOCs. Document that the qualified individ- 13.11.2Record Life. Documents generated for an
ual has been successfully evaluated on his/her ability to individuals qualifications (para. 13.7) shall be main-
recognize and react appropriately to AOCs. tained for 5 yr after the qualification date expires. The
remaining qualification program documents (paras.
13.7.4Evaluation Method. The method(s) used to 13.1 through 13.6 and paras. 13.8 through 13.10) shall be
evaluate the individual, if different from that prescribed retained while they are effective and for 5 yr from the
in the program. date the documents revisions become obsolete.

18
ASME B31Q-2016

14 BIBLIOGRAPHY Criterion-Referenced Test Development, Second Edition,


Shrock, Sharon and Coscarelli, William (2000)
The following is a list of publications that support this Guidelines for Chemical Process Quantitative Analysis,
Standard. Center for Chemical Process Safety (1989)
API 510, Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: Maintenance Introduction to Classical & Modern Test Theory, Crocker
Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration and Algina, Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, Inc. (1986)
API Spec 12F, Specification for Shop-Welded Tanks for NACE RP0102-2001, Standard Recommended Practice,
Storage of Production Liquids In-Line Inspection of Pipelines, NACE International
API Std 620, Design and Construction of Large, Welded, OQ Guide for Small Distribution Operators (April 2003
Low-Pressure Storage Tanks Edition)
API Std 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage Reliability and Risk Analysis, Norman J. McCormick,
API Std 1163, In-Line Inspection Systems Qualification Academic Press (1981)
API Std 2510, Design and Construction of LPG Risk & Reliability, ASME Press, Second Edition 2002
Installations Standards for Educational and Psychological
Testing-1999, American Educational Research
Publisher: American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L
Association, American Psychological Association,
Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005 (www.api.org)
National Council on Measurement in Education
Constructing Test Items: Multiple-Choice, Constructed- Testing and Assessment: An Employers Guide to Good
Response, Performance, and Other Formats, Second Practices, U.S. Department of Labor Employment and
Edition, Osterlind, Steven J. (1998) Training Administration (1999)

19
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

20
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A
INTEGRATED TASK LIST

A-1 DEFINITIONS maintenance, preventive: actions to keep components and


equipment operating safely and efficiently.
covered task hierarchy: covered tasks are organized and
ranked as follows: place in service: to place pipeline, equipment, or compo-
nents in operation and introduce product.
task: a defined unit of work having an identifiable
beginning and end, evaluated in accordance with sec- perform test equipment check: to verify test equipment is
tion 8. functioning within specified operating parameters.
step: an action evaluated in accordance with section P and W/O: these designations indicate the evaluation
8, completed during the performance of a task. methods for initial and subsequent (sub) qualifications.
criteria: the knowledge, skills, and ability to perform
a step. P: performance evaluation method.
W/O: written or oral evaluation method.
D, G, and L: these provide guidance on the potential
applicability of a task to SCADA: supervisory control and data acquisition.

D: local distribution operation. visual inspection: visual examination to determine com-


G: gas transmission operation. pliance with identified requirements.
L: hazardous liquids operation.
A-2 TASK LIST
Inclusion of these applicability designations does not
relieve an entity from the responsibility to review the Task 0001 Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte Potential
Nonmandatory Appendix A tasks and finalize a list of
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes using meas-
tasks that is applicable to their pipeline operations.
urement equipment to take a reading of the potential
difficulty: level of difficulty rated as 1 = least, 5 = most between the structure (pipe, tanks, etc.) being tested and
the soil and recording data.
documentation (if applicable): the act of completing and
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
submitting required records for the purpose of creating
equipment.
verifiable, traceable, and complete pipeline records as
(2) Perform test equipment check.
specified by company policy or procedure [pipe installa-
(-a) Verify half-cell condition.
tion tasks may require records for pipe grade, heat num-
(-b) Verify calibration of proper equipment.
bers, elevation changes, offsets, lateral measurements,
(-c) Verify equipment functions within speci-
distances, direction changes, leak survey, cathodic pro-
fied parameters.
tection, in-line inspection (ILI) results, repairs, print line
(3) Identify and locate correct test point.
data, manufacturer information, etc.].
(-a) Verify location.
identify requirements: to define the requirements, as (-b) Verify location of half-cell placement.
necessary, for performing the task, such as proce- (4) Measure the structure-to-electrolyte potential.
dures, specifications, and manufacturer instructions or (-a) Connect lead to structure.
recommendations. (-b) Contact half-cell with electrolyte.
(-c) Verify polarity.
importance: level of importance rated as 1 = least, 5 =
(-d) Obtain reading.
most
(5) Document, as required.
inspection: examination (visually or with test equipment) (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
to determine compliance with specified requirements. (c) Difficulty: 1
(d) Importance: 2
job: a unit of work comprised of one or more tasks, e.g.,
(e) Interval: 5 yr
line abandonment.
(f) Evaluation method
maintenance, corrective: the repair, replacement, altera- (1) Initial: P&W/O
tion, or refurbishment of pipeline equipment and (2) Sub: W/O
components. (g) Span of control: 1:1

21
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0011 Conduct Close Interval Survey (-c) Identify spacing and orientation at speci-
fied intervals.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes gathering elec-
(4) Measure and ensure accuracy of soil resistivity.
trical potential readings along the pipeline at specified
(-a) Take reading.
intervals and recording data.
(5) Document, as required.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
equipment.
(c) Difficulty: 2
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip-
(d) Importance: 3
ment functions within specified parameters.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-a) balance of half-cell to reference cell
(f) Evaluation method
(-b) calibration of meter and equipment
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) installation of interrupter
(2) Sub: W/O
(-1) synchronization
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(-2) current flow
(3) Verify identity and location of correct test point.
(-a) geographical and structure location Task 0031 Inspect and Monitor Galvanic Ground
(-b) connection point to structure Beds/Anodes
(-c) location of half-cell placement (a) Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting and
(-d) physical start/stop locations monitoring the electric potential of galvanic ground
(-e) accurate survey of system routing beds/anodes.
(4) Perform survey. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-a) Verify position of line and spacing of equipment.
electrode(s). (2) Perform test equipment check.
(-b) Identify any A/C voltage interference. (-a) Verify half-cell condition.
(-c) Verify location of insulation/isolation (-b) Verify calibration of proper equipment.
points, bonds, cased crossings, and other variances. (-c) Verify equipment functions within speci-
(-d) Confirm connections of instruments to fied parameters.
facility. (3) Identify and locate corrected test point(s).
(-e) Ensure appropriate information is captured. (-a) Verify location(s).
(-f) Return system to original condition. (-b) Verify location of half-cell placement.
(5) Document, as required. (4) Obtain current (anode) output.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-a) Connect lead to structure.
(c) Difficulty: 4 (-b) Contact half-cell with electrolyte.
(d) Importance: 3 (-c) Obtain voltage reading.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-d) Obtain amperage reading if anode leads/
(f) Evaluation method shunt are accessible.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-e) Verify polarity.
(2) Sub: W/O (5) Monitor ground bed/anode, if applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-a) Compare present voltage reading with
past reading history.
Task 0021 Measure Soil Resistivity (-b) Compare present amperage with past his-
tory if available.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes using measure-
(6) Document, as required.
ment equipment to measure soil resistivity and record-
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
ing data.
(c) Difficulty: 2
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(d) Importance: 1
equipment.
(e) Interval: 5 yr
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip-
(f) Evaluation method
ment functions within specified parameters.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-a) current and proper equipment certifica-
(2) Sub: W/O
tion as applicable
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(-b) continuity of instrument leads
(-c) acceptable energy source and level
Task 0041 Installation and Maintenance of
(3) Identify and locate correct soil resistivity meas-
Mechanical Electrical Connections
urement location by performing the following as applicable:
(-a) Confirm physical survey area. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes making the
(-b) Identify soil condition and potential mechanical connections and repair of tracer wire, test
influences. leads, bonds, shunts, etc.

22
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-b) Test continuity through connection.
equipment. (5) Document, as required.
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip- (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
ment functions within specified parameters. (c) Difficulty: 2
(-a) Verify calibration of test equipment. (d) Importance: 5
(-b) Inspect equipment. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-c) Confirm acceptable energy source levels. (f) Evaluation method
(-d) Test continuity of test leads. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(3) Install, repair, or replace mechanical connec- (2) Sub: W/O
tion by performing the following as applicable: (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-a) Identify volt/current requirements of sys-
tems to be connected. Task 0061 Inspect or Test Cathodic Protection Bonds
(-b) Determine size and type of connection.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the
(-c) De-energize and secure system.
physical integrity and testing of cathodic protection bonds.
(-d) Verify metallic compatibility.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-e) Prepare surface or wires.
equipment.
(-f) Perform mechanically secure and electri-
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip-
cally conductive connection.
ment functions within specified parameters.
(4) Verify mechanical integrity and electrical
(-a) Inspect equipment.
continuity.
(-b) Verify calibration of test equipment.
(-a) Apply tension test connection.
(-c) Confirm acceptable energy source levels.
(-b) Test continuity through connection.
(-d) Test continuity of test leads.
(-c) Waterproof connection, if applicable.
(3) Inspect or test bonds by performing the fol-
(5) Document, as required.
lowing as applicable:
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-a) Identify location.
(c) Difficulty: 2
(-b) Verify mechanical connection and electri-
(d) Importance: 2
cal continuity.
(e) Interval: 5 yr
(-c) Take structure to soil potential on each
(f) Evaluation method
side of shunt.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-d) Attach instrument leads at correct points,
(2) Sub: W/O
and take voltage readings.
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(-e) Determine direction of current flow.
(-f) Perform calculation and compare with
Task 0051 Installation of Exothermic Electrical expected shunt size.
Connections (4) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes making exother- (c) Difficulty: 2
mic (e.g., thermite, cadweld, and pin-brazing) connec- (d) Importance: 2
tions of tracer wire, test leads, bonds, shunts, etc. (e) Interval: 5 yr
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (f) Evaluation method
equipment. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip- (2) Sub: W/O
ment functions within specified parameters. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-a) Inspect equipment.
(-b) Verify calibration of test equipment.
Task 0071 Inspect or Test Cathodic Protection
(-c) Confirm acceptable energy source levels.
Electrical Isolation Devices
(3) Perform exothermic connection as applicable.
(-a) Identify location. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the
(-b) Prepare surface. physical integrity and testing electrical isolation devices.
(-c) Verify integrity of connection site to (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
accept exothermic bond. equipment.
(-d) Select appropriate connection device. (2) Perform test equipment check to verify equip-
(-e) Apply the appropriate energy source to ment functions within specified parameters.
activate connection weld. (-a) Perform half-cell maintenance.
(4) Verify mechanical integrity and electrical (-b) Check test lead continuity.
continuity. (-c) Calibrate, if necessary.
(-a) Apply tension test connection. (3) Inspect or test isolation devices.

23
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) Visually inspect (e.g., for cracks or electri- (-c) Test equipment, as applicable.
cal arcing). (3) Troubleshoot Cathodic Protection System
(-b) Identify and locate correct test points. Electrical.
(-c) Connect test lead and reference electrode. (-a) Troubleshoot rectifier/impressed current
(-d) Confirm proper polarity. source.
(-e) Take readings. (-b) Troubleshoot cathodic protection ground
(-f) Analyze readings to ensure they are bed.
within the desired range. (-c) Analyze and interpret test results.
(4) Document, as required. (-1) Test to locate cable breaks.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-2) Identify and isolate or correct sources
(c) Difficulty: 2 of interference.
(d) Importance: 2 (-d) Identify system areas with inadequate CP
(e) Interval: 5 yr test potentials.
(f) Evaluation method (-e) Interrupt the cathodic protection system.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-f) Repair or replace cathodic protection
(2) Sub: W/O system components.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-g) Identify and address structure to metallic
contacts.
Task 0081 Install Cathodic Protection Electrical (4) Troubleshoot Cathodic Protection System
Isolation Devices Anodes.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation (-a) Determine potential on pipe.
of electrical isolation devices. (-b) If deficient, perform current requirement
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate checks.
equipment. (-1) Determine lack of protection.
(2) Install isolation devices. (-2) Determine shorted conditions.
(-a) Identify appropriate locations for isola- (-c) Perform audio test, if required.
tion devices. (-d) Recommend remedial action for the
(-b) Identify appropriate type of insulator to condition.
be installed. (5) Document, as required.
(-c) Bond all identified installation locations, (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
as applicable. (c) Difficulty: 4
(-d) Install isolation device(s). (d) Importance: 3
(3) Document, as required. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (f) Evaluation method
(c) Difficulty: 2 (1) Initial: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 2 (2) Sub: W/O
(e) Interval: 5 yr (g) Span of control: 1:1
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O Task 0101 Inspect Rectifier and Obtain Readings
(2) Sub: W/O (a) Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the
(g) Span of control: 1:1 rectifier for damage and deterioration and obtaining
readings as specified.
Task 0091 Troubleshoot Active Cathodic Protection (1) Select task procedure and appropriate
System equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task applies to operational (2) Perform test equipment check.
cathodic protection (CP) systems and includes activities (-a) Ensure voltmeter has adequate battery life.
to determine why the CP system and components are not (-b) Ensure half-cell is filled adequately with
functioning and the identification of corrective action. the correct chemical and calibrated, if applicable.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (3) Visually examine for
equipment. (-a) security of facility
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that (-b) condition of rectifier case, cables, and
equipment functions within specified parameters. supports
(-a) Inspect equipment. (4) Ensure there is no short across the rectifier case
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. to ensure a safe condition exists to perform inspection.

24
ASME B31Q-2016

(5) Connect voltmeter to correct points on the rec- (-a) AC/DC circuit breakers
tifier to a location determined to give the most accurate (-b) power connection/safety ground
readings. (-c) fuses
(6) Obtain voltage and current output readings. (-d) diodes
(7) Make appropriate notifications if conditions (-e) disconnects
warrant remediation. (-f) rectifying elements
(8) Document, as required. (-g) transformer
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-h) lightning arresters
(c) Difficulty: 1 (-i) shunts
(d) Importance: 1 (-j) AC filters/chokes
(e) Interval: 5 yr (-k) stack
(f) Evaluation method (-l) meters
(1) Initial: P&W/O (5) Place in service.
(2) Sub: W/O (-a) Verify that there are no electrical shorts.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-b) Verify that the potential on the pipe shifts
negatively when the rectifier is energized.
Task 0111 Maintain Rectifier (6) Make coarse and fine output adjustments as
necessary to protect the system.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(7) Document, as required.
the rectifier is functioning within specified parameters,
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
after a rectifier has been hung and AC power connected
(c) Difficulty: 3
and prior to or during placing in service. This task also
(d) Importance: 3
includes actions to repair or replace in-service rectifiers
(e) Interval: 3 yr
or components.
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment.
(2) Sub: W/O
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(g) Span of control: 1:1
equipment functions within specified parameters.
(-a) Inspect equipment.
Task 0121 Collect Sample for Internal Corrosion
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
Monitoring
(-c) Test equipment, as applicable.
(3) Test rectifier, and troubleshoot problems. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the collection
(-a) Monitor requirements of all impressed and handling of samples (gas, liquid, solids) for internal
current sources. corrosion monitoring and preventing contamination of
(-b) Visually inspect components of the the sample.
rectifier. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) Check electrical connections (anode, equipment.
ground beds, power supply, structure, electrical ground, (2) Perform equipment check.
etc.). (-a) Visually inspect the fittings to avoid con-
(-d) Identify and locate correct test points. tamination of the sample.
(-e) Connect instruments and test leads to cor- (-b) Install appropriate pressure control device,
rect locations. if applicable.
(-f) Operate test equipment, and take (-c) Test for sample container leaks.
readings. (3) Collect sample.
(-1) rectifier voltage and current output (-a) Purge connections and sample container.
to include current drains, shunt using a high-impedance (-b) Obtain sample.
voltmeter, ammeter (direct or indirect), and shunt, if (-c) Test container for leaks, and secure for
applicable shipment, if applicable.
(-2) watt-hour reading, if applicable (4) Document, as required.
(-3) internally mounted voltage and (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
amperage meter (c) Difficulty: 2
(-g) Analyze and interpret test results. (d) Importance: 4
(-1) maximum rated outputs (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-2) common component failures and (f) Evaluation method
output indications (1) Initial: P&W/O
(4) Repair or replace defective rectifier compo- (2) Sub: W/O
nents, as applicable. (g) Span of control: 1:1

25
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0131 Insert and Remove Coupons/Probes for (4) Document, as required.
Internal Corrosion Monitoring (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 2
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes inserting and
(d) Importance: 1
removing coupons/probes for internal corrosion moni-
(e) Interval: 5 yr
toring and preventing contamination or damage of the
(f) Evaluation method
coupons/probes.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(2) Sub: W/O
equipment.
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(2) Prior to removal or installation
(-a) Verify pipeline status (In or Out of Service).
Task 0151 Visual Inspection of Buried Pipe and
(-b) Notify the Pipeline Control Center, if
Components When Exposed
required.
(-c) Record coupon identification information. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of
(3) Retract and remove coupon/probe. buried pipe and pipeline components when exposed for
(-a) Isolate coupon probe site (Lockout/ the purpose of detecting external corrosion and evaluat-
Tagout). ing coating integrity.
(-b) Relieve pressure of product. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) Remove cap and coupon holder. equipment.
(4) Install coupon/probe in holder. (2) Inspect and evaluate protective coating for
(-a) Ensure coupon/probe is installed without (-a) deterioration
contamination. (-b) cracks
(-b) Pressurize, and ensure no leaks. (-c) holidays
(-c) Insert coupon to proper position for con- (-d) disbondment
tact with product. (3) Inspect external surfaces of pipe and compo-
(5) Document, as required. nents when exposed.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-a) Examine bare pipe for external corrosion.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-b) Investigate circumferentially and hori-
(d) Importance: 5 zontally if external corrosion found.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (4) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(f) Evaluation method (5) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Sub: W/O (c) Difficulty: 2
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (d) Importance: 3
(e) Interval: 3 yr
Task 0141 Visual Inspection for Atmospheric (f) Evaluation method
Corrosion (1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Sub: W/O
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection
(g) Span of control: 1:1
of pipe and pipeline components exposed to the atmos-
phere for the purpose of detecting atmospheric corrosion.
Task 0161 Visual Inspection for Internal Corrosion
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of
(2) Inspect the following locations for atmos- the internal surface of pipe and pipeline components,
pheric corrosion as applicable: including tapping coupons, when exposed for the pur-
(-a) pipe, pipe supports, and other pipeline pose of detecting internal corrosion.
components (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) under thermal insulation equipment.
(-c) at ground level on risers and other pipe to (2) Clean surface, if applicable.
soil-air interfaces (3) Inspect available internal surfaces.
(-d) spans over water (-a) metal loss
(-e) other areas necessary to determine extent (-b) scaling
of corrosion (-c) rust
(3) Inspect the following indications of corrosion: (4) Document, as required.
(-a) indications of rust (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-b) surface pitting (c) Difficulty: 2
(-c) missing, damaged, or disbonded coating (d) Importance: 3
(-d) other forms of corrosion (e) Interval: 3 yr

26
ASME B31Q-2016

(f) Evaluation method (5) Perform test equipment check.


(1) Initial: P&W/O (-a) Ensure adequate power source.
(2) Sub: W/O (-b) Use adequate conduit material.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-c) Calibrate using known pipe sample.
(6) Take measurements.
Task 0171 Measure External Corrosion (-a) Ensure measurements of length, depth,
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes activities to and thickness are taken correctly.
measure and characterize external corrosion, including (-b) Ensure the location of each indication on
investigation to determine the extent of corrosion and the pipe surface of internal corrosion is correctly mapped.
recording data. (7) Record the characteristics of corrosion for
(1) Select task procedure and appropriate each indication.
equipment. (-a) indications of bacterial growth
(2) Prepare surface. (-b) dent or gouge with corrosion
(-a) Ensure that pipe surface is cleaned and (-c) generalized pitting
prepared for measurement. (-d) localized pitting
(-b) Place grid patterns, as appropriate. (8) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(3) Perform test equipment check. (9) Document, as required.
(-a) Ensure adequate power source, as (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
appropriate. (c) Difficulty: 4
(-b) Calibrate using known pipe sample. (d) Importance: 3
(4) Take measurements. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-a) Use adequate conductive material, as (f) Evaluation method
appropriate. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-b) Ensure measurements of length, depth, (2) Sub: P&W/O
and thickness are taken. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-c) Ensure the location of each indication of
external corrosion is mapped. Task 0191 Measure Atmospheric Corrosion
(5) Record the characteristics of corrosion for (a) Task Guidance. This task includes activities to meas-
each indication. ure and characterize atmospheric corrosion, including
(-a) dent or gouge with corrosion investigation to determine the extent of corrosion and
(-b) generalized pitting recording data.
(-c) localized pitting (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(6) Make notifications, as appropriate. equipment.
(7) Document, as required. (2) Assess/confirm surface condition for the
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D following:
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-a) deterioration
(d) Importance: 3 (-b) flaking
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-c) peeling
(f) Evaluation method (-d) cracking
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-e) sags
(2) Sub: P&W/O (-f) blisters
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-g) wrinkles
(3) Prepare surface.
Task 0181 Measure Internal Corrosion (-a) Remove foreign material and/or dam-
(a) Task Guidance: This task includes activities to aged coating to expose corrosion, as applicable.
measure and characterize internal corrosion, including (4) Perform test equipment check to verify that
investigation to determine the extent of corrosion and equipment functions within specified parameters.
recording data. (-a) Inspect equipment.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
equipment. (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
(2) Clean the internal surface of the pipe. applicable.
(3) Visually inspect the pipe surface for signs of (5) Take measurements by the following meth-
corrosion. ods, as applicable:
(4) Visually inspect the internal surface of the pipe (-a) pit depth gage
for damage. If found, make notifications as required. (-b) ultrasonic thickness meter

27
ASME B31Q-2016

(6) Identify corrosion associated with Task 0211 Measure and Characterize Mechanical
(-a) gouges Damage on Installed Pipe and Components
(-b) dents
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes activities to
(-c) scratches
measure and characterize mechanical damage (e.g.,
(7) Identify characteristics of corrosion.
dents, gouges, cracks) on installed pipe and compo-
(-a) pitting
nents, including investigation to determine the extent of
(-b) scale
damage and recording data.
(-c) rust
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(8) Record findings.
equipment.
(-a) depth, length, and spacing of corrosion
(2) Perform equipment check.
(pits)
(3) Prepare surface for type of
(-b) type of damage to pipe
(-a) measurement
(9) Document, as required.
(-b) device
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-c) damage
(c) Difficulty: 3
(4) Measure and characterize mechanical damage.
(d) Importance: 3
(-a) Measure depth and length.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Determine orientation and location.
(f) Evaluation method
(-c) Look for deformation associated with the
(1) Initial: P&W/O
mechanical damage.
(2) Sub: W/O
(-d) Determine if the mechanical damage
(g) Span of control: 1:1
involves a girth weld or longitudinal seam.
(5) Document, as required.
Task 0201 Visual Inspection of Installed Pipe and
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
Components for Mechanical Damage
(c) Difficulty: 3
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes activities associ- (d) Importance: 3
ated with the inspection of installed pipe and compo- (e) Interval: 3 yr
nents for the purpose of detecting mechanical damage (f) Evaluation method
(e.g., dents, gouges, cracks). (1) Initial: P&W/O
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (2) Sub: P&W/O
equipment. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(2) Inspect the following locations for damage, as
applicable:
Task 0221 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Sensing Devices
(-a) pipe, pipe supports, and other pipeline
components (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(-b) at ground level on risers the sensing device (e.g., pressure switches; pressure,
(-c) spans over water temperature, and differential transmitters) is function-
(-d) under damaged or missing thermal ing within specified parameters, after a sensing device
insulation has been installed and prior to or during placing in ser-
(-e) other areas necessary to determine extent vice. This task also includes actions to repair or replace
of damage sensing devices and adjust set points or output.
(3) Inspect the following indications of mechani- (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
cal damage, as applicable: equipment.
(-a) missing, damaged, or disbonded coating (2) Verify identification.
(-b) cuts, dents, gouges, and cracks (-a) Ensure sensing device(s) identification is
(-c) wrinkle bends and buckling not damaged, missing, etc.
(4) Inspect internal surfaces of pipe and compo- (-b) Note where device information can be
nents for physical damage, as applicable. found if it is missing or damaged.
(5) Document, as required. (3) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D equipment functions within specified parameters.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-a) Inspect equipment.
(d) Importance: 3 (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
(f) Evaluation method applicable.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (4) Visually inspect sensing device for
(2) Sub: P&W/O (-a) dirt, debris, or corrosion
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-b) bare or frayed electrical wires (if installed)

28
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) physical damage to sensor body/housing replace PLCs and components and to adjust set points
(-d) leaks or output as specified.
(-e) missing or damaged components (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-f) proper set point/output setting, as equipment.
applicable (2) Isolate PLC from system.
(5) Isolate device from system. (-a) Notify appropriate personnel.
(-a) Notify appropriate personnel. (-b) Verify point-to-point communication
(-b) Bypass system, as appropriate. prior to disconnection.
(-c) Relieve/verify pressure in isolated (-c) Bypass system, as appropriate.
section. (3) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(-d) Monitor pressure if bypass is non PLC functions within specified parameters.
regulated. (-a) Inspect equipment.
(6) Conduct performance test. (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
(-a) Test device for appropriate operation. (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
(-b) Ensure device does not exceed its operat- applicable.
ing parameters. (4) Visually inspect PLC for
(7) Remove and replace sensing device. (-a) dirt, debris, or corrosion
(-a) Disconnect all energy sources (e.g., elec- (-b) bare or frayed electrical wires
trical, pneumatic), and properly release stored energy, (-c) physical damage to unit
as applicable. (-d) missing or damaged components
(-b) Remove device. (-e) proper set point/output setting, as
(-c) Verify the sensor selected is compatible applicable
with system. (5) Conduct performance test.
(-d) Install device. (-a) Test PLC for appropriate operation. Verify
(-e) Reconnect energy sources, as applicable. (-1) input/output (I/O) points between
(-f) Inspect for proper installation. devices
(8) Adjust/verify set point or output parameters. (-2) critical control sequences
(-a) Adjust device to required set point. (-3) alarms match between location and
(-b) Test device using appropriate test equip- control center
ment to ensure proper operation over intended operat- (6) Maintain PLC.
ing range. (-a) Disconnect all energy sources (e.g., elec-
(-c) Ensure pressure/temperature limits of trical, pneumatic).
the device are not exceeded. (-b) Remove device, if applicable.
(9) Place in service. (-c) Download and install software updates, if
(-a) Verify proper operation and set points applicable.
prior to returning to service. (-d) Reconnect energy sources, as applicable.
(-b) Place the device in service, and return to (-e) Inspect for proper installation.
normal operation. (-f) Adjust PLC to required set point.
(-c) Check for leaks. (-g) Test PLC using appropriate test equip-
(-d) Notify appropriate personnel, as required. ment to ensure proper operation.
(10) Document, as required. (7) Place PLC back in service.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-a) Test device for appropriate operation.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-b) Ensure device does not exceed operating
(d) Importance: 5 parameters.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-c) Verify proper operation and set points.
(f) Evaluation method (-d) Return to normal operation.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-e) Notify appropriate personnel, as required.
(2) Sub: W/O (8) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 4
Task 0231 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Programmable (d) Importance: 5
Logic Controllers (PLC) (e) Interval: 3 yr
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that (f) Evaluation method
the PLC is functioning within specified parameters, after (1) Initial: P&W/O
a PLC has been installed and prior to or during placing (2) Sub: W/O
in service. This task also includes actions to repair or (g) Span of control: 1:1

29
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0241 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Liquid Leak (-a) corrosion
Detection Flow Computers (-b) damage
(-c) abnormal wear
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(-d) water inside enclosure
the flow computer, when used in a computational pipe-
(-e) cracks
line monitoring leak detection system, is functioning
(-f) broken threads
within specified parameters, after a flow computer has
(4) Conduct performance test.
been installed and prior to or during placing in service.
(-a) Visually inspect displacers and chain/
This task also includes actions to repair or replace flow
cable integrity.
computers and components and to adjust set points or
(-b) Manually trip lever or move displacer
output as specified.
until contact(s) change state.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) Verify the following:
equipment.
(-1) alarms received at Pipeline Control
(2) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or
Center, if applicable
affected personnel prior to performing work.
(-2) alarms cleared appropriately after
(3) Visually inspect device and associated equip-
returning to normal conditions
ment, checking for
(-3) correct sequence of events occurs
(-a) mechanical condition
(5) Clean, repair, or replace overfill pro-
(-b) corrosion
tective device as specified by the manufacturers
(-c) electrical connections
recommendations.
(4) Repair/replace device/equipment, following
(6) Confirm alarm(s) are consistent with the pre-
the manufacturers recommendations.
determined product levels.
(5) Verify input/output of device meets param-
(7) Adjust the set point by moving the float or
eter values.
displacer to a new position on the rod, cable, or chain, if
(-a) Adjust/repair, as appropriate.
necessary.
(6) Verify flow computer configuration meets
(8) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or
parameters.
affected personnel that work is complete.
(-a) Adjust/repair, as appropriate.
(9) Document, as required.
(7) Verify communication links are functioning.
(b) Potential applicability: L
(8) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or
(c) Difficulty: 4
affected personnel when work is completed.
(d) Importance: 5
(9) Document, as required.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(b) Potential applicability: L
(f) Evaluation method
(c) Difficulty: 4
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 4
(2) Sub: W/O
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Sub: W/O Task 0261 Inspection and Testing, Corrective and
(g) Span of control: 1:1 Preventive Maintenance Tank Level Indicator Devices
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification
Task 0251 Inspection and Testing, Corrective and that the tank level indicator is functioning within
Preventive Maintenance Overfill Protection Systems specified parameters, after installation and prior to or
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that during placing in service. This task also includes the
the overfill protection system is functioning within spec- repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of
ified parameters, after installation and prior to or during the tank level indicator and actions to verify operation
placing in service. This task also includes the repair or and maintain the tank level indicator.
replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the over- (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
fill protection system and actions to verify operation equipment.
and maintain the overfill protection system. This task (2) Make notifications, as appropriate.
includes adjusting the set point as specified. (3) Perform test equipment check.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (4) Visually inspect component(s) for damage or
equipment. leaks.
(2) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or (5) Confirm if the tank level indicator is within
affected personnel prior to performing test. the manufacturers specified tolerance/range. If not,
(3) Visually inspect overfill protective device. calibrate so it is within the specified tolerance range.

30
ASME B31Q-2016

(6) If the tank level indicator cannot be calibrated (e) Interval: 5 yr


to within the manufacturers specified tolerances/ (f) Evaluation method
ranges, replace. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(7) Put the tank level indicator back into service. (2) Sub: W/O
(8) Make notifications, as appropriate. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(9) Conduct performance test.
(10) Document, as required. Task 0281 Maintain Flowmeters for Hazardous Liquid
(b) Potential applicability: L Leak Detection
(c) Difficulty: 4
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification
(d) Importance: 4
that the flowmeter (e.g., line integrity meters), when
(e) Interval: 3 yr
used for hazardous liquid leak detection, is functioning
(f) Evaluation method
within specified parameters, after a flowmeter has been
(1) Initial: P&W/O
installed and prior to or during placing in service. This
(2) Sub: W/O
task also includes actions to repair or replace flowmeters
(g) Span of control: 1:1
and components and adjusting output.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Task 0271 Prove Flowmeters for Hazardous Liquid
equipment.
Leak Detection
(2) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or appro-
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes data recording priate personnel prior to performing maintenance.
and calculations to manually verify (prove) the accu- (3) Visually inspect meter and components.
racy of flowmeters for hazardous leak detection. This (-a) physical condition
includes activities to bring prover online and take off (-b) corrosion
line. Qualification is not required when verification is (-c) leaks
performed automatically by flow computers or PLCs. (-d) electrical connections
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (4) Perform diagnostics to determine if repairs
equipment. are needed.
(2) Notify Pipeline Control Center and/or (-a) pulse output diagnostics
affected personnel prior to performing meter proving. (-b) meter factor trend analysis
(3) Verify that equipment is calibrated. (-c) vibration
(4) Make connections to appropriate meter equip- (-d) noise
ment, if necessary (e.g., portable prover). (-e) electrical power and connections
(5) Line up appropriate valves and flush prover (5) Repair/replace flowmeter, if necessary.
with the pipeline product. (-a) Isolate, depressurize, and purge piping.
(6) Check seal integrity on double-block-and- (-b) Remove meter from pipeline.
bleed valves. (-c) Perform repair, or replace.
(7) Verify pressure, temperature, and flow rate (-d) Reinstall meter, confirming correct orien-
are stable between prover and meter. tation for product flow.
(-e) Remove isolation devices.
(8) Start proving run(s). Complete number of
(-f) Conduct visual inspection of meter.
runs as specified in company or industry standards.
(-g) Ensure the meter is proved.
(9) Verify proving data, and calculate meter factor.
(6) Notify Pipeline Control Center that mainte-
(-a) Check measurement system prior to recal-
nance work is completed.
culating meter factor, if necessary (e.g., meter factor is
(7) Document, as required.
more than 0.25% difference).
(b) Potential applicability: L
(-b) Check measurement system, and inspect/
(c) Difficulty: 4
repair/recondition meter, if necessary (e.g., meter factor
(d) Importance: 2
is more than 0.50% difference).
(e) Interval: 5 yr
(10) Implement new meter factor, if necessary.
(f) Evaluation method
(11) Drain/depressurize/disconnect from meter
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment, if necessary (e.g., portable prover).
(2) Sub: W/O
(12) Reset valves to normal operating conditions.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(13) Notify Pipeline Control Center that proving
is completed.
(14) Document, as required. Task 0291 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Gravitometers/
(b) Potential applicability: L Densitometers for Hazardous Liquid Leak Detection
(c) Difficulty: 3 (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(d) Importance: 2 the gravitometers/densitometers when used for leak

31
ASME B31Q-2016

detection are functioning within specified parameters, (-d) Replace security device, if applicable.
after gravitometers/densitometers have been installed (-e) Complete notifications with appropriate
and prior to or during placing in service. This task also personnel (operations, Pipeline Control Center, custom-
includes actions to repair or replace gravitometers/den- ers, etc.).
sitometers and components and to adjust output. (4) Confirm anticipated pressure/flow changes.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (5) Document, as required.
equipment. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that (c) Difficulty: 2
equipment functions within specified parameters. (d) Importance: 4
(3) Visually inspect the gravitometer/densitom- (e) Interval: 3 yr
eter for signs of physical damage or leakage. (f) Evaluation method
(4) Clean measuring tube as needed. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(5) Determine calibration and accuracy of the (2) Sub: W/O
gravitometer/densitometer by checking output meas- (g) Span of control: 1:3
urement of known source(s).
(6) Adjust the equipment as needed. Task 0311 Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure
(7) Document, as required. Manual Valve Operation
(b) Potential applicability: L (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the adjustment
(c) Difficulty: 3 of flow or pressure either manually or using the valve
(d) Importance: 2 actuator at the valve site. It also includes valve identi-
(e) Interval: 5 yr fication, notifications, and pressure verification. It does
(f) Evaluation method not include
(1) Initial: P&W/O manually opening and closing valves as addressed
(2) Sub: W/O in Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves
(g) Span of control: 1:2 temporary isolation of service lines and service
discontinuance as addressed in Task 1201, Temporary
Task 0301 Manually Opening and Closing Valves Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes manually open- (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
ing and closing valves (e.g., pipeline startup and shut- equipment.
down, flow direction, pigging, tank switching) at the (2) Prepare to manually operate valve.
valve site, either manually or using the valve actuator. (-a) Identify segment and impact of pressure
It also includes valve identification, notifications, and changes due to valve operation.
pressure verification. It does not include the operation (-b) Identify valve type and method of
of valves for operation.
adjusting and monitoring flow or pressure as (-c) Verify valve position (open, closed, etc.).
addressed in Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or (-d) Communicate with appropriate personnel
Pressure Manual Valve Operation (operations, Pipeline Control Center, customers, etc.).
temporary isolation of service lines and service (3) Operate valve to adjust and maintain required
discontinuance as addressed in Task 1201, Temporary pressure/flow.
Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance (-a) Remove security device, if applicable.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-b) Verify that the valve is in the proper
equipment. position.
(2) Prepare to manually operate valve. (-c) Ensure valve changes position, as
(-a) Identify segment and impact of pressure expected.
changes due to valve operation. (-d) Ensure anticipated pressure/flow change
(-b) Identify valve type and method of is achieved.
operation. (-e) Replace security device, if applicable.
(-c) Verify valve position (open, closed, etc.). (4) Monitor pressure/flow by appropriate
(-d) Communicate with appropriate person- methods.
nel (operations, Pipeline Control Center, customers, (-a) Ensure anticipated pressure/flow change
etc.). is achieved.
(3) Open/close valve. (-b) Ensure maximum allowable operating
(-a) Remove security device, if applicable. pressure (MAOP)/maximum operating pressure (MOP)
(-b) Open or close valve, as applicable. is not exceeded.
(-c) Verify valve operates and changes posi- (-1) If MAOP/MOP is exceeded, take
tion, as expected. appropriate actions.

32
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) Communicate with appropriate personnel (-a) review of records


(operations, Pipeline Control Center, customers, etc.). (-b) use of identification cards or tags
(5) Document, as required. (-c) location description
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-d) size and type (plug/gate)
(c) Difficulty: 4 (-e) valve position (open/closed)
(d) Importance: 4 (-f) system feed (one way or two way)
(e) Interval: 3 yr (3) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(f) Evaluation method (4) Perform inspection and partial operation.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-a) Check for the correct locking device
(2) Sub: P&W/O installed, if applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-b) Verify the valve is accessible.
(-c) Check for damage.
Task 0321 Valve Corrective Maintenance (-d) Check for signs of corrosion.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the repair, replace- (-e) Use correct valve key or tool to perform
ment, alteration, or refurbishment of valves, except valves partial operation of valve. (Valve should move freely.)
for the temporary isolation of service lines and service (-f) Return valve to its operational position.
discontinuance as addressed in Task 1191, Maintenance (5) Lubricate valve as specified by manufacturer,
of Service Valves Upstream of Customer Meter. if applicable.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (6) Document, as required.
equipment. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Verify valve identification, as applicable. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-a) Identify valve location. (d) Importance: 4
(-b) Confirm valve position (open/closed). (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-c) Communicate with appropriate person- (f) Evaluation method
nel (operations, control center, customers, etc.). (1) Initial: P&W/O
(3) Perform valve corrective maintenance, as (2) Sub: W/O
applicable. (g) Span of control: 1:2
(-a) Repair or replace locking device.
(-b) Clean valve box. Task 0341 Valve Preventive Maintenance
(-c) Replace or adjust valve box. (a) Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g.,
(-d) Flush valve. lubrication, winterization, packing adjustment) to keep
(-e) Set adjustments. valves operating safely and efficiently, except relief
(-f) Replace or adjust packing or seals. valves as addressed in
(4) Lubricate valve, as applicable. Task 0411, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
(5) Document, as required. -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D Corrective Maintenance
(c) Difficulty: 4 Task 0421, Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Limiting, and
(d) Importance: 4 -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
(e) Interval: 3 yr Corrective Maintenance
(f) Evaluation method Task 0431, Pneumatic-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting,
(1) Initial: P&W/O and -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive
(2) Sub: W/O and Corrective Maintenance
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment.
Task 0331 Valve Visual Inspection and Partial (2) Prepare to perform valve preventive
Operation maintenance.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes visual inspec- (-a) Identify valve location.
tion, partial operation (function test), and lubrication (-b) Confirm valve position (open/closed).
of valves, except valves for the temporary isolation of (-c) Communicate with appropriate person-
service lines and service discontinuance as addressed in nel (operations, control center, customers, etc.).
Task 1191, Maintenance of Service Valves Upstream of (3) Perform the following preventive mainte-
Customer Meter. nance, as applicable:
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-a) Inspect all valve components for abnor-
equipment. mal conditions (e.g., corrosion, leaks, excessive wear),
(2) Identify correct valve to be inspected and and correct as necessary.
operated by (-b) Isolate valve, if required.

33
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) Blowdown (bleed) valve body. (5) Perform the following preventive and correc-
(-d) Drain liquids (e.g., water) from valve tive maintenance steps, as applicable:
body. (-a) Isolate valve.
(-e) Clean stem threads. (-b) Isolate actuator/operator from energy
(-f) Inspect and/or replace stem packing. source(s).
(-g) Winterize valves subject to freezing. (-c) Calibrate actuator/operator.
(-h) Operate injection equipment, and inject (-d) Align actuator/operator, and verify actu-
corrosion inhibitor. ator tie down bolts are tight and torqued correctly.
(-i) Perform lubrication of components (e.g., (6) Adjust set point(s) of the following, as
stem, bearings). applicable:
(-j) Check for valve seat leak-by, and inject (-a) valve stroke
valve sealant/flush. (-b) limit switches for proper valve position
(-k) Confirm proper valve operation. (-c) torque switches
(-l) Remove isolation, and return to service. (-d) valve and operator stops
(4) Lubricate valve. (-e) speed of travel
(-a) Identify type and quantity of lubricant for (7) Conduct performance test.
service and valve type. (-a) Notify appropriate personnel.
(-b) Identify pressure rating of valve. (-b) Restore energy source(s).
(-c) Monitor grease pressure to ensure valve (-c) Test in appropriate modes (e.g., manual/
pressure rating is not exceeded during lubrication. local, automatic/remote).
(5) Document, as required. (-d) Confirm valve positions are properly dis-
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D played on SCADA, if applicable.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (8) Place in service.
(d) Importance: 4 (-a) Restore energy source(s).
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-b) Notify appropriate personnel.
(f) Evaluation method (-c) Return actuator/operator to required set-
(1) Initial: P&W/O tings (e.g., manual, automatic, remote control).
(2) Sub: W/O (9) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 4
Task 0351 Pneumatic Actuator/Operator Inspection (d) Importance: 4
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance (e) Interval: 3 yr
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification (f) Evaluation method
that the actuator/operator is functioning within speci- (1) Initial: P&W/O
fied parameters, after installation and prior to or dur- (2) Sub: W/O
ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair, (g) Span of control: 1:2
replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua-
tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator Task 0361 Electric Actuator/Operator Inspection and
operating safely and efficiently. Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification
equipment. that the actuator/operator is functioning within speci-
(2) Prepare to perform actuator/operator inspec- fied parameters, after installation and prior to or dur-
tion and testing. ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair,
(-a) Identify valve location. replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua-
(-b) Confirm valve position (open/closed). tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator
(-c) Communicate with appropriate person- operating safely and efficiently.
nel (operations, control center, customers, etc.). (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that equipment.
equipment functions within specified parameters. (2) Prepare to perform actuator/operator inspec-
(-a) Inspect equipment. tion and testing.
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. (-a) Identify valve location.
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (-b) Confirm valve position (open/closed).
applicable. (-c) Communicate with appropriate person-
(4) Visually inspect actuator/operator. nel (operations, control center, customers, etc.).
(-a) Inspect for leaks, wear, corrosion, dam- (3) Perform test equipment check to verify that
age, etc. equipment functions within specified parameters.
(-b) Verify accessibility. (-a) Inspect equipment.

34
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. (-a) Identify valve location.


(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (-b) Confirm valve position (open/closed).
applicable. (-c) Communicate with appropriate person-
(4) Visually inspect actuator/operator. nel (operations, control center, customers, etc.).
(-a) Inspect for leaks, wear, corrosion, dam- (3) Perform test equipment check to verify that
age, etc. equipment functions within specified parameters.
(-b) Verify accessibility. (-a) Inspect equipment.
(5) Perform the following preventive and correc- (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
tive maintenance steps, as applicable: (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
(-a) Isolate valve. applicable.
(-b) Isolate actuator/operator from energy (4) Visually inspect actuator/operator.
source(s). (-a) Inspect for leaks, wear, corrosion, dam-
(-c) Calibrate actuator/operator. age, etc.
(-d) Align actuator/operator, and verify actu- (-b) Verify accessibility.
ator tie down bolts are tight and torqued correctly. (5) Perform the following preventive and correc-
(6) Adjust set point(s) of the following, as tive maintenance steps, as applicable:
applicable: (-a) Isolate valve.
(-a) valve stroke (-b) Isolate actuator/operator from energy
(-b) limit switches for proper valve position source(s).
(-c) torque switches (-c) Calibrate actuator/operator.
(-d) valve and operator stops (-d) Align actuator/operator, and verify actu-
(-e) speed of travel ator tie down bolts are tight and torqued correctly.
(7) Conduct performance test. (6) Adjust set point(s) of the following, as
(-a) Notify appropriate personnel. applicable:
(-b) Restore energy source(s). (-a) valve stroke
(-c) Test in appropriate modes (e.g., manual/ (-b) limit switches for proper valve position
local, automatic/remote). (-c) torque switches
(-d) Confirm valve positions are properly dis- (-d) valve and operator stops
played on SCADA, if applicable. (-e) speed of travel
(8) Place in service. (7) Conduct performance test.
(-a) Restore energy source(s). (-a) Notify appropriate personnel.
(-b) Notify appropriate personnel. (-b) Restore energy source(s).
(-c) Return actuator/operator to required set- (-c) Test in appropriate modes (e.g., manual/
tings (e.g., manual, automatic, remote control). local, automatic/remote).
(9) Document, as required. (-d) Confirm valve positions are properly dis-
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D played on SCADA, if applicable.
(c) Difficulty: 4 (8) Place in service.
(d) Importance: 4 (-a) Restore energy source(s).
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-b) Notify appropriate personnel.
(f) Evaluation method (-c) Return actuator/operator to required set-
(1) Initial: P&W/O tings (e.g., manual, automatic, remote control).
(2) Sub: W/O (9) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 4
Task 0371 Hydraulic Actuator/Operator Inspection (d) Importance: 4
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance (e) Interval: 3 yr
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification (f) Evaluation method
that the actuator/operator is functioning within speci- (1) Initial: P&W/O
fied parameters, after installation and prior to or dur- (2) Sub: W/O
ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair, (g) Span of control: 1:2
replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua-
tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator Task 0381 Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Regulating
operating safely and efficiently. Device Inspection and Testing, Preventive and
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Corrective Maintenance
equipment. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(2) Prepare to perform actuator/operator inspec- the pressure-regulating device is functioning within
tion and testing. specified parameters, after installation and prior to or

35
ASME B31Q-2016

during placing in service. This task also includes the (f) Evaluation method
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment (1) Initial: P&W/O
of the pressure-regulating device and actions to keep (2) Sub: W/O
the pressure-regulating device operating safely and (g) Span of control: 1:1
efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation
addressed in Task 0391Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Regulating Device
Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and Inspection, Testing, Preventive and Corrective
Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial Maintenance
Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief the pressure-regulating device is functioning within
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial specified parameters, after installation and prior to or
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate during placing in service. This task also includes the
equipment. repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the
(2) Review and verify records for identification of pressure-regulating device and actions to keep the pres-
(-a) location sure-regulating device operating safely and efficiently.
(-b) model and size This task excludes customer regulation addressed in
(-c) operating capacity Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
(-d) valves and position of valves (open/ Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
closed, locking devices installed) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
(-e) primary/secondary regulator(s) if Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
applicable Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
(-f) communication to appropriate personnel (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(operations, control center, customers, etc.), as applicable equipment.
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that (2) Review and verify records for identification of
equipment functions within specified parameters. (-a) location
(-a) Inspect equipment. (-b) model and size
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. (-c) operating capacity
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (-d) valves and position of valves (open/
applicable. closed, locking devices installed)
(4) Visual inspection of the following, including (-e) primary/secondary regulator(s) if applica-
but not limited to: ble
(-a) appropriate location (-f) communication to appropriate personnel
(-b) proper installation (operations, control center, customers, etc.), as applicable
(-c) coating (3) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing equipment functions within specified parameters.
(-e) worn parts, if internal inspection is (-a) Inspect equipment.
applicable (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
(-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
(5) Testing of operation applicable.
(-a) Shut down or start up as specified by the (4) Perform visual inspection for
manufacturer. (-a) appropriate location
(-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable. (-b) proper installation
(-c) Correct set point(s) identified. (-c) coating condition
(-d) Check lock up. (-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing
(6) Preventive and maintenance activities (-e) worn parts, if internal inspection is
(-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if applicable
applicable. (-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion
(-b) Protect against elements. (5) Conduct performance test.
(-c) Adjust set point to operational (-a) Shut down or start up as specified by
requirement. manufacturer.
(-d) Monitor pressure. (-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable.
(-e) Install locking devices. (-c) Correct set point(s) identified.
(7) Document, as required. (-d) Check lock up.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (6) Perform preventive and corrective
(c) Difficulty: 4 maintenance activities.
(d) Importance: 4 (-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if
(e) Interval: 3 yr applicable.

36
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) Ensure protection against the elements. (-a) Shut down or start up as specified by
(7) Verify MAOP/MOP. manufacturer.
(8) Adjust set point to operational requirement. (-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable.
(9) Place in service. (-c) Correct set point(s) identified.
(-a) Monitor pressure. (-d) Check lock up.
(-b) Install locking devices. (6) Perform preventive and corrective mainte-
(10) Document, as required. nance activities.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if
(c) Difficulty: 4 applicable.
(d) Importance: 4 (-b) Ensure protection against the elements.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (7) Verify MAOP/MOP.
(f) Evaluation method (8) Adjust set point to operational requirement.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (9) Verify point-to-point communication, if
(2) Sub: W/O applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (10) Place in service.
(-a) Monitor pressure.
Task 0401 Controller-Type, Pressure-Regulating (-b) Install locking devices.
Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and (11) Document, as required.
Corrective Maintenance (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that (c) Difficulty: 4
the pressure-regulating device is functioning within (d) Importance: 4
specified parameters, after installation and prior to or (e) Interval: 3 yr
during placing in service. This task also includes the (f) Evaluation method
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment (1) Initial: P&W/O
of the pressure-regulating device and actions to keep (2) Sub: W/O
the pressure-regulating device operating safely and (g) Span of control: 1:1
efficiently.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Task 0411 Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
equipment. -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
(2) Review and verify records for identification of Corrective Maintenance
(-a) location (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(-b) model and size the pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning
(-c) operating capacity within specified parameters, after installation and prior
(-d) valves and position of valves (open/ to or during placing in service. This task also includes
closed, locking devices installed) the repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment
(-e) primary/secondary regulator(s) if of pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to keep
applicable the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating safely
(-f) communication to appropriate personnel and efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation
(operations, control center, customers, etc.), as applicable addressed in
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
equipment functions within specified parameters. Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
(-a) Inspect equipment. Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
applicable. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(4) Perform visual inspection for equipment.
(-a) appropriate location (2) Review and verify records for identification of
(-b) proper installation (-a) location
(-c) coating condition (-b) model and size
(-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing (-c) operating capacity
(-e) worn parts if internal inspection (-d) valves and position of valves (open/
applicable closed, locking devices installed)
(-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion (-e) primary/secondary regulator(s), if
(5) Conduct performance test. applicable

37
ASME B31Q-2016

(3) Select appropriate gages for pressure ranges Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
and operations. Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
(-a) gages used have been annually tested for Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
calibration Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
(-b) inlet feed test point Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
(-c) outlet feed test point (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-d) operation of valves equipment.
(4) Perform visual inspection for (2) Review and verify records for identification of
(-a) appropriate location (-a) location
(-b) proper installation (-b) model and size
(-c) coating condition (-c) operating capacity
(-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing (-d) valves and position of valves (open/
(-e) worn parts if internal inspection closed, locking devices installed)
applicable (-e) primary/secondary regulator(s), if appli-
(-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion cable
(5) Conduct performance test. (3) Select appropriate gages for pressure ranges
(-a) Shut down or start up as specified by and operations.
manufacturer. (-a) gages used have been annually tested for
(-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable. calibration
(-c) Correct set point(s) identified. (-b) inlet feed test point
(-d) Check lock up. (-c) outlet feed test point
(6) Perform preventive and corrective maintenance (-d) operation of valves
activities. (4) Perform visual inspection for
(-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if (-a) appropriate location
applicable. (-b) proper installation
(-b) Ensure protection against the elements. (-c) coating condition
(7) Verify MAOP/MOP. (-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing
(8) Adjust set point to operational requirement. (-e) worn parts if internal inspection
(9) Place in service. applicable
(-a) Monitor pressure. (-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion
(-b) Install locking devices. (5) Conduct performance test.
(10) Document, as required. (-a) Shut down or start up as specified by
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D manufacturer.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable.
(-c) Correct set point(s) identified.
(d) Importance: 4
(-d) Check lock up.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(6) Perform preventive and corrective mainte-
(f) Evaluation method
nance activities.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if
(2) Sub: W/O
applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-b) Ensure protection against the elements.
(7) Verify MAOP/MOP.
(8) Adjust set point to operational requirement.
Task 0421 Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Limiting, and
(9) Place in service.
-Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
(-a) Monitor pressure.
Corrective Maintenance
(-b) Install locking devices.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that (10) Document, as required.
the pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
within specified parameters, after installation and prior (c) Difficulty: 3
to or during placing in service. This task also includes (d) Importance: 4
the repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment (e) Interval: 3 yr
of the pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to (f) Evaluation method
keep the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating (1) Initial: P&W/O
safely and efficiently. This task excludes customer regu- (2) Sub: W/O
lation addressed in (g) Span of control: 1:1

38
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0431 Pneumatic-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and (-a) Monitor pressure.


-Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and (-b) Install locking devices.
Corrective Maintenance (10) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
the pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning (c) Difficulty: 3
within specified parameters, after installation and prior (d) Importance: 4
to or during placing in service. This task also includes (e) Interval: 3 yr
the repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment (f) Evaluation method
of the pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to (1) Initial: P&W/O
keep the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating (2) Sub: W/O
safely and efficiently. This task excludes customer regu- (g) Span of control: 1:1
lation addressed in
Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and Task 0441 Compressor Startup and Shutdown
Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial Manual
Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer (a) Task Guidance. This task includes manual startup
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief and shutdown of a compressor (e.g., reciprocating, cen-
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial trifugal, rotary) at the driver control panel.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment. equipment.
(2) Review and verify records for identifica- (2) Determine if startup, return to service, or
tion of shutdown is required.
(-a) location (-a) Review system operational conditions
(-b) model and size and requirements.
(-c) operating capacity (-b) Confirm directions from system control, if
(-d) valves and position of valves (open/ applicable.
closed, locking devices installed) (3) Complete notifications.
(-e) primary/secondary regulator(s), if (-a) Notify system control.
applicable (-b) Notify on-location personnel.
(3) Select appropriate gages for pressure ranges (-c) Notify downstream/upstream customers,
and operations. if applicable.
(-a) gages used have been calibrated annually (-d) Notify systems adjacent stations, if
(-b) inlet feed test point applicable.
(-c) outlet feed test point (4) Start compressor.
(-d) operation of valves (-a) Perform unit prestart inspection.
(4) Perform visual inspection for (-b) Review and position valves for proper
(-a) appropriate location positions.
(-b) proper installation (-c) Engage unit prelube, if applicable.
(-c) coating condition (-d) Perform or engage unit starting sequence.
(-d) atmospheric venting of spring housing (-e) Perform poststart inspection.
(-e) worn parts if internal inspection (5) Return to service.
applicable (-a) Ensure operational parameters are accept-
(-f) signs of atmospheric corrosion able before loading.
(5) Conduct performance test. (-b) Arrange valve(s) in proper position for
(-a) Shut down or start up as specified by desired operations.
manufacturer. (-c) Monitor operating parameters for
(-b) Adjust pressure range, if applicable. expected levels.
(-c) Correct set point(s) identified. (-d) Notify appropriate entities.
(-d) Check lock up. (6) Remove from service.
(6) Perform preventive and corrective mainte- (-a) Ensure operational parameters are accept-
nance activities. able for removing unit from service.
(-a) Replace worn or broken parts, if (-b) Perform sequential compressor unload-
applicable. ing, if applicable.
(-b) Ensure protection against the elements. (-c) Reduce speed of unit.
(7) Verify MAOP/MOP. (-d) Arrange valves in sequence to remove
(8) Adjust set point to operational requirement. unit from online service.
(9) Place in service. (7) Shut down.

39
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) Allow sufficient cool-down period, if (e) Interval: 3 yr


applicable. (f) Evaluation method
(-b) Perform unit shutdown sequence. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Ensure valves are in proper position. (2) Sub: W/O
(-d) Perform postrun inspection. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-e) Notify appropriate entities.
(8) Document, as required. Task 0461 Compressor Preventive Maintenance
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (a) Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g.,
(c) Difficulty: 4 lubrication, adjustment) to keep compressors operating
(d) Importance: 3 safely and efficiently. This task does not include mainte-
(e) Interval: 3 yr nance of the compressor driver.
(f) Evaluation method (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O equipment.
(2) Sub: W/O (2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (-a) Verify calibration of equipment.
(-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
Task 0451 Pump Startup and Shutdown Manual tions (broken or missing parts, etc.).
(-c) Verify equipment against known sources.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes manual startup
(3) Walk around inspection with applicable test
and shutdown of a pump (e.g., reciprocating, centrifu-
equipment.
gal, rotary, screw) at the driver control panel.
(-a) leaks
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) unusual noises
equipment.
(-c) unusual heat
(2) Determine if startup or shutdown is required.
(-d) excessive vibration
(-a) Review system operational conditions and
(-e) abnormal pressure
requirements (e.g., pumps, flow rate, MOP, line pack).
(4) Perform preventive maintenance, as applicable.
(-b) Verify product source.
(-a) Check lubrication/oil/grease.
(-c) Review product delivery schedule/order.
(-b) Check compressor seal failure system.
(3) Complete notifications.
(-c) Check alarms/shutdowns.
(-a) Notify system Pipeline Control Center.
(-d) Analyze compressor operation.
(-b) Notify field personnel.
(5) Document, as required.
(-c) Notify downstream/upstream customers,
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
if applicable.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(4) Start pump.
(d) Importance: 3
(-a) Perform pump(s) prestart inspection.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Review and position pump station valves
(f) Evaluation method
for proper positions.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Verify open flow path from start to end of
(2) Sub: W/O
system.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(-d) Engage booster pump(s), if applicable.
(-e) Perform or engage mainline pump(s)
Task 0471 Reciprocating Compressor Inspection,
starting sequence.
Testing, and Corrective Maintenance
(-f) Monitor for steady state.
(-g) Perform poststart inspection. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(5) Shut down. a new, replaced, or rebuilt compressor is functioning
(-a) Perform unit shutdown sequence. within specified parameters, prior to or during placing
(-b) Shut down in conjunction with valve clo- in service. This task includes the repair, alteration, or
sure at the delivery terminals or stations to maintain refurbishment of reciprocating compressors. This task
minimum pressures and line pack, as applicable. does not include maintenance of the compressor driver.
(-c) Ensure valves are in proper position. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-d) Perform postrun inspection. equipment.
(-e) Notify appropriate entities. (2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable.
(6) Document, as required. (-a) Verify calibration of equipment.
(b) Potential applicability: L (-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
(c) Difficulty: 4 tions (broken or missing parts, etc.).
(d) Importance: 3 (-c) Verify equipment against known sources.

40
ASME B31Q-2016

(3) Perform walk-around inspection, with (-e) abnormal pressure


applicable equipment, to check for (4) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following:
(-a) leaks (-a) abnormal noise
(-b) unusual noises (-b) fluid level analysis
(-c) unusual heat (-c) packing gland seal effectiveness
(-d) excessive vibration (-d) comparing equipment operation to estab-
(-e) abnormal pressure lished OEM commissioning parameters
(4) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following: (-1) lubrication rate
(-a) abnormal noise (-2) flow rate
(-b) fluid level analysis (-3) temperatures
(-c) packing gland seal effectiveness (-4) vibration
(-d) rod run-out readings (5) Perform corrective maintenance.
(-e) comparing equipment operation to estab- (-a) Obtain required compatible material/
lished OEM commissioning parameters parts and specialized tools.
(-1) lubrication rate (-b) Make repairs per OEM specifications.
(-2) flow rate (6) Conduct function and performance tests.
(-3) temperatures (-a) Comply with OEM commissioning
(-4) vibration schedule.
(5) Perform corrective maintenance. (-b) Verify operating parameters are met.
(-a) Obtain required compatible material/ (7) Document, as required.
parts and specialized tools. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-b) Make repairs per OEM specifications. (c) Difficulty: 4
(6) Conduct function and performance tests. (d) Importance: 4
(-a) Follow OEM commissioning schedule. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Verify operating parameters are met. (f) Evaluation method
(7) Document, as required. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (2) Sub: W/O
(c) Difficulty: 4 (g) Span of control: 1:2
(d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr Task 0491 Rotary Compressor Inspection, Testing,
(f) Evaluation method and Corrective Maintenance
(1) Initial: P&W/O (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification
(2) Sub: W/O that a new, replaced, or rebuilt compressor is func-
(g) Span of control: 1:2 tioning within specified parameters, prior to or dur-
ing placement into service. This task includes the
Task 0481 Centrifugal Compressor Inspection, repair, alteration, or refurbishment of rotary compres-
Testing, and Corrective Maintenance sors. This task does not include maintenance of the
compressor driver.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
a new, replaced, or rebuilt compressor is functioning
equipment.
within specified parameters, prior to or during plac-
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify
ing in service. This task includes the repair, alteration,
that equipment functions within the specified
or refurbishment of centrifugal compressors. This task
parameters.
does not include maintenance of the compressor driver.
(-a) Inspect equipment.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated, as
equipment.
applicable.
(2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable.
(-c) Test equipment for proper function.
(-a) Verify calibration of equipment.
(3) Perform walk-around inspection, with appli-
(-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
cable equipment, to check for
tions (broken or missing parts, etc.).
(-a) leaks
(-c) Verify equipment against known sources.
(-b) unusual noises
(3) Perform walk-around inspection, with appli-
(-c) unusual heat
cable equipment, to check for
(-d) excessive vibration
(-a) leaks
(-e) abnormal pressure
(-b) unusual noises
(4) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following:
(-c) unusual heat
(-a) bearing overheating
(-d) excessive vibration
(-b) bearing vibration

41
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) bearing failure (2) Sub: W/O


(-d) leaks (gas and/or lubrication) (g) Span of control: 1:2
(-e) low lubrication oil levels
(5) Perform corrective maintenance. Task 0511 Centrifugal Pump Inspection, Testing, and
(-a) Obtain required compatible material/ Corrective Maintenance
parts and specialized tools.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(-b) Make repairs in accordance with the origi-
a new, replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within
nal manufacturers (OEM) specifications.
specified parameters, prior to or during placing in ser-
(6) Conduct function and performance tests.
vice. This task includes the repair, alteration, or refur-
(-a) Comply with OEM commissioning
bishment of centrifugal pumps. This task does not
schedule.
include maintenance of the pump driver.
(-b) Verify operating parameters are met.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(7) Document, as required.
equipment.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(c) Difficulty: 4
equipment functions within specified parameters.
(d) Importance: 4
(-a) Check meter for proper operation.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Check condition of handheld vibration
(f) Evaluation method
monitor.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Check dead weight test gage for switch
(2) Sub: W/O
calibration.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(-d) Check condition of dial indicators and
Task 0501 Pump Preventive Maintenance magnetic base.
(3) Visually inspect the following:
(a) Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g.,
(-a) motor high-voltage leads for deteriora-
lubrication, adjustment) to keep pumps operating safely
tion, tape or insulator condition, ground wires for signs
and efficiently. This task does not include maintenance
of arcing, capacitors general condition
of the pump driver.
(-b) motor air filter passageways
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) pump seals and piping for leaks
equipment.
(-d) pump base concrete for deterioration or
(2) Perform test equipment check.
flaking
(-a) Verify equipment is calibrated in accord-
(-e) pump base grout condition for cracks
ance with manufacturers specification.
where water can enter and freeze
(-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
(-f) pump-to-motor coupling condition
tions (broken or missing parts, etc.).
(-g) gaskets for leaks, wear, or damage
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
applicable. (4) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following:
(3) Visually examine for (-a) unusual vibration, noise, or bearing
(-a) leaks temperatures
(-b) unusual noises (-b) bearing lubrication and temperature
(-c) unusual heat (-c) suction/discharge pressure
(-d) excessive vibration (-d) seal drain pot operations
(-e) pipe misalignment/pipe stress (-e) pressure switch operation
(-f) foundation and support condition (5) Perform corrective maintenance, as needed.
(4) Perform routine maintenance. (-a) Change/add bearing lube.
(-a) lubrication/oil/grease (-b) Flush drain lines.
(-b) alignment check driver to pump (-c) Tighten housing bolts.
(-c) vibration system or surveys (-d) Calibrate/repair/replace pressure swit
(-d) pump seal failure system test ches.
(-e) pump RTDs/switches (-e) Adjust shaft thrust end play.
(-f) alarms/shutdowns (-f) Adjust alignment.
(5) Document, as required. (6) Conduct function and performance tests.
(b) Potential applicability: L (-a) Prime pump.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-b) Run pump, and check flow rate and
(d) Importance: 3 pressure.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-c) Listen for abnormal noise and/or
(f) Evaluation method vibration.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-d) Check motor full-load amperage.

42
ASME B31Q-2016

(7) Document, as required. (-a) worn or leaking piston rods


(b) Potential applicability: L (-b) low pressure or performance based on
(c) Difficulty: 4 flow rate
(d) Importance: 4 (-c) low lubrication oil level
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-d) leaks on pump gear case
(f) Evaluation method (-e) abnormally high or low amperage draw
(1) Initial: P&W/O (compare with amp rating on motor)
(6) Perform corrective maintenance, as needed.
(2) Sub: W/O
(-a) Repair pump base.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(-b) Repair or replace motor mounting bolts if
loose.
Task 0521 Reciprocating Pump Inspection, Testing,
(-c) Repair or replace pump end case as needed.
and Corrective Maintenance
(-d) Add oil if levels are low.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification (-e) Tighten or replace gaskets on pump gear
that a new, replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning case.
within specified parameters, prior to or during placing (-f) Tighten or replace packing on piston rods.
in service. This task includes the repair, alteration, or (-g) Replace belts as matching sets.
refurbishment of reciprocating pumps. This task does (-h) Replace or repair motor and/or leads as
not include maintenance of the pump driver. needed.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-i) Replace worn piston rings.
equipment. (-j) Repair/replace worn or bent piston rods.
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that (7) Conduct function and performance tests.
equipment functions within specified parameters. (-a) Prime pump.
(-a) Inspect equipment. (-b) Run pump, and check flow rate and
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated, as pressure.
applicable. (-c) Listen for abnormal noise and/or
(-c) Test equipment for proper operation. vibration.
(3) Visually inspect the following: (-d) Check motor full-load amperage.
(-a) Pump base and grout for cracks, flaking, (8) Document, as required.
splits, or settling. (b) Potential applicability: L
(-b) Check pump and motor feet bolts for (c) Difficulty: 4
looseness. (d) Importance: 4
(-c) Check gear case oil level. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-d) Check oil level in rod packing box oiler or (f) Evaluation method
grease if manual. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-e) Inspect gear case for leaks. (2) Sub: W/O
(-f) Inspect rod packing for leaks. (g) Span of control: 1:2
(-g) Inspect pump end for porous case leaks
and cracks.
(-h) Inspect belts for wear, cracks, and Task 0531 Rotary Pump Inspection, Testing, and
looseness. Corrective Maintenance
(-i) Inspect belt sheaves for wear and (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
looseness. a new, replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within
(-j) Check motor inboard and outboard bear- specified parameters, prior to or during placing in ser-
ings for signs of wear. vice. This task includes the repair, alteration, or refur-
(-k) Remove cover, and check motor lead con- bishment of rotary pumps. This task does not include
nections for tightness and insulation for deterioration. maintenance of the pump drive.
(-l) Check electrical ground connections for (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
tightness. equipment.
(4) Check pump performance. (2) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(-a) Run pump, and listen for abnormal noise equipment functions within specified parameters.
and vibration. (-a) Inspect equipment.
(-b) Perform amperage test on each phase. (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated, as
(-c) Evaluate pump performance (with pres- applicable.
sure reading or flowmeter output). (-c) Test equipment for proper operation.
(5) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following: (3) Visually inspect the following:

43
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) suction and discharge valves (-a) suction and discharge valves
(-b) shaft for scoring and corrosion (-b) shaft for scoring and corrosion
(-c) force feed lubricators if used (-c) force feed lubricators if used
(-d) stuffing box (-d) stuffing box
(4) Check pump performance. (4) Check pump performance.
(-a) Prime pump before operation. (-a) Prime pump before operation.
(-b) Verify suction and discharge valves are (-b) Verify suction and discharge valves are
open. open.
(-c) Flush suction lines. (-c) Flush suction lines.
(5) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following: (5) Diagnose/troubleshoot the following:
(-a) low pressure or performance based on (-a) low pressure or performance based on
flow rate flow rate
(-b) low lubrication oil level (-b) low lubrication oil level
(-c) leaks on pump gear case (-c) leaks on pump gear case
(-d) abnormally high or low amperage draw (-d) abnormally high or low amperage draw
(6) Perform corrective maintenance, as needed. (6) Perform corrective maintenance, as needed.
(-a) Adjust, repair, or replace packing. (-a) Replace or repair stuffing box packing.
(-b) Flush and relubricate. (-b) Replace stuffing box lubrication.
(-c) Replace gaskets, O-rings, and seals. (-c) Replace lubrication.
(-d) Regrease or replace bearings. (-d) Replace gaskets, O-rings, and seals.
(7) Conduct function and performance tests. (-e) Replace bearings (if required), and
(-a) Close all vents. regrease.
(-b) Prime pump. (-f) Adjust or replace packing.
(-c) Ensure all valves are open. (7) Conduct function and performance tests.
(-d) Run pump, and check flow rate and (-a) Close all vents.
pressure. (-b) Prime pump.
(-e) Listen for abnormal noise and/or (-c) Ensure all valves are open.
vibration. (-d) Run pump, and check flow rate and
(-f) Check motor full-load amperage. pressure.
(8) Document, as required. (-e) Listen for abnormal noise and/or
(b) Potential applicability: L vibration.
(c) Difficulty: 4 (-f) Check motor full-load amperage.
(d) Importance: 4 (8) Document, as required.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (b) Potential applicability: L
(f) Evaluation method (c) Difficulty: 4
(1) Initial: P&W/O (d) Importance: 4
(2) Sub: W/O (e) Interval: 3 yr
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O
Task 0541 Screw Pump Inspection, Testing, and
(2) Sub: W/O
Corrective Maintenance
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
a new, replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within
Task 0551 Explosive Atmosphere Detection and Alarm
specified parameters, prior to or during placing in ser-
System Performance Test and Corrective Maintenance
vice. This task includes the repair, alteration, or refur-
bishment of screw pumps. This task does not include (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
maintenance of the pump driver. the fixed explosive atmosphere detection and alarm
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate system is functioning within specified parameters,
equipment. after installation and prior to or during placing in ser-
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that vice. This task also includes the performance test and
equipment functions within specified parameters. the repair or replacement of fixed explosive atmosphere
(-a) Inspect equipment. detection and alarm system.
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated, as (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
applicable. equipment.
(-c) Test equipment for proper operation. (2) Visually inspect the detection and audio and
(3) Visually inspect the following: visual alarm systems.

44
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) Detection system inspection may include, (3) Review the pressure test design.
but is not limited to, the following: (-a) duration of test
(-1) identification that the system is acti- (-b) maximum/minimum test pressure
vated and operational (-c) bleed-off/repressurize pressures
(-2) current reading is within normal (-d) test medium
range (4) Calibrate/certify/test equipment used to per-
(-3) no physical damage to conduit or form and monitor the test.
seals (-a) leak detection equipment
(-4) no bent or dislodged sensor head(s) (-b) pressure gages
(-5) sensor heads are not painted over (-c) pressure-inducing equipment
(-6) no obstruction of atmospheric flow (5) Perform leak test.
by sensor head(s) (-a) Install accurate test instruments at points
(-b) Audio and visual alarm system inspec- that will provide required test data.
tion includes, but is not limited to, the following: (-b) Install pressure-inducing equipment, and
(-1) identification that the power supply make connections to introduce the test medium into the
is operational facility.
(-2) detection of obstructions (-c) Ensure isolation of the segment, compo-
(-3) identification of physical damage nent, or unit.
(3) Verify detection systems display current (-d) Introduce the test medium into the facility.
reading. (-e) Increase pressure, making adjustments to
(4) Conduct performance tests. compensate for temperature or other effects.
(-a) Make notification as required. (-f) Maintain pressure and duration as specified.
(-b) Place system in test mode, if applicable. (-g) Ensure inspection of pipe segment, fit-
(-c) Apply specified calibration gas standard ting, component, or unit for leaks. (Utilize leak detection
to detector head(s). equipment, as appropriate.)
(-d) Verify warning and/or shutdown signals (-h) Collect/record test data, and log during
are sent at specified levels where required. test execution.
(-e) Verify visual and audio warning activa- (-i) Depressurize the segment, component, or
tion at specified levels where required. unit.
(-f) Return system to active mode when sys- (-j) Remove isolation devices and test
tem performance test is complete, if applicable. equipment.
(5) Perform corrective maintenance. (6) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(-a) Make calibration adjustments to unit in (7) Document, as required.
alignment with calibration gas standard. (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-b) Inspect and replace system components as (c) Difficulty: 1
required. (d) Importance: 4
(-c) Conduct performance test after any (e) Interval: 3 yr
calibration, maintenance, or replacement of system (f) Evaluation method
component. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(6) Document, as required. (2) Sub: W/O
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (g) Span of control: 1:2
(c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4 Task 0571 Pressure Test: Nonliquid Medium MAOP
(e) Interval: 3 yr Greater Than or Equal to 100 psi
(f) Evaluation method
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test
(1) Initial: P&W/O
pressure and durations and record keeping.
(2) Sub: W/O
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(g) Span of control: 1:1
equipment.
(2) Prepare for test.
Task 0561 Pressure Test: Nonliquid Medium MAOP
(-a) Determine the type of pressure test.
Less Than 100 psi
(-1) strength test
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test (-2) leak test
pressure and durations and record keeping. (-b) Determine appropriate test pressure and
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate duration.
equipment. (-c) Install pressure-inducing and test-moni-
(2) Prepare for test. toring equipment.

45
ASME B31Q-2016

(-d) Isolate segment to be tested. (-h) Collect/record test data, and log during
(3) Perform test. (Include data analysis, and check test execution.
for leaks.) (-i) Evacuate/drain/purge the segment, com-
(-a) Pressurize segment at a controlled rate. ponent, or unit.
(-b) Search for leaks by appropriate methods. (-j) Remove isolation devices and test
(-c) Maintain test pressure for established equipment.
holding period. (6) Make appropriate notifications for remedia-
(-d) Record test data. tion, as applicable.
(-e) Depressurize segment. (7) Document, as required.
(-f) Remove isolation and test equipment. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(4) Document, as required. (c) Difficulty: 4
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (d) Importance: 4
(c) Difficulty: 4 (e) Interval: 3 yr
(d) Importance: 4 (f) Evaluation method
(e) Interval: 3 yr (1) Initial: P&W/O
(f) Evaluation method (2) Sub: W/O
(1) Initial: P&W/O (g) Span of control: 1:2
(2) Sub: W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:2 Task 0591 Leak Test at Operating Pressure
Task 0581 Pressure Test: Liquid Medium (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the detection of
leaks at operating pressure either visually (e.g., soap
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test test) or with the use of leak detection equipment.
pressure and durations and record keeping. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate equipment.
equipment. (2) Calibrate/certify/test equipment or medium
(2) Prepare for test. used to perform and monitor the test, as applicable.
(3) Review the pressure test design. (-a) leak detection equipment
(-a) duration of test (-b) pressure gages
(-b) maximum/minimum test pressure (-c) soap or other medium
(-c) bleed-off/repressurize pressures (3) Perform leak test.
(-d) liquid test medium (-a) Ensure inspection of pipe segment, fit-
(4) Calibrate/certify/test equipment used to per- ting, component, or unit for leaks. (Utilize leak detection
form and monitor the test. equipment or medium, as applicable.)
(-a) leak detection equipment (-b) Collect/record test data, and log during
(-b) pressure gages test execution, as applicable.
(-c) pressure-inducing equipment (4) Make appropriate notifications for remedia-
(5) Perform leak test. tion, if applicable.
(-a) Install accurate test instruments at points (5) Document, as required.
that will provide required test data. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-b) Install pressure-inducing equipment, and (c) Difficulty: 2
make connections to introduce the liquid test medium (d) Importance: 4
into the facility. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-c) Ensure isolation of the segment, compo- (f) Evaluation method
nent, or unit. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-d) Introduce liquid test medium into the (2) Sub: W/O
facility in a manner that reduces air entrapment. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-e) Increase pressure, making adjustments
to compensate for temperature effects, air entrapment, Task 0601 NDT: Radiographic Testing
etc.
(-f) Maintain pressure and duration as speci- (a) Task Guidance. This task includes radiographic
fied, adding liquid test medium to maintain pressure testing and evaluation of test results. Level II qualifica-
or bleeding off small quantities to avoid exceeding the tion should be in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or
maximum test pressure. other recognized standard or practice.
(-g) Inspect pipe segment, fitting, component, (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
or unit for leaks. (Utilize leak detection equipment, as equipment.
appropriate.) (2) Establish radiographic boundaries.

46
ASME B31Q-2016

(3) Perform radiography. Task 0621 NDT: Magnetic Particle Testing


(-a) Identify pipe diameter, pipe wall thick-
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes magnetic par-
ness, and other variables that will affect the quality of
ticle testing and evaluation of test results. Level II
the radiograph.
qualification should be in accordance with ASNT SNT-
(-b) Calculate exposure time.
TC-1A or other recognized standard or practice.
(-c) Position film and camera source.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-d) Create radiograph that provides required
equipment.
density, sensitivity, and pipe coverage.
(2) Ensure surface area is properly prepared for
(4) Interpret test results.
inspection.
(-a) Mark any rejected areas of pipe for repair
(3) Perform magnetic particle testing.
or removal.
(-a) Apply particles while magnetizing the
(5) Document, as required.
inspection surface area.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-b) Inspect pipe in a multidirectional manner
(c) Difficulty: acceptable standard, therefore, data not
that ensures full coverage of the areas of interest.
collected
(4) Interpret test results.
(d) Importance: acceptable standard, therefore, data
(-a) Mark any rejected areas of pipe for repair
not collected
or removal.
(e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or
(5) Document, as required.
practice
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable
(c) Difficulty: acceptable standard, therefore, data not
standard or practice
collected
(g) Span of control: 1:3
(d) Importance: acceptable standard, therefore, data
not collected
Task 0611 NDT: Liquid Penetrant Testing
(e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes liquid (dye) practice
penetrant testing and evaluation of test results. Level II (f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable
qualification should be in accordance with ASNT SNT- standard or practice
TC-1A or other recognized standard or practice. (g) Span of control: 1:2
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment.
(2) Ensure surface area is properly prepared for Task 0631 NDT: Ultrasonic Testing
inspection. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes ultrasonic test-
(3) Ensure surface temperature is within appro- ing and evaluation of test results. Level II qualification
priate range. should be in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or other
(4) Perform liquid penetrant testing. recognized standard or practice. This task excludes wall
(-a) Apply penetrant, and leave on for appli- thickness determination with a UT wall thickness device.
cable dwell time. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) Remove penetrant with absorbent towel equipment.
containing solvent remover. (Do not spray solvent onto (2) Ensure surface area is properly prepared for
inspection area.) inspection.
(-c) Apply developer, and leave on for appli- (3) Perform ultrasonic testing.
cable dwell time. (-a) Identify pipe diameter, pipe wall thick-
(5) Interpret test results. ness, weld configuration, and other variables that will
(-a) Mark any rejected areas of pipe for repair affect the quality of the inspection.
or removal. (-b) Calibrate equipment to ensure proper
(6) Document, as required. sensitivity and range are established.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-c) Apply couplant and scan area of
(c) Difficulty: acceptable standard, therefore, data not inspection in a manner that ensures full coverage is
collected obtained.
(d) Importance: acceptable standard, therefore, data (-d) Verify calibration upon completion of
not collected examination.
(e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or (4) Interpret test results.
practice (-a) Mark any rejected areas of pipe for repair
(f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable or removal.
standard or practice (5) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D

47
ASME B31Q-2016

(c) Difficulty: acceptable standard, therefore, data not (-3) If insulated tank, check condition of
collected insulation.
(d) Importance: acceptable standard, therefore, data (-d) containment (general housekeeping)
not collected (-1) Check for debris, vegetation, or
(e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or flammable materials. (Remove if could contribute to fire
practice or create hazard.)
(f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable (3) Document, as required.
standard or practice (b) Potential applicability: L
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 2
Task 0641 Visually Inspect Pipe and Components (e) Interval: 5 yr
Prior to Installation (f) Evaluation method
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the visual inspec- (1) Initial: P&W/O
tion of pipe and pipeline components, prior to instal- (2) Sub: W/O
lation, to identify visually determinable damage and (g) Span of control: 1:2
defects.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Task 0661 Inspection of Breakout Tanks
equipment. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection
(2) Perform visual inspection for the following as of in-service or out-of-service breakout tanks and tank
applicable: components. Qualification should be in accordance with
(-a) missing, damaged, or disbonded coating API 653 or other acceptable standard or practice.
(-b) cuts, dents, gouges, and cracks (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) bends and buckling equipment.
(-d) missing or damaged parts and compo (2) external inspection
nents (-a) For insulated tanks, remove insulation
(3) Document, as required. necessary to determine the condition of the exterior wall
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D of the tank or the roof.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-b) Visually check tank-grounding compo-
(d) Importance: 2 nents, such as shunts, and cable connections.
(e) Interval: 5 yr (-c) Perform ultrasonic thickness (UT) meas-
(f) Evaluation method urements of tank shell.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (3) internal (out-of-service) inspection
(2) Sub: W/O (-a) Inspect tank bottom for severe corrosion
(g) Span of control: 1:2 or leaks.
(-b) Gather UT data necessary to determine
Task 0651 Routine Visual Inspection of Breakout Tanks minimum thickness of shell and bottom for proper eval-
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the scheduled uation of tank integrity.
visual inspection of breakout tanks and tank components (-c) Inspect tank bottom for indications of
to identify visually determinable damage and defects. settlement.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (4) Evaluate the results, and make the appropri-
equipment. ate notifications.
(2) Perform visual inspection of tanks exterior (5) Document, as required.
surfaces. (b) Potential applicability: L
(-a) leak check (shell, nozzles, fittings, founda- (c) Difficulty: 3
tion, etc.) (d) Importance: 3
(-b) foundation (e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or
(-1) Check for cracks, erosion, and bro- practice
ken concrete. (f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable
(-2) Check for settlement around perim- standard or practice
eter of tank. (g) Span of control: 1:3
(-3) Check that rainwater runoff from the
Task 0671 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Solvent Cement
shell drains away from the tank.
(-c) shell (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly
(-1) Check for distortions, dents, dam- and joining of plastic pipe and components using sol-
age, and cracking. vent cement and inspection of completed joints.
(-2) Check atmospheric coating (corro- (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
sion pitting, paint failure, etc.). equipment.

48
ASME B31Q-2016

(2) Verify materials, as applicable. (-a) Install fitting to pipe, ensuring proper
(-a) pipe stab depth is achieved.
(-b) solvent (-b) Verify fitting is locked into place by grip-
(-c) primer per ring.
(-d) abrasives (-c) Verify proper stab depth has been
(3) Perform preparation of pipe and coupling, as achieved.
applicable. (5) Document, as required.
(-a) Verify pipe ends cut square, clean, dry, (b) Potential applicability: G, D
and free of burrs and other defects. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-b) Abrade surfaces. (d) Importance: 4
(-c) Mark stab depth. (e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever three
(-d) Verify fitting condition prior to joining. joints or 3% of joints made, whichever is greater, are
(4) Perform actions to join pipe. found unacceptable during pressure testing
(-a) Apply primer. (f) Evaluation method
(-b) Apply solvent (joining compound). (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Join pipe and fitting. (Ensure proper stab (2) Sub: P&W/O
depth obtained.) (g) Span of control: 1:0
(-d) Hold until setting process is complete.
(5) Perform visual inspection. Task 0691 Joining of Pipe: Nonbottom-Out
(-a) joint inspected to ensure compliance with Compression Couplings
documented joining procedure (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining
(-b) alignment of pipe 2 in. and less, with nonbottom-out compres-
(-c) maintenance of stab depth sion couplings and inspection of completed joints.
(6) Document, as required. A nonbottom-out compression coupling is one that
(b) Potential applicability: G, D requires tightening to a specified torque or number
(c) Difficulty: 3 of turns.
(d) Importance: 4 (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever three equipment.
joints or 3% of joints made, whichever is greater, are (2) Verify components and tools are adequate for
found unacceptable during pressure testing intended service.
(f) Evaluation method (-a) coupling size
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-b) proper material
(2) Sub: P&W/O (-c) type of joint connection (similar or dis-
(g) Span of control: 1:0 similar pipe material)
(-d) type of wrench(es) for installation
(3) Prepare pipe and fitting.
Task 0681 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Stab Fittings
(-a) Remove burrs and square pipe ends.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining and (-b) Clean and inspect sealing surfaces and fit-
inspection of plastic pipe with stab fittings and inspec- tings/couplings, and remove any debris or obstructions.
tion of completed joints. (-c) Measure and mark stab depth.
(1) Select task procedures and appropriate (4) Install coupling by performing the following,
equipment. as applicable:
(2) Verify correct selection of stab fitting. (-a) proper alignment
(-a) pipe materials (-b) proper stab depth met
(-b) pipe diameter (-c) tighten to required torque or number of
(-c) pipe wall thickness turns
(3) Perform preparation of pipe and fitting. (5) Visually inspect completed joint, as applicable.
(-a) Verify pipe conditions (gouges not to (-a) Inspect with a mirror.
exceed 10% of nominal wall thickness). (-b) Verify proper alignment of pipe and
(-b) Pipe ends cut square. fitting/coupling.
(-c) Pipe and fittings should be clean and dry, (-c) Check stab depth marks for any move-
with ends chamfered and free of burrs and other defects. ment during installation.
(-d) Verify fitting condition. (6) Document, as required.
(-e) Prepare pipe for installation by marking (b) Potential applicability: G, D
stab depth. (c) Difficulty: 3
(4) Perform actions to install fitting. (d) Importance: 4

49
ASME B31Q-2016

(e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever Task 0711 Joining of Pipe: Compression Couplings
more than three joints or 3% of joints made, whichever
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of
is greater, are found unacceptable during pressure
pipe greater than 2 in., with compression couplings and
testing
inspection of completed joints.
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment.
(2) Sub: P&W/O
(2) Perform selection of compression coupling
(g) Span of control: 1:0
based on the following:
(-a) pipe materials
Task 0701 Joining of Pipe: Bottom-Out Compression (-b) pipe diameter
Couplings (-c) pipe wall thickness
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of (-d) type of joint
pipe 2 in. and less, with bottom-out compression cou- (3) Perform preparation of pipe and coupling.
pling and inspection of completed joints. A bottom-out (-a) Verify pipe conditions.
compression coupling is one that is designed to prevent (-b) Verify pipe ends are cut square.
overtightening by contact (bottoming out) of the nut (-c) Keep pipe and coupling clean and dry.
with a square shoulder or mating surface. (-d) Verify coupling condition.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-e) Prepare pipe for installation by marking
equipment. stab depth.
(2) Verify components and tools are adequate for (4) Perform actions to install coupling.
intended service. (-a) Install stiffener if fitting is being installed
(-a) coupling size in conjunction with plastic pipe and is not attached to
(-b) proper material coupling.
(-c) type of joint connection (similar or dis- (-b) Correctly align pipe and coupling.
similar pipe material) (-c) Install coupling to pipe, ensuring proper
(-d) type of wrench(es) for installation stab depth is achieved.
(3) Prepare pipe and fitting. (-d) Tighten and torque as specified.
(-a) Remove burrs and square pipe ends. (5) Inspect installed coupling.
(-b) Clean and inspect sealing surfaces and fit- (-a) maintenance of stab depth
tings/couplings, and remove any debris or obstructions. (-b) pipe alignment
(-c) Measure and mark stab depth. (6) Document, as required.
(4) Install coupling by performing the following, (b) Potential applicability: G, D
as applicable: (c) Difficulty: 3
(-a) proper alignment (d) Importance: 4
(-b) proper stab depth met (e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever more
(-c) tighten to bottom-out than three joints or 3% of joints made, whichever is
(5) Visually inspect completed joint, as applicable. greater, are found unacceptable during pressure testing
(-a) Inspect with a mirror. (f) Evaluation method
(-b) Verify proper alignment of pipe and (1) Initial: P&W/O
fitting/coupling. (2) Sub: P&W/O
(-c) Check stab depth marks for any move- (g) Span of control: 1:0
ment during installation.
(6) Document, as required. Task 0721 Joining of Pipe: Threaded Joints
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of
(c) Difficulty: 3 threaded pipe with threaded fittings and the inspection
(d) Importance: 4 of completed joints. The joining of components with
(e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever more threaded connections is addressed in the component-
than three joints or 3% of joints made, whichever is covered task.
greater, are found unacceptable during pressure testing (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(f) Evaluation method equipment.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (2) Verify pipe and components are adequate for
(2) Sub: P&W/O intended service.
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (-a) schedule (wall thickness) and grade

50
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) diameter (-b) washers


(-c) thread type (-c) bolts and nuts
(-d) pressure rating (7) Perform actions to tighten.
(-e) material (-a) sequence as specified
(3) Perform actions to join threaded pipe with (-b) torquing as specified
threaded fittings. (8) Perform actions to inspect flange assembly, as
(-a) Mating surfaces are clean, dry, and free of applicable.
rust or other contaminants. (-a) bolt ends similar in length
(-b) Approved thread compound or tape has (-b) washers installed
been applied. (-c) insulators installed
(-c) Pipe and fittings are threaded together to (-d) properly aligned
obtain a leak-free joint. (9) Document, as required.
(4) Inspect the completed joint for defects. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-a) cracks (c) Difficulty: 3
(-b) cross-threading (d) Importance: 3
(-c) general defects (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-d) leaks (f) Evaluation method
(-e) proper fit (1) Initial: P&W/O
(5) Document, as required. (2) Sub: W/O
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (g) Span of control: 1:4
(c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4 Task 0741 Joining of Pipe: Brazing or Soldering
(e) Interval: 3 yr (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of
(f) Evaluation method copper pipe by brazing or soldering and the inspection
(1) Initial: P&W/O of completed joints. ASME BPVC, Section IX, Welding,
(2) Sub: W/O Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications is an example of an
(g) Span of control: 1:2 acceptable standard for qualification for this task.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Task 0731 Joining of Pipe: Flange Assembly equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly of (2) Verify materials, as applicable.
flanges, bolting in sequence, and torquing, as specified. (-a) pipe
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-b) solvent
equipment. (-c) flux
(2) Verify components to assemble flanges, (-d) filler metal
including bolt sequence and torquing. (-e) abrasives
(-a) gasket type as specified (3) Prepare pipe and joint surface.
(-b) bolt and nut length and diameter as (-a) Take measurements, if required, to ensure
specified proper joint alignment.
(-c) flange assembly (rating and size) (-b) Maintain square cuts for optimum fit-up
(3) Perform actions to prepare flange and of fittings.
components. (-c) Ream/deburr ends.
(-a) Faces are clean, dry, and free of material (-d) Clean/remove surface oxides and con-
that might be detrimental to the flange assembly. taminants prior to joining.
(-b) Components are free of defects. (4) Perform brazing or soldering.
(-1) nicks or gouges (-a) Select proper solder/brazing filler for
(-2) cracks or other imperfections application.
(-c) Rust and dirt are removed from threads of (-b) Apply flux to faying surfaces.
bolts and nuts before assembly. (-c) Assemble joint.
(4) Install gasket as specified. (-d) Apply heat.
(-a) gasket integrity (-e) Add solder/brazing filler to joint.
(-b) alignment (-f) Allow heat of joint to melt filler metal.
(5) Align flanges as specified. (-g) When completed, remove flux residue.
(-a) Flange faces are square to each other. (5) Visually inspect joint for uniform fill.
(-b) Bolt holes are aligned. (6) Document, as required.
(6) Perform actions to install, as applicable. (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-a) insulators (c) Difficulty: 3

51
ASME B31Q-2016

(d) Importance: 4 (f) Evaluation method


(e) Interval: 3 yr (1) Initial: P&W/O
(f) Evaluation method (2) Sub: P&W/O
(1) Initial: P&W/O (g) Span of control: 1:0
(2) Sub: P&W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:2 Task 0761 Joining of Plastic Pipe Butt Heat Fusion:
Hydraulic Machine
Task 0751 Joining of Plastic Pipe Butt Heat Fusion: (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly
Manual and joining of plastic pipe by butt heat fusion using a
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and hydraulic machine and inspection of completed joints.
joining of plastic pipe by butt heat fusion and inspection (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
of completed joints. equipment.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (2) Verify materials, as applicable.
equipment. (-a) pipe
(2) Verify materials, as applicable. (-b) correctly sized equipment to handle pipe
(-a) pipe size
(-b) correctly sized equipment to handle pipe (3) Perform joining equipment check to verify
size that equipment functions within specified parameters.
(3) Perform joining equipment check to verify (-a) Inspect equipment.
that equipment functions within specified parameters. (-b) Check gages and hydraulic levels for cor-
(-a) Inspect equipment. rect operations.
(4) Clean pipe, inspect pipe surfaces, and install (-c) Adjust hydraulic pressure for pipe being
in-fusion equipment. joined.
(-a) Align pipe, and clamp into fusion (4) Clean pipe, inspect pipe surfaces, and install
equipment. in-fusion equipment.
(-b) Face pipe mating surfaces until square. (-a) Align pipe and clamp into fusion
(-c) Ensure mating surface is square, clean, equipment.
dry, and free of burrs. (-b) Face pipe mating surfaces until square.
(-d) Ensure proper alignment of pipe. (-c) Ensure mating surface is square, clean,
(5) Apply heater plate. dry, and free of burrs.
(-a) Ensure heater plate is at proper (-d) Ensure proper alignment of pipe.
temperature. (5) Apply heater plate.
(-b) Insert heater plate. (-a) Ensure heater plate is at proper
(-c) Bring pipe ends in contact with heater temperature.
plate as specified in manufacturer recommendations. (-b) Insert heater plate.
(-d) Ensure proper melt pattern and bead is (-c) Bring pipe ends in contact with heater
formed. plate as specified in the manufacturer recommendations.
(-e) Separate pipe from heater plate. (-d) Ensure proper melt pattern and bead are
(-f) Inspect mating surface for contaminants. formed.
(6) Join pipe surface to complete butt joint. (-e) Separate pipe from heater plate.
(-a) Bring mating surfaces together (as speci- (-f) Inspect mating surface for contaminants.
fied by pipe manufacturer). (6) Join pipe surface to complete butt joint.
(-b) Apply and maintain the pressure until (-a) Bring mating surfaces together (as speci-
cooled. fied by pipe manufacturer).
(-c) Visually inspect the bead (i.e., rollback). (-b) Visually inspect the bead (i.e., rollback).
(-d) Cool prior to movement (as specified by (-c) Cool prior to movement (as specified by
pipe manufacturer). pipe manufacturer).
(7) Visually inspect pipe joint. (7) Visually inspect pipe joint.
(-a) Remove defective joints. (-a) Remove defective joints.
(8) Document, as required. (8) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever (e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever
more than three joints or 3% of joints made, which- more than three joints or 3% of joints made, which-
ever is greater, are found unacceptable during pres- ever is greater, are found unacceptable during pres-
sure testing sure testing

52
ASME B31Q-2016

(f) Evaluation method (-b) If fusion is faulty, follow recommended


(1) Initial: P&W/O practices.
(2) Sub: P&W/O (9) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3
Task 0771 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Sidewall Heat (d) Importance: 4
Fusion (e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly more than three joints or 3% of joints made, which-
and joining of plastic pipe by sidewall heat fusion and ever is greater, are found unacceptable during pres-
inspection of completed joints. sure testing
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (f) Evaluation method
equipment. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Verify materials, as applicable. (2) Sub: P&W/O
(-a) pipe (g) Span of control: 1:0
(-b) correctly sized equipment to handle pipe
size Task 0781 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Electrofusion
(3) Perform joining equipment check to verify (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly
that equipment functions within specified parameters. and joining of plastic pipe by electrofusion and inspec-
(-a) Inspect equipment. tion of completed joints.
(-b) Check gage for correct operation. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(4) Clean and inspect pipe and fitting surfaces to equipment.
be fused. (2) Verify materials, as applicable.
(-a) Clean pipe and fitting base, and rough (-a) pipe and fittings
up mating surfaces, in accordance with pipe and fitting (3) Perform joining equipment check.
manufacturer. (-a) checking pipe-scraping tool
(5) Set up heat fusion equipment. (-b) pipe restraint
(-a) Correct heater faces securely attached to (-c) electrofusion processor
fusion iron. (-d) correctly sized equipment (e.g., generator
(-b) Saddle machine/clamp securely installed to operate processor)
to the pipe. (4) Select fitting, clean, and inspect pipe and fit-
(-c) Install fitting loosely in saddle machine. ting surfaces to be fused.
(-d) Dry run to ensure fitting when lowered to (-a) Clean pipe and fitting.
pipe surface is square to the pipe surface. (-b) Scrape pipe surface at point of fusion.
(-e) Make final adjustments, and tighten. (Avoid contact with fusion surfaces once cleaned and
(6) Heat fitting and pipe mating surfaces. scraped.)
(-a) Ensure heater iron is at proper (-c) Mark stab depth on pipe wall, if
temperature. applicable.
(-b) Bring mating surfaces together with (5) Set up electrofusion equipment.
fusion iron. (-a) Install fitting.
(-c) Heat surfaces for specified time (as speci- (-b) Install pipe restraint.
fied in the manufacturer specification). (-c) Scan fitting bar code, if applicable.
(-d) Ensure proper melt pattern/bead is (-d) Secure processor leads.
formed. (6) Join fitting and pipe.
(-e) Separate components from fusion iron. (-a) Activate fusion processor.
(-f) Inspect mating surface for contami- (-b) Remove processor leads once cycle is
nants. complete.
(7) Join pipe surface to complete joint. (-c) Cool prior to movement (as specified by
(-a) Bring mating surfaces together, and apply manufacturer).
and maintain pressure in accordance with manufactur- (7) Document as required.
ers recommendations. (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-b) Ensure proper bead is formed. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-c) Visually inspect the bead (rollback). (d) Importance: 4
(-d) Cool prior to movement (as specified by (e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever
pipe manufacturer). more than three joints or 3% of joints made, which-
(8) Visually inspect completed sidewall fusion. ever is greater, are found unacceptable during pres-
(-a) Inspect for complete melt pattern and sure testing
potential voids at point of fusion. (f) Evaluation method

53
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Initial: P&W/O (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate


(2) Sub: P&W/O equipment.
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (2) Verify materials.
(3) Perform preweld inspection, as applicable.
Task 0791 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Socket Heat Fusion (-a) fire or explosion potential
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and (-b) properly prepared weld-face
joining of plastic pipe by socket heat fusion and inspec- (-c) weld preparation surface free of
tion of completed joints. laminations
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-d) piping components have not been
equipment. magnetized
(2) Perform socket equipment check. (-e) proper storage of electrodes
(-a) Select proper sized heat adapter that is (-f) wall thickness
free of defects and contamination. (4) Perform assembly or fit-up of parts.
(-b) Ensure proper iron selection. (-a) Check for ovality.
(-c) Clean and inspect chamfer tool. (-b) Check for correct fit-up.
(-d) Verify socket fusion tool is in good work- (5) Perform weld in accordance with welding
ing condition. procedure.
(3) Assemble socket fusion equipment as speci- (-a) preheat/postheat, as applicable
fied by manufacturers recommended procedures. (-b) speed of travel
(4) Select fitting, and prepare pipe surface. (-c) direction of travel
(-a) Select the correct fitting, and prepare pipe (-d) voltage/amperage
and fitting for fusion. (-e) rod selection
(-b) Verify pipe and pipe fittings are free from (6) Visually examine quality of weld.
contamination. (7) Remediate weld if any defects are found.
(5) Prepare pipe end and fitting as specified by (8) Document, as required.
manufacturers recommendations. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(6) Socket fusion on pipe ends. (c) Difficulty: acceptable standard, therefore, data not
(-a) Follow socket fusion procedures. collected
(-b) Follow all safety regulations and proce- (d) Importance: acceptable standard, therefore, data
dures for socket fusion on pipeline. not collected
(7) Insert fitting on the pipe against cold ring. (e) Interval: as specified by acceptable standard or
(8) Visually inspect. practice
(-a) Examine the joint for (f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable
(-1) uniformity standard or practice
(-2) proper alignment (g) Span of control: 1:0
(-3) acceptable bead appearance
(9) Document, as required.
Task 0811 Visual Inspection of Welding and Welds
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3 (a) Task Guidance. This task includes inspection of the
(d) Importance: 4 welding process (e.g., equipment setup, material fit-up/
(e) Interval: 1 yr if no joints made or whenever alignment, handling of welding materials) and inspec-
more than three joints or 3% of joints made, which- tion of welds to identify visually detectable defects.
ever is greater, are found unacceptable during pres- ASNT SNT-TC-1A (level II), ASME BPVC Section IX,
sure testing and API 1104 are examples of acceptable standards for
(f) Evaluation method qualification for this task.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(2) Sub: P&W/O equipment.
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (2) Identify welding conditions and essential var-
iables, as applicable to the procedure being performed.
Task 0801 Welding (-a) when visual inspection must be done dur-
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and ing the welding procedure
joining of steel pipe by welding, and repair of welds, (-b) when weather screens/tents are required
in accordance with welding procedures. Qualification (-c) how many welders are required
should be in accordance with API 1104, ASME BPVC (-d) when preheating is required
Section IX, or other acceptable standard or practice. (-e) proper distance between welds
Visual inspection of welding and welds is in accordance (-f) types of branch connections allowed
with Task 0811, Visual Inspection of Welding and Welds. (-g) time allowed between passes

54
ASME B31Q-2016

(-h) bevel preparation and spacing, proper (-d) pressure rating(s)


land size (-e) type
(3) Verify welding procedure. (-f) fitting(s)
(-a) preheating (-g) material
(-b) rod/electrode selection (4) Install tubing and fittings.
(-c) travel direction (-a) Cut tubing.
(-d) travel speed (-1) Visually inspect and clean.
(-e) polarity (-b) Bend with bender.
(-f) alignment (-1) Do not hand-bend.
(-g) confirming proper weld reinforcement (-2) Smooth and buckle free.
(-h) gap (-3) Appropriate number of bends and
(-i) cleanliness of surface radius of bends for application.
(-j) amperage/voltage ranges (-c) Join tubing and fittings as required by the
(-k) confirming proper grinding and cleaning component manufacturer or in accordance with opera-
between each pass and at completion tor installation procedures.
(-l) postheat (-d) Utilize thread compound, as applicable,
(4) Visually inspect completed weld for the on tube fitting threads as required by the component
following: manufacturer or in accordance with operator installa-
(-a) proper leg size for fillet welds tion procedures.
(-b) alignment (-e) Protect and secure.
(-c) penetration (-f) Provide adequate support.
(-d) fusion (-g) Cushion and/or allow for flexibility.
(-e) concavity (5) Document, as required.
(-f) burn through (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-g) slag inclusions (c) Difficulty: 3
(-h) porosity (d) Importance: 4
(-i) cracks (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-j) undercutting (f) Evaluation method
(-k) arc burn (1) Initial: P&W/O
(5) Document, as required. (2) Sub: W/O
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (g) Span of control: 1:2
(c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 3 Task 0831 Cast Iron Caulked Bell and Spigot Joints
(e) Interval: 3 yr Installation and Maintenance of Mechanical Leak
(f) Evaluation method: as specified by acceptable Clamp(s)
standard or practice (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation
(g) Span of control: 1:1 and maintenance of mechanical leak clamps on caulked
bell and spigot joints.
Task 0821 Tubing and Fitting Installation: Instrument,
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Control, and Sampling
equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation, (2) Perform clamping equipment check.
bending, joining, and installation of instrument, control, (-a) Select proper sized mechanical clamp that
and sampling line tubing and fittings containing product. is free of defects.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-b) Select proper installation tools.
equipment. (3) Prepare pipe surface.
(2) Identify service requirements for tubing (-a) Clean pipe bell face, hub, and spigot.
installation. (-b) Ensure pipe and pipe fittings are free
(-a) vertical or horizontal installation from dirt, rust, scale, and corrosion in area of clamp
(-b) temperature(s) installation.
(-c) number of tubing runs (-c) Ensure a flush bell face.
(-d) vibration conditions (4) Install mechanical leak clamp.
(-e) direction changes (-a) Install all of the following in accordance
(3) Verify tubing and fittings are adequate for the with manufacturers instructions.
intended service. (-b) Install hub flange pieces.
(-a) wall thickness (-c) Install rubber gasket.
(-b) outer diameter (-d) Ensure that beveled side of gasket is fac-
(-c) length ing away from bell face.

55
ASME B31Q-2016

(-e) Install spigot flange pieces. Task 0851 Internal Sealing: Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
(-f) Join hub, gasket, and spigot pieces with
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the internal
applicable bolts, ensuring nuts are located on spigot side
sealing of cast iron and ductile iron and inspection of
of assembled clamp.
sealant.
(-g) Wrench tighten uniformly and progres-
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
sively, and torque to manufacturers specifications.
equipment.
(-h) Check for leakage.
(2) Clean pipe, and prepare internal pipe surface.
(-i) Recheck bolts for proper torque.
(-a) Cut and prepare pipe at determined send-
(5) Visually inspect.
ing and receiving pits.
(-a) Inspect completed clamp for uniformity,
(-b) Ensure clean internal surface with no
ensuring equal spacing between clamp and bell face.
obstructions.
(6) Document, as required.
(-c) Ensure pipe and pipe fittings are free from
(b) Potential applicability: D
contamination.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(3) Perform internal sealing.
(d) Importance: 4
(-a) Perform internal sealing in accordance
(e) Interval: 3 yr
with manufacturers instructions.
(f) Evaluation method
(4) Visually inspect.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-a) Inspect lining for proper seating and/or
(2) Sub: W/O
adhesion to internal surface of repaired pipe.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(5) Reconnect pipe and test.
(-a) Reconnect pipe repaired with liner at
Task 0841 Cast Iron Joints Sealing: Encapsulation sending and receiving pits.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the sealing (-b) Test relined pipe.
of cast iron joints by encapsulation and inspection of (6) Document, as required.
encapsulation. (b) Potential applicability: D
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (c) Difficulty: 3
equipment. (d) Importance: 4
(2) Prepare pipe surface. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-a) Ensure sufficient excavation around cast (f) Evaluation method
iron bell and spigot. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-b) Grit blast bell face, hub, and a minimum (2) Sub: W/O
of 4 in. of spigot to clean bare metal. (g) Span of control: 1:2
(-c) Ensure underside of bell joint is cleaned to
bare metal. Task 0855 Internal Sealing: Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
(-d) If soap is used for cleaning, reblast. Anaerobic
(-e) Prime pipe with applicable primer, ensur- (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the internal
ing complete coverage of bare metal. sealing of cast iron and ductile iron anaerobically and
(3) Install encapsulation kit in accordance with inspection of the plugs.
manufacturers instructions. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-a) Install mold over bell and spigot. equipment.
(-b) Mix, pour, and pressurize sealant into (2) Clean pipe and prepare pipe surface.
mold. (3) Drill and tap holes.
(-c) Allow completed mold to cure. (-a) Select number, size, and position of holes
(4) Visually inspect repair before backfill. to be drilled and tapped according to pipe size and in
(-a) Check underside to ensure integrity of accordance with manufacturers instructions.
completed mold. (-b) Drill and tap.
(5) Document, as required. (4) Install injection fittings and sealant injector.
(b) Potential applicability: D (5) Inject sealant in accordance with manufactur-
(c) Difficulty: 3 ers instructions.
(d) Importance: 4 (6) Remove injection equipment and plug tapped
(e) Interval: 3 yr holes.
(f) Evaluation method (7) Soap test and visually inspect.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (8) Document, as required.
(2) Sub: W/O (b) Potential applicability: D
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (c) Difficulty: 3

56
ASME B31Q-2016

(d) Importance: 4 (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate


(e) Interval: 3 yr equipment.
(f) Evaluation method (2) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-a) Ensure the use of proper pipe supports at
(2) Sub: W/O correct spacing, as applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (-b) Ensure the use of proper load rated belts/
slings when lifting pipe.
Task 0861 Installation of Steel Pipe in a Ditch (-c) Use padded material if pipe is to be laid
upon wooden skids prior to installation.
(a) Task Guidance. After excavation is completed, this
(3) Install pipe to prevent pipe damage and coat-
task includes the handling, lowering in, and fitting of
ing damage, if applicable.
steel pipe in a ditch to ensure firm support.
(-a) Ensure pipe rollers have protective
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
coating.
equipment.
(-b) Ensure adequate drilling mud circulation
(2) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
at the pipe insertion location.
(-a) Inspect slings, rollers, or installation
(-c) Ensure pipe entry and exit angles match
equipment.
the angle of the bore.
(-b) Pad boom in case pipe swings back.
(-d) Maintain proper clearance between pipe
(-c) Check pipe coating while handling.
and bore.
(3) Visually inspect ditch.
(4) Inspect exposed pipe and coating.
(-a) Remove objects that will interfere with
(5) Document, as required.
adequate uniform support of the pipe.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-b) Verify ditch depth for coverage after pipe
(c) Difficulty: 3
is installed.
(d) Importance: 4
(-c) Verify clearance on ditch sides to enable
(e) Interval: 3 yr
room for padding without damaging the coating.
(f) Evaluation method
(-d) Verify soil conditions will support
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment.
(2) Sub: W/O
(-e) Verify ditch configuration to minimize
(g) Span of control: 1:2
pipe stress.
(4) Install pipe with firm and even support. Task 0881 Installation of Steel Pipe Plowing/Pull-In
(-a) Install appropriate support (e.g., sand-
bags, foam, padding dirt), if necessary (e.g., uneven (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the handling,
ditch depth, potential pipe sag). plowing/pull-in of steel pipe, and inspection of exposed
(-b) Verify bends in pipe will not move during pipe and coating.
backfilling. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(5) Visually inspect prior to backfill to ensure the equipment.
following: (2) Select proper sized plow for pipe being
(-a) proper installation installed.
(-b) no damage occurred during installation (3) Visually inspect coating for holidays.
(-c) ditch still free of rocks and debris (4) Prepare pipe for installation.
(6) Document, as required. (-a) Place pipe on protection mat in line with
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D direction of installation.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-b) Install pulling device.
(d) Importance: 3 (5) Plow pipe into ground.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-a) Attach pipe to plow with pulling device.
(f) Evaluation method (-b) Commence plowing.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (6) Document, as required.
(2) Sub: W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(g) Span of control: 1:5 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr
Task 0871 Installation of Steel Pipe in a Bore
(f) Evaluation method
(a) Task Guidance. After boring is completed, this task (1) Initial: P&W/O
includes the handling, pulling in, and inspection of (2) Sub: W/O
exposed pipe and coating. (g) Span of control: 1:2

57
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0891 Field Bending of Steel Pipe (-a) of proper depth and width
(-b) free of rocks and debris
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the field bending
(-c) padded properly with suitable backfill
of steel pipe as specified and inspection of completed
material
field bends.
(-d) able to supply firm support to installed
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
pipe
equipment.
(-e) constructed to fit pipe
(2) Prepare pipe for bending machine.
(4) Visually inspect pipe for the following:
(-a) Handle pipe to prevent damage to the
(-a) scrapes
coating, pipe, and bevel.
(-b) cuts
(-b) Ensure the long seam is properly aligned,
(-c) gouges
as applicable.
(-d) kinks
(-c) Ensure shoe is properly aligned within
(-e) bends
the tolerances from top to bottom and front to back.
(5) Install pipe and tracer wire.
(-d) Ensure mandrel is centered where the
(-a) Ensure plastic pipe is installed to
bend is to occur on the pipe.
(-1) minimize shear and installation
(-e) Ensure pressure for mandrel is set to
stresses
specifications.
(-2) allow for expansion and contraction
(3) Perform field bending of pipe.
(-3) prevent damage to pipe
(-a) Set the machine up to perform the bend-
(-4) fit contour of ditch
ing operation.
(-b) Install tracer wire in accordance with Task
(-b) Bend pipe to the designed angle or degree.
0941.
(-c) Monitor pipe position, and prevent from
(6) Visually inspect installed pipe and tracer wire.
rolling.
(-a) Inspect prior to backfill to ensure the
(-d) Reposition as necessary to complete all
following:
bends according to the design criteria.
(-1) proper installation
(-e) Ensure the bend is the proper distance
(-2) no damage occurred during
from the end of the pipe.
installation
(4) Inspect pipe bend.
(-3) ditch still free of rocks and debris
(-a) Verify bend meets design specifications.
(7) Document, as required.
(-b) Ensure bend is smooth in contour and free
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
of damage.
(-c) Visually ensure the integrity of the (c) Difficulty: 3
coating. (d) Importance: 3
(5) Document, as required. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (f) Evaluation method
(c) Difficulty: 3 (1) Initial: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 4 (2) Sub: W/O
(e) Interval: 3 yr (g) Span of control: 1:5
(f) Evaluation method
Task 0911 Installation of Plastic Pipe in a Bore
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Sub: W/O (a) Task Guidance. After boring is completed, this
(g) Span of control: 1:1 task includes the handling, pulling in, and inspection
of exposed pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is
Task 0901 Installation of Plastic Pipe in a Ditch addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(a) Task Guidance. After excavation is completed, this equipment.
task includes the handling, lowering in, and fitting of plas- (2) Handle pipe to prevent damage (e.g., cuts,
tic pipe in a ditch to ensure firm support. The installation of gouges, scrapes, overbending, kinks).
a tracer wire is addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire. (3) Install pipe to prevent pipe damage as
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate applicable.
equipment. (-a) Ensure proper bedding.
(2) Handle pipe to prevent damage. (-b) Minimize shear and stress.
(-a) Inspect slings, rollers, or installation (-c) Allow for contraction.
equipment. (-d) Use weak links during pull back, if
(-b) Pad boom in case pipe swings back. applicable.
(3) Visually inspect ditch to ensure it is (-e) Ensure bore hole sufficient size.

58
ASME B31Q-2016

(-f) Ensure proper depth. Task 0931 Installation of Plastic Pipe by Plowing/
(4) Visually inspect plastic pipe. Planting
(-a) damage (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the handling,
(-b) allowance for expansion/contraction plowing/planting of plastic pipe, and inspection
(-c) proper depth of exposed pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is
(-d) proper clearance from other utilities addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire.
(5) Document, as required. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(b) Potential applicability: G, D equipment.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (2) Select pipe.
(d) Importance: 4 (-a) Verify material.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (3) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
(f) Evaluation method (-a) Avoid damage to pipe during movement
(1) Initial: P&W/O or transportation (e.g., scratching or gouging).
(2) Sub: W/O (4) Install pipe to prevent pipe damage, as
(g) Span of control: 1:2 applicable.
(-a) Identify hazards and obstructions in the
Task 0921 Installation of Plastic Pipe Plowing/Pull-In plow path.
(-b) Ensure utilities are marked.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the han-
(-c) Dig starting hole for plow blade, install
dling, plowing/pull-in of plastic pipe, and inspection
pipe into plow shoot, and lower blade into hole.
of exposed pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is
(-d) Install weak link.
addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire.
(-e) Secure pipe.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-f) Begin pull-in, and monitor pipe movement.
equipment.
(-g) Minimize shear and pressure as much as
(2) Select pipe.
possible.
(-a) Verify material.
(-h) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
(3) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
(-i) Allow for contraction.
(-a) Avoid damage to pipe during movement
(5) Document, as required.
or transportation (e.g., scratching or gouging).
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
(4) Install pipe to prevent pipe damage, as
(c) Difficulty: 3
applicable.
(d) Importance: 4
(-a) Identify hazards and obstructions in the
(e) Interval: 3 yr
plow path.
(f) Evaluation method
(-b) Ensure utilities are marked.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Dig starting hole for plow blade, and
(2) Sub: W/O
lower blade into hole.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(-d) Install weak link.
(-e) Secure pipe to plow blade.
Task 0935 Relocation of a Pipeline
(-f) Begin pull-in, and monitor pipe
movement. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the relocation of
(-g) Minimize shear and pressure as much as a pipeline while protecting it from damage and stress.
possible. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-h) Handle pipe to prevent damage. equipment.
(-i) Allow for contraction. (2) Prepare for relocation of a pipeline.
(5) Document, as required. (-a) Prior to moving an in-service pipe-
(b) Potential applicability: G, D line, ensure the pipeline pressure has been reduced, if
(c) Difficulty: 3 necessary.
(d) Importance: 4 (-1) Monitor pressure or flow, as
(e) Interval: 3 yr appropriate.
(f) Evaluation method (-b) Protect exposed pipeline from damage.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-c) Visually inspect ditch.
(2) Sub: W/O (-1) Remove objects that will interfere
(g) Span of control: 1:2 with adequate uniform support of the pipe.

59
ASME B31Q-2016

(-2) Verify ditch depth for coverage after (-c) Correctly install wire connectors.
pipe is relocated. (-d) Expose wires for necessary connections
(-3) Verify clearance on ditch sides to where applicable.
enable room for padding without damaging the coating. (3) Verify mechanical integrity and electrical
(-4) Verify soil conditions will support continuity.
equipment. (-a) Test strain relief prior to backfilling.
(-5) Verify ditch configuration to mini- (-b) Locate facility after backfill.
mize pipe stress. (-c) Test for electrical continuity.
(3) Move the pipeline. (4) Document, as required.
(-a) Adequately support the pipeline during (b) Potential applicability: G, D
movement and placement as specified. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-b) Verify the distance and deflection speci- (d) Importance: 4
fied have not been exceeded. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-c) Handle pipe to prevent damage. (f) Evaluation method
(-1) Inspect slings, rollers, or installation (1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment. (2) Sub: W/O
(-2) Pad boom in case pipe swings back. (g) Span of control: 1:5
(-3) Check pipe coating while handling.
(-d) Move pipe with firm and even support. Task 0951 Installation of Pipe Aboveground
(-1) Install appropriate support (e.g.,
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the handling and
sand bags, foam, padding dirt), if necessary (e.g., uneven
installation of pipe aboveground.
ditch depth, potential pipe sag).
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-2) Verify bends in pipe will not move
equipment.
during backfilling.
(2) Handle pipe to prevent damage.
(4) Inspect the pipeline after movement has been
(-a) Use proper equipment to lift, secure, and
completed.
support pipe.
(-a) proper installation
(-b) Inspect pipe for cuts, gouges, deep
(-b) no damage occurred during relocation
scratches, and other imperfections before use.
(-c) ditch still free of rocks and debris
(3) Install pipe.
(5) Document, as required.
(-a) Ensure uniform support of pipe and
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
appurtenances.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(-b) Use select bedding materials, if applicable.
(d) Importance: 5
(-c) Inspect pipe at air-to-soil interface for
(e) Interval: 3 yr
coating damage.
(f) Evaluation method
(-d) Secure installation as necessary to protect
(1) Initial: P&W/O
from possible damage due to outside forces.
(2) Sub: W/O
(4) Document, as required.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3
Task 0941 Install Tracer Wire (d) Importance: 3
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation (e) Interval: 3 yr
of a tracer wire on plastic pipe, including verification of (f) Evaluation method
tracer wire mechanical integrity and electrical continu- (1) Initial: P&W/O
ity. Electrical connections are addressed in (2) Sub: W/O
Task 0041, Installation and Maintenance of (g) Span of control: 1:3
Mechanical Electrical Connections
Task 0051, Installation of Exothermic Electrical
Task 0961 Aboveground Supports and Anchors:
Connections
Inspection, Preventive, and Corrective Maintenance
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
equipment. the aboveground supports and anchors are installed in
(2) Install tracer wire. accordance with specifications, prior to or during placing
(-a) Inspect and protect wire against damage in service. This task also includes the repair or replace-
during installation. ment, alteration, or refurbishment of aboveground sup-
(-b) Install wire in close proximity to pipe ports and anchors and actions to keep the aboveground
while ensuring contact with pipe is at a minimum. supports and anchors functioning as specified.

60
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Task 0981 Backfilling


equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes visually inspect-
(2) Visually inspect supports and anchors.
ing backfill material, installation of pipe protective
(-a) Check for undue strain on connected
material (e.g., padding, shading, and rock shield), veri-
equipment.
fication of firm support, and placing backfill in lifts or
(-b) Ensure expansion and contraction of pipe
layers as specified.
are not restricted.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) Check corrosion that may affect the struc-
equipment.
tural integrity of supports and anchors.
(2) Visually inspect backfill material.
(-d) Check for disengagement of support
(-a) Remove items that may damage pipe or
equipment due to land movement or soil subsidence.
pipe coating (rocks, metal, masonry, frozen chunks, etc.).
(3) Perform preventive or corrective maintenance.
(-b) Ensure backfill material meets standards
(-a) Repair or replace supports and anchors,
or adheres to special instructions.
as required.
(3) Install pipe protective material (e.g., padding,
(-b) Remediate soil subsidence or other land
shading, and rock shield).
movement concerns.
(4) Place the backfill material around the pipe to
(4) Document, as required.
provide firm support under and around the pipe.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-a) Avoid damage to the pipe or coating.
(c) Difficulty: 4
(-b) Ensure the pipe is properly supported
(d) Importance: 3
and no voids exist.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-c) Layer and compact as applicable.
(f) Evaluation method (5) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Sub: W/O (c) Difficulty: 2
(g) Span of control: 1:4 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr
Task 0971 Installation and Maintenance of Casing
(f) Evaluation method
Spacers, Vents, and Seals
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installa- (2) Sub: W/O
tion of casing spacers, vents, and seals. This task also (g) Span of control: 1:3
includes the evaluation, repair, or replacement of casing
vents and seals. Task 0991 Coating Application and Repair: Brushed or
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Rolled
equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the surface
(2) Visually inspect installation. preparation and application or repair of coatings using
(-a) spacers, seals, and vents properly sized a brush or roller. This task includes painting to inhibit
for casing corrosion and internal or external applications of coat-
(-b) spacer separation not exceeding design ings on pipes, tanks, etc.
specifications (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) spacers properly secured to carrier pipe equipment.
(-d) casing seals and vents installed properly (2) Prepare surface.
to prevent entry of water into casing (-a) Check for loose material or surface rust.
(3) Perform corrective maintenance as identified (-b) Remove loose materials/rust.
during routine surveys and patrols (e.g., cathodic pro- (-c) Remove moisture and contaminants from
tection issues, damaged casing vents). surface.
(4) Document, as required. (-d) Clean surface.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (3) Apply coating.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-a) Prepare approved coating materials.
(d) Importance: 3 (-b) Apply approved coating materials in uni-
(e) Interval: 3 yr form layer/thickness.
(f) Evaluation method (-c) Cover all prepared/cleaned surfaces.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (4) Inspect applied coating.
(2) Sub: W/O (-a) Visually inspect for areas of inadequate
(g) Span of control: 1:3 coverage/thickness.

61
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) Perform wet film and/or dry film thick- (2) Prepare surface according to the following
ness measurement, as applicable. steps, as applicable:
(-c) Ensure coating is protected until cured. (-a) Remove moisture and contaminants from
(5) Document, as required. surface.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-b) Clean surface.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-c) Remove loose materials/rust.
(d) Importance: 3 (-d) Ensure surface temperature is within
(e) Interval: 3 yr appropriate range.
(f) Evaluation method (-e) Apply primer, and allow to cure.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (3) Apply coating according to the following
(2) Sub: W/O steps, as applicable:
(g) Span of control: 1:5 (-a) Prepare coating material for application,
including heating as applicable.
Task 1001 Coating Application and Repair: Sprayed (-b) Apply coating in spiral motion. Use suf-
ficient force to remove voids.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the surface
(-c) Overlap coating seams.
preparation and application or repair of coatings using
(-d) Wrap from bottom to top, if coating a ver-
a sprayer. This task includes painting to inhibit corro-
tical section of pipe.
sion, and internal or external applications of coatings, on
(-e) Smooth/seal all seams.
pipes, tanks, etc.
(-f) Ensure coating is protected until cured.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(4) Inspect coating for the following, as
equipment.
applicable:
(2) Prepare surface.
(-a) areas of inadequate coverage
(-a) Remove moisture and contaminants from
(-b) smooth seams to ensure required seal
surface.
(-c) proper coating thickness
(-b) Clean surface.
(5) Document, as required.
(-c) Check for loose material or surface rust.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-d) Remove loose materials/rust.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(3) Apply coating.
(d) Importance: 3
(-a) Prepare approved coating materials.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Apply approved coating materials in uni-
(f) Evaluation method
form layer/thickness.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-c) Cover all prepared/cleaned surfaces.
(2) Sub: W/O
(4) Inspect applied coating.
(g) Span of control: 1:5
(-a) Visually inspect for areas of inadequate
coverage/thickness.
(-b) Perform wet film and/or dry film thick- Task 1031 Install or Repair Internal Liner
ness measurement, as applicable. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the surface prepara-
(-c) Ensure coating is protected until cured. tion, installation, repair, and inspection of an internal liner.
(5) Document, as required. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D equipment.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (2) Clean pipe, and prepare internal pipe surface
(d) Importance: 3 for installation.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (3) Install liner, as specified by the manufacturer.
(f) Evaluation method (-a) Ensure correct positioning.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-b) Ensure liner adheres correctly to internal
(2) Sub: W/O surface, if applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:5 (4) Visually inspect liner after installation.
(5) Document, as required.
Task 1011 External Coating Application and Repair: (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
Wrapped (c) Difficulty: 4
(d) Importance: 4
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the surface prep- (e) Interval: 3 yr
aration and application or repair of coatings using a (f) Evaluation method
wrap. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (2) Sub: W/O
equipment. (g) Span of control: 1:3

62
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1041 Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves: (5) Document, as required.
Bolted (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation,
(d) Importance: 3
installation, and inspection of bolted mechanical clamps
(e) Interval: 3 yr
and sleeves.
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment.
(2) Sub: W/O
(2) Select clamp or sleeve material and size.
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(3) Perform equipment check.
(-a) Calibrate fastener tool, if applicable.
Task 1061 Install Composite Sleeves
(4) Prepare pipe for installation of clamp or
sleeve. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation
(-a) Verify safe atmospheric levels prior to and installation of composite sleeves.
installing the repair sleeve. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) Ensure adequate surface preparation for equipment.
type of sleeve. (2) Prepare pipe surface, as specified by the man-
(5) Install clamp or sleeve. ufacturer, so that
(-a) Take precautions when installing each (-a) the pipe surface is clean and free of rust
type of sleeve (e.g., Skinner-type, Dresser-type), includ- (-b) the surface has the proper profile
ing operating pressure of pipeline. (3) Ensure correct working clearance around pipe.
(-b) Install clamp or sleeve. (4) Install composite wrap, as specified by the
(-c) Torque bolts, if applicable. manufacturer, to ensure
(-d) Support pipe, as necessary. (-a) sufficient surface adhesiveness
(6) Inspect the installed clamp or sleeve for (-b) correct overlap, if applicable
(-a) leaks (-c) no sagging or wrinkles are present
(-b) pullout (-d) no dry spots are present
(-c) rubber roll (-e) composite material is thoroughly coated,
(-d) insertion depth as applicable
(7) Document, as required. (-f) correct tightness, as applicable
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (5) Visually inspect, as specified by the manufac-
(c) Difficulty: 3 turer, for
(d) Importance: 3 (-a) curing
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-b) dry spots
(f) Evaluation method (6) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Sub: W/O (c) Difficulty: 3
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (d) Importance: 3
(e) Interval: 3 yr
Task 1051 Fit-Up of Weld-Type Repair Sleeve (f) Evaluation method
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the prepara- (1) Initial: P&W/O
tion and fit-up of weld-type repair sleeves. Welding the (2) Sub: W/O or Mfrs Rec
repair sleeve is covered in Task 0801, Welding. (g) Span of control: 1:2 or Mfrs Rec
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment. Task 1071 Repair of Steel Pipe by Grinding
(2) Select and prepare sleeve. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the verification
(-a) Select sleeve material, design, and size. of minimum wall thickness requirements and removal
(3) Prepare pipe for fit-up of sleeve. of defects by grinding.
(-a) Ensure adequate surface preparation for (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
type of sleeve. equipment.
(-b) Prepare bevels on sleeve. (2) Determine wall thickness is acceptable.
(4) Fit up sleeve. (3) Initiate removal of defect by grinding.
(-a) Take precautions when fitting each type (-a) Take precautions when grinding, with
of sleeve. consideration of the operating pressure of pipeline.
(-b) Install filler material, if applicable. (-b) Perform grinding operation.
(-c) Fit up sleeve. (-c) Confirm defect is removed and minimum
(-d) Support pipe, as necessary. wall thickness remains.

63
ASME B31Q-2016

(4) Document, as required. (f) Evaluation method


(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (1) Initial: P&W/O
(c) Difficulty: 3 (2) Sub: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 4 (g) Span of control: 1:2
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method Task 1091 Tapping a Pipeline (Tap Diameter Greater
(1) Initial: P&W/O Than 2 in.)
(2) Sub: W/O (a) Task Guidance. This task includes performing
(g) Span of control: 1:1 tapping, including the installation of the isolation
valve and tapping equipment and removal of isolation
Task 1081 Tapping a Pipeline (Tap Diameter 2 in. and valve, as specified. Installation of fittings is addressed
Less) in
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes performing tap- Task 0801, Welding
ping, including the installation of the isolation valve and Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves:
tapping equipment and removal of isolation valve, as Bolted
specified. Installation of fittings is addressed in (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Task 0801, Welding equipment.
Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves: (2) Verify equipment matches line conditions and
Bolted install the following:
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-a) gaskets
equipment. (-b) valve
(2) Verify equipment matches line conditions and (-c) tapping machine
install the following: (-d) cutter and pilot combination
(-a) gaskets or thread sealing compound (3) Prepare to perform tap.
(-b) valve (-a) Inspect fitting.
(-c) tapping machine (-b) Verify alignment on valve to fitting.
(-d) cutter and pilot combination (-c) Verify equipment alignment.
(3) Prepare to perform tap. (-d) Take proper measurements, and record
(-a) Inspect fittings. for reference.
(-b) Verify alignment on valve to fitting. (4) Functional leak test
(-c) Verify equipment alignment. (-a) Verify equipment valve and fitting will
(-d) Take proper measurements, and record hold pipeline pressure.
for reference. (-b) Close valve to ensure lower section of
(4) Functional leak test valve will hold pipeline pressure. (Purge pressure
(-a) Verify equipment valve and fitting will between valve and machine.)
hold pipeline pressure. (-c) Perform leak test.
(-b) Close valve to ensure lower section of (5) Make tap.
valve will hold pipeline pressure. (Purge pressure (-a) Verify valve is open.
between valve and machine.) (-b) Verify pilot drill position.
(-c) Perform leak test. (-c) Get proper approval to start tap.
(5) Make tap. (-d) Perform tap.
(-a) Verify valve is open. (6) Recover equipment.
(-b) Verify pilot drill position. (-a) Retract tapping machine to 0.
(-c) Get proper approval to start tap. (-b) Close valve.
(-d) Perform tap. (-c) Vent product safely.
(6) Recover equipment. (-d) Check for leaks.
(-a) Retract tapping machine to 0. (-e) Remove machine.
(-b) Close valve. (7) Document, as required.
(-c) Vent product safely. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-d) Check for leaks. (c) Difficulty: 4
(-e) Remove machine. (d) Importance: 4
(7) Document, as required. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (f) Evaluation method
(c) Difficulty: 3 (1) Initial: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 4 (2) Sub: P&W/O
(e) Interval: 3 yr (g) Span of control: 1:2

64
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1101 Tapping a Pipeline With a Built-In Cutter (-b) Close valve to ensure lower section of
valve will hold pipeline pressure. (Purge pressure
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes tapping a pipe
between valve and machine.)
with an installed fitting that contains a built-in cutter.
(-c) Perform leak test.
Installation of fittings is addressed in
(5) Make tap.
Task 0771, Joining of Plastic Pipe: Sidewall Heat
(-a) Verify valve is open.
Fusion
(-b) Verify pilot drill position.
Task 0781, Joining of Plastic Pipe: Electrofusion
(-c) Get proper approval to start tap.
Task 0801, Welding
(-d) Perform tap.
Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves:
(6) Recover equipment.
Bolted
(-a) Retract tapping machine to 0.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) Close valve.
equipment.
(-c) Vent product safely.
(2) Determine the travel or tap requirements of
(-d) Check for leaks.
the fitting selected.
(-e) Remove machine.
(3) Perform the tap.
(7) Document, as required.
(-a) Lower cutter.
(b) Potential applicability: D
(-b) Bottom out cutter.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(4) Isolate the tap.
(d) Importance: 4
(-a) Raise cutter.
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Replace cap to fitting.
(f) Evaluation method
(-c) Check for leaks.
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(5) Document, as required.
(2) Sub: P&W/O
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
(g) Span of control: 1:2
(c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4
Task 1121 Bagging and Stopping Low-Pressure Pipe
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion and
(1) Initial: P&W/O removal of a bag on low-pressure pipe. It also includes
(2) Sub: W/O pressure verification and monitoring pressure to ensure
(g) Span of control: 1:2 system pressure requirements are maintained.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment.
Task 1111 Tapping Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and
(2) Verify segment(s) that requires bagging and/
Low-Pressure Steel Pipe
or stopping.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes tapping a pipe (-a) Utilize maps and/or records to identify
with or without an installed fitting. Installation of fit- segment requiring bagging or stopping.
tings, as specified, is addressed in Task 1041, Install (-b) Identify segments affected by action of
Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves: Bolted. bagging or stopping.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-c) Minimize the number of customers out of
equipment. service.
(2) Verify equipment matches line conditions, (3) Complete notifications.
and install the following: (-a) Notify applicable operator, agency, or
(-a) fitting affected customers.
(-b) gaskets (-b) Temporarily discontinue service to
(-c) valve affected customers.
(-d) tapping machine (4) Install bags or stoppers.
(-e) cutter and pilot combination (-a) Visually inspect bags or stoppers.
(3) Prepare to perform tap. (-b) Test bags or stoppers.
(-a) Verify alignment on valve to fitting. (-c) Install gages.
(-b) Verify equipment alignment. (-d) Install bag- or stopper-watching gages to
(-c) Take proper measurements, and record determine
for reference. (-1) if feed or installed bypass is adequate
(4) Functional leak test (-2) if any blockages exist
(-a) Verify equipment valve and fitting will (-e) Install required number of bags or stop-
hold pipeline pressure. pers and vents and/or purges in proper sequence.

65
ASME B31Q-2016

(5) Monitor pressure and atmosphere for leaks. (-b) Close valve, and relieve pressure from
(-a) during initial bag or stopper installation equipment.
(-b) while work is performed that required (-c) Install completion equipment, and equal-
bagging or stopping ize, if applicable.
(-c) during gassing-out operation (-d) Open valve, and insert the completion
(-d) during removal of bags or stoppers plug.
(6) Remove bag or stopper. (-e) Close valve, if applicable.
(-a) Remove bags or stoppers in required (-f) Remove completion machine from valve.
sequence while monitoring gages. (7) Document, as required.
(-b) Remove vents or purges. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-c) Remove gages. (c) Difficulty: 3
(7) Restore service. (d) Importance: 4
(-a) Restore service to any affected customer. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(8) Document, as required. (f) Evaluation method
(b) Potential applicability: D (1) Initial: P&W/O
(c) Difficulty: 3 (2) Sub: P&W/O
(d) Importance: 4 (g) Span of control: 1:2
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method Task 1141 Squeeze Off Plastic Pipe
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the squeeze off
(2) Sub: P&W/O
of plastic pipe. This also includes the selection, installa-
(g) Span of control: 1:2
tion, and removal of squeeze-off tools and monitoring
pressure to ensure system pressure requirements are
Task 1131 Stopper (Stopple) Pipe maintained.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion and (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
removal of a stopper (stopple). Also, it includes pressure equipment.
verification and monitoring pressure to ensure system (2) Identify segment(s) of pipe that will need to
pressure requirements are maintained. be squeezed off.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-a) Verify single feed or multiple feeds.
equipment. (-b) Verify operating pressure.
(2) Identify the segments to be affected by the (3) Make notifications, as appropriate.
stopping procedure. (4) Ensure static ground equipment is in place, as
(-a) Identify single or multiple feeds. applicable.
(-b) Identify operating pressure. (5) Install squeeze-off tool, in accordance with
(-c) Verify multiple fitting(s) or valve(s) to be manufacturers specifications.
used in stopping procedure. (-a) Ensure the tool is square to the pipe with
(3) Complete notifications, as appropriate. the squeeze plates parallel to each other.
(4) Install equipment, in accordance with manu- (-b) Inspect the pipe for cuts, scrapes, gouges,
facturers specifications. or anomalies before placing of the squeeze-off tool.
(-a) Perform equipment check. (-c) Ensure squeeze location is free of
(-b) Install valve. obstruction.
(-c) Install appropriate equipment to remove (-d) Ensure pipe is supported.
the completion plug, if applicable. (-e) Verify stop blocks are correct for the pipe
(-d) Verify sealing element size. size.
(-e) Select appropriate gaskets, if applicable. (6) Squeeze pipe.
(-f) Install machine. (-a) Engage the squeeze-off tool.
(-g) Install equalization hose, and equalize (-b) Continue steady squeeze while allowing
equipment with line product, if applicable. pipe to cold flow in accordance with pipe manufactur-
(-h) Open valve. ers specifications.
(-i) Verify functional leak test. (-c) Discontinue squeeze once the blocks
(-j) Install pressure gage(s) to monitor system engage each other.
pressures. (7) Monitor pressure, as applicable.
(-k) Insert, and properly seat. (8) Release and remove squeezer, in accordance
(5) Monitor pressure. with pipe manufacturers specifications.
(6) Remove equipment, in accordance with man- (9) Mark squeeze point on pipe.
ufacturers specifications. (-a) Ensure tape or some other method is used
(-a) Remove from pipeline. to identify the squeeze-off point.

66
ASME B31Q-2016

(10) Document, as required. individual completes the installation in accordance with


(b) Potential applicability: G, D the steps in this task. Proving the integrity of customer
(c) Difficulty: 3 piping and lighting customer utilization equipment is
(d) Importance: 4 not included.
(e) Interval: 3 yr The removal and replacement of a meter is a job
(f) Evaluation method made up of at least this task and Task 1201, Temporary
(1) Initial: P&W/O Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance.
(2) Sub: P&W/O As such, a covered task has not been identified for the
(g) Span of control: 1:2 removal and replacement of residential and small com-
mercial meters and regulators.
Task 1151 Squeeze Off Steel Pipe (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the squeeze off equipment.
of steel pipe. This also includes the selection, installa- (2) Verify meter and regulator to be installed.
tion, and removal of squeeze-off tools and monitoring (-a) proper size meter
pressure to ensure system pressure requirements are (-b) regulator(s) specification(s) within pres-
maintained. sure range
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (3) Locate meter set to ensure the following:
equipment. (-a) accessibility
(2) Identify segment(s) of pipe that will need to (-b) protection from corrosion
be squeezed off. (-c) protection from other damages (crash
(-a) Verify single feed or multiple feeds. barriers/bollards)
(-b) Verify operating pressure. (-d) proper distance from ignition sources
(3) Make notifications, as appropriate. (-e) proper ventilation requirements (piping
(4) Install squeeze-off tool, in accordance with to safe atmosphere) are met
manufacturers specifications. (-f) protection from flooding
(-a) Ensure the tool is square to the pipe with (4) Install or verify the installation of the meter
the squeeze plates parallel to each other. bracket, if applicable.
(-b) Identify the seam, if applicable. (5) Assemble meter set.
(-c) Inspect the pipe for cuts, scrapes, gouges, (-a) Select proper fittings.
or anomalies before placing of the squeeze-off tool. (-b) Install fittings to service riser (use of pipe
(-d) Ensure squeeze location is free of dope/tape).
obstruction. (6) Install and test relief device as specified.
(5) Squeeze pipe. (7) Document, as required.
(-a) Engage the squeeze-off tool. (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-b) Continue steady squeeze while allowing (c) Difficulty: 3
pipe to cold flow. (d) Importance: 4
(-c) Discontinue squeeze once metal-to-metal (e) Interval: 3 yr
contact has been made. (f) Evaluation method
(-d) Avoid oversqueezing pipe. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(6) Monitor pressure, as applicable. (2) Sub: W/O
(7) Remove squeezer. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(8) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D Task 1171 Installing Customer Meters: Large
(c) Difficulty: 3 Commercial and Industrial
(d) Importance: 4 (a) Task Guidance. This task includes locating and
(e) Interval: 3 yr hanging/setting the meter. Attaching a meter bracket/
(f) Evaluation method support does not require qualification as long as a quali-
(1) Initial: P&W/O fied individual completes the installation in accordance
(2) Sub: W/O with the steps in this task. Proving the integrity of cus-
(g) Span of control: 1:2 tomer piping and lighting customer utilization equip-
ment is not included.
The removal and replacement of a meter is a job made
Task 1161 Installation of Customer Meters and
up of at least this task and Task 1201, Temporary Isolation
Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance. As such, a
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes locating and covered task has not been identified for the removal and
hanging/setting the meter. Attaching a meter bracket replacement of large commercial and industrial meters
does not require qualification as long as a qualified and regulators.

67
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-a) Select pressure-regulating, pressure-limit-
materials and equipment. ing, or -relief device.
(2) Identify meter(s) to be installed. (-1) size
(-a) size (-2) type
(-b) type (-b) Assemble components.
(-1) diaphragm (-c) Connect sense lines, as needed.
(-2) rotary (-d) Check operating (set) pressures.
(-3) turbine (-e) Check all components for leakage.
(-4) ultrasonic (-f) Ensure adequate coating.
(-5) other (3) Visually inspect customer pressure-regulat-
(3) Identify meter installation location. ing, pressure-limiting, and -relief devices for the follow-
(-a) location restrictions ing, as applicable:
(-1) outdoor (-a) atmospheric corrosion
(+a) not under fire escape, etc. (-b) adequate coating and/or damage
(-2) indoor (-c) signs of mechanical damage
(+a) not under interior stairways, (-d) signs of leakage
in engine or boiler rooms, etc. (4) Test customer pressure-regulating and
(-b) regulator vent requirements pressure-limiting devices.
(-1) free escape of gas to the atmosphere (-a) Install pressure gages.
(-2) away from openings into the (-b) Check as-found pressures.
building (-c) Determine if any pressure abnormalities
(-3) away from sources of ignition exist, and respond as appropriate.
(-c) protection from flooding (-d) Isolate pressure-regulating and pressure-
(-d) protection from vehicular damage limiting devices.
(-e) protection from snow loads (-e) Apply test pressure.
(4) Install meter(s). (-f) Check delivery (flow) pressures.
(-a) Assemble meter set. (-g) Check lock-up pressures, and adjust as
(-b) Support meter, as needed. appropriate.
(-c) Purge meter set. (-h) Record as-left pressures.
(-d) Check delivery and lock-up pressures. (5) Test customer relief devices.
(-e) Determine if any pressure abnormalities (-a) Install pressure gages.
exist, and respond appropriately. (-b) Check as-found pressures.
(-f) Check all components for leakage. (-c) Determine if any pressure abnormalities
(-g) Ensure adequate coating. exist, and respond as appropriate.
(5) Document, as required. (-d) Isolate relief device.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (-e) Apply test pressure.
(c) Difficulty: 3 (-f) Check relief pressure and flow, and adjust
(d) Importance: 4 as appropriate.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-g) Record as-left pressures.
(f) Evaluation method (6) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(2) Sub: W/O (c) Difficulty: 3
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method
Task 1181 Installing and Maintaining Customer (1) Initial: P&W/O
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief (2) Sub: W/O
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial (g) Span of control: 1:1
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes installing and
maintaining pressure-regulating, pressure-limiting, and Task 1191 Maintenance of Service Valves Upstream
-relief devices. It also includes locating vent and instal- of Customer Meter
lation of vent piping. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes removing,
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate replacing, and maintaining service valves upstream of
equipment. customer meter.
(2) Install customer pressure-regulating, (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
pressure-limiting, or -relief device. equipment.

68
ASME B31Q-2016

(2) Inspect service valve for the following, as Task 1211 Odorization: Periodic Sampling
applicable:
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the periodic
(-a) atmospheric corrosion
sampling of gas to verify concentration of odorant by use of
(-b) coating damage
instrumentation.
(-c) signs of mechanical damage
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-d) note valve position as-found
equipment.
(3) Maintain (lubricate, etc.).
(2) Verify odorant concentration by obtaining a
(-a) Check for leaks (e.g., soap test), and cor-
gas sample.
rect as necessary.
(-a) Identify appropriate location(s) to test
(-b) Apply valve lubricant, if applicable.
concentration.
(-c) Ensure valve operates properly.
(-b) Identify conditions that could interfere
(4) Replace valve.
with obtaining accurate test results.
(-a) Install valve replacement equipment.
(-c) Ensure instrument is calibrated and func-
(-b) Plug pipe below valve.
tioning properly.
(-c) Remove old valve.
(-d) Select appropriate settings (e.g., gas type,
(-d) Rethread pipe, if needed.
concentration range).
(-e) Install new valve.
(-e) Connect instrument to sample site.
(-f) Remove plug.
(-f) Take gas sample, as specified by the man-
(-g) Remove valve replacement equipment.
ufacturer, and determine concentration.
(-h) Return to service as appropriate.
(-g) Take appropriate actions if improper con-
(5) Document, as required.
centration is discovered.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
(3) Document, as required.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(b) Potential applicability: G, D
(d) Importance: 4
(c) Difficulty: 3
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(d) Importance: 2
(f) Evaluation method
(e) Interval: 5 yr
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(f) Evaluation method
(2) Sub: W/O
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:1
(2) Sub: P&W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:1
Task 1201 Temporary Isolation of Service Lines and
Service Discontinuance Task 1221 Odorization: Odorizer Inspection, Testing,
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes closing and lock- Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
ing service valves upstream of the customer meter or (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
installation of a mechanical device or fitting to prevent the odorizer is functioning within specified parameters,
the flow of gas. after installation or replacement and prior to or during
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate placing in service. This task includes the repair, replace-
equipment. ment, alteration, or refurbishment of the odorizer
(2) Discontinue service or isolate service line by and actions to keep the odorizer operating safely and
the following, as applicable: efficiently.
(-a) Verify meter/address. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-b) Close valve. equipment.
(-c) Lock valve. (2) Perform test equipment check.
(-d) Install mechanical device or fitting. (3) Visually inspect odorizer.
(-e) Cut, and cap. (-a) Inspect fittings, connections, and odoriza-
(3) Document, as required. tion equipment for defects and spills.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (-b) Check odorant tank levels.
(c) Difficulty: 1 (4) Evaluate odorizer performance, if applicable.
(d) Importance: 4 (-a) Analyze quantity of odorant used.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-b) Review alarm log.
(f) Evaluation method (-c) Verify proper operation of odorizer.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-d) Determine and set injection/drip rates.
(2) Sub: W/O (5) Perform preventive or corrective maintenance
(g) Span of control: 1:1 or repairs.

69
ASME B31Q-2016

(6) Check odorant concentration at appropriate (2) Sub: P&W/O


location(s). (g) Span of control: 1:1
(7) Adjust odorant output, if required.
(-a) Perform odorant level test after Task 1241 Outside Gas Leak Investigation
adjustment. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the investigation
(-b) Make appropriate notifications, if of reported or discovered outside leaks of the opera-
required. tors lines. This also includes initiation of precautionary
(8) Document, as required. actions (make safe).
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(c) Difficulty: 1 equipment.
(d) Importance: 2 (2) Field startup of equipment, as applicable.
(e) Interval: 5 yr (-a) Check filters, probes, fuel supply, batter-
(f) Evaluation method ies, etc.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (-b) Perform operational check as required by
(2) Sub: P&W/O manufacturer.
(g) Span of control: 1:5 (-c) Perform periodic calibration check.
(3) Perform leakage investigation.
Task 1231 Inside Gas Leak Investigation
(-a) Make customer/caller contact, if
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the investigation applicable.
of reported or discovered leaks of operators lines inside (-b) Review documentation to determine
a building in relation to emergency response. This also where the facilities are located.
includes initiation of precautionary actions (make safe). (-c) Check for the presence of a combustible
Repairing and proving the integrity of customer piping and gas throughout the area, such as in the following:
lighting customer utilization equipment are not included. (-1) electric, telephone, sewer, and water
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate system manholes
equipment. (-2) cracks in pavement and sidewalks
(2) Field startup of equipment in a clean air (-3) other locations that provide an
environment. opportunity for finding gas leaks
(-a) Check filters, probes, fuel supply, batter- (-d) Grade (classify) the leak, if applicable.
ies, etc. (4) Initiate precautionary actions if leak
(-b) Perform operational check as required by detected, based on leak grade (classification), as
manufacturer. applicable.
(-c) Perform periodic calibration check. (-a) Implement emergency response actions.
(3) Perform leak investigation. (-b) Evacuate.
(-a) Make customer/caller contact. (-c) Secure the area.
(-b) Advise supervisor if inaccessible or if (-d) Eliminate sources of ignition.
access is denied. (-e) Request emergency services.
(-c) Check for the presence of a combustible (-f) Continue to monitor, and determine leak
gas throughout the structure, including areas such as the spread.
following: (5) Document, as required.
(-1) floor drains (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-2) electrical outlets (c) Difficulty: 3
(-3) other areas where gas could (d) Importance: 5
accumulate (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-d) Initiate emergency response if necessary. (f) Evaluation method
(4) Initiate precautionary actions. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-a) Eliminate sources of ignition. (2) Sub: P&W/O
(-b) Evacuate the structure if necessary. (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-c) Shut off meter if necessary.
(-d) Continue to monitor. Task 1251 Hazardous Liquid Leak Investigation
(5) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the inves-
(c) Difficulty: 3 tigation of reported or discovered leaks. This also
(d) Importance: 5 includes initiation of precautionary actions (make
(e) Interval: 3 yr safe).
(f) Evaluation method (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O equipment.

70
ASME B31Q-2016

(2) Gather and/or verify information regarding (-b) Classify leaks per requirements.
the suspected leak. (4) Document, as required.
(-a) location (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(-b) pipeline contents (c) Difficulty: 3
(-c) why leak is suspected (d) Importance: 4
(3) Mobilize to the site. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(4) Make notifications upon arrival. (f) Evaluation method
(-a) operations control (1) Initial: P&W/O
(-b) field location(s) (2) Sub: P&W/O
(5) Visually assess the scene for any leak (g) Span of control: 1:1
hazards.
(6) Identify pipeline location and any other pos- Task 1271 Mobile Gas Leakage Survey
sible leak sources in the area.
(7) Assess the area of the suspected/reported leak. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes conducting a
(-a) petroleum or hazardous liquid odors mobile (other than walking) gas leakage survey utilizing
(-b) vapor cloud leak-detection survey equipment (e.g., flame ionization,
(-c) hissing or spraying noises optical methane, laser), documentation, and reporting
(-d) dead animals or vegetation an emergency condition.
(-e) sheen on any water nearby (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-f) wet/soggy ground equipment.
(8) If no leak exists, make notifications as required. (2) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(9) If a leak is found, verify the operator of the equipment functions within specified parameters.
pipeline. (-a) Inspect equipment.
(-a) If the pipeline is operated by a different (-b) Verify equipment is calibrated.
company, secure the area, and make notifications as (-c) Test equipment with known sources, as
required. applicable.
(-b) If the pipeline is operated by the individ- (3) Perform survey.
uals company, make notifications to Pipeline Control (-a) Set instrument sensitivity if necessary.
Center to close valves. (-b) Survey at appropriate speed in accord-
(10) Manually close applicable valves, if required. ance with requirements.
(11) Make notifications, as appropriate. (-c) Investigate leaks per requirements.
(12) Document, as required. (4) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: L (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 5 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr (e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method (f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O (1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Sub: P&W/O (2) Sub: W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (g) Span of control: 1:1

Task 1261 Walking Gas Leakage Survey Task 1285 Inspect Water Crossing
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes conducting a (a) Task Guidance. This task includes using visual
walking gas leak survey utilizing gas detection survey inspection by divers and/or instrumented detection
equipment, documentation, and reporting an emer- equipment (sonar, probing, etc.) to inspect underwa-
gency condition. ter pipeline facilities and crossing conditions. Locating
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate underwater pipelines is addressed in Task 1481, Diving:
equipment. Temporary Marking of Underwater Pipelines.
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
equipment functions within specified parameters. equipment.
(-a) Inspect equipment. (2) Perform test equipment check to verify that
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. equipment functions within specified parameters.
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (3) Determine various pipeline attributes, as
applicable. applicable:
(3) Perform survey. (-a) water elevation
(-a) Survey appropriate locations in accord- (-b) waterway bed elevation
ance with requirements. (-c) pipeline elevation

71
ASME B31Q-2016

(-d) slope of banks (-d) evidence of excavations


(-e) depth of cover (-e) evidence of other utilities
(4) Locate buried underwater pipelines. This may (-f) previous locate marks (paint, whiskers,
include use of probing, sonar, and/or diving. flags, etc.)
(5) Inspect waterway crossing for the following (-g) high-tension lines or other foreign lines
conditions, as applicable: that may have any effect on the signal
(-a) landfall of the pipeline crossing (5) Locate pipeline.
(-b) location of submerged pipeline (-a) Evaluate signal strength, as applicable.
(-c) depth/amount of cover (-b) Identify direction changes.
(-d) pipeline damage (6) Pothole/expose/probe pipeline, as applicable.
(-e) length of span of unsupported pipe (7) Place temporary markers on successfully
(-f) debris/obstructions on the exposed or located pipeline following universal color codes and
submerged pipeline marking procedures/methods, as applicable. Use meth-
(-g) exposed pipe ods such as the following:
(6) Inspect adjacent banks for the following (-a) paint
issues, as applicable: (-b) flags/chasers/whiskers
(-a) evidence of release of product (-c) stakes
(-b) excessive vegetation (8) Validate/compare physical locate with existing
(-c) encroachment activities documentation, including, but not limited to, the following:
(-d) exposed pipe (-a) maps
(-e) missing/damaged signs (-b) service cards
(-f) missing/damaged support structures (-c) as-builts
(7) Document, as required. (-d) construction drawings
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (9) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (10) Document, as required.
(d) Importance: 3 (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(e) Interval: 3 yr (c) Difficulty: 3
(f) Evaluation method (d) Importance: 3
(1) Initial: P&W/O (e) Interval: 3 yr
(2) Sub: W/O (f) Evaluation method
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (1) Initial: P&W/O
(2) Sub: P&W /O
Task 1291 Locate Underground Pipelines (g) Span of control: 1:1
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes locating under-
ground pipelines utilizing maps, records, and locating Task 1301 Install and Maintain Pipeline Markers
equipment. It also includes placing temporary markers (a) Task Guidance. This task includes determining the
or markings. location, placing, and maintaining of permanent pipe-
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate line markers.
equipment. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(2) Select method for locating the following: equipment.
(-a) direct connection/conductive (2) Evaluate existing pipeline marker against
(-b) indirect connection/inductive requirements.
(-c) appropriate frequency, if applicable (-a) Verify identified lines marked in accord-
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that ance with requirements.
equipment functions within specified parameters. (-b) Verify marker information/legibility.
Inspect equipment. (-c) Verify documentation of markers/
(-a) Verify battery strength. locations.
(-b) Verify audible and visual indicators. (-d) Observe ROW (right-of-way), and report
(-c) Check gain adjustments, as applicable. abnormalities to appropriate personnel.
(-d) Test equipment with known sources, as (3) Prepare to install pipeline marker.
applicable. (-a) Determine marker type and method of
(4) Visually inspect locate area for the following, installation/repair.
as applicable: (-b) Identify locations for marker placement.
(-a) identification of the locate area (white lines) (-c) Confirm pipe location.
(-b) pipeline markers (4) Install pipeline markers.
(-c) pipeline facilities (valve box, meter sets, (-a) Observe ROW, and report abnormalities
regulator stations, etc.) to appropriate personnel.

72
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) Clear location where marker is going to be (g) Span of control: 1:1
placed.
(-c) Verify line location.
Task 1321 Damage Prevention During Excavation
(-d) Verify marker information matches line
Activities by or on Behalf of the Operator
specifications.
(-e) During installation, verify proper depth (a) Task Guidance. This task includes ensuring the
to prevent movement and contact/damage on the performance of damage prevention activities dur-
pipe. ing excavation activities (e.g., verifying underground
(-f) Verify proper placement over pipe. pipelines are marked, providing required notifications,
(-g) Verify pipeline is sufficiently identified by use of spotter/swamper to guide equipment operator,
the markers. probing, hand digging, pot holing to verify location of
(5) Document, as required. bore-head).
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(c) Difficulty: 2 equipment.
(d) Importance: 1 (2) Damage prevention activities prior to
(e) Interval: 5 yr excavation.
(f) Evaluation method (-a) Verify that company facilities are located
(1) Initial: W/O and marked.
(2) Sub: W/O (-b) Verify physical location, as applicable.
(g) Span of control: 1:4 (3) Implement damage prevention actions during
excavation activities, as applicable.
Task 1311 Inspect Pipeline Surface Conditions: Patrol (-a) Provide spotter for equipment operator.
Right-of-Way or Easement (-b) Properly support and protect pipeline
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes performing when exposed.
right-of-way or easement patrol (e.g., walking, flying, (-c) Hand dig when necessary.
or driving) to visually identify signs of leaks, encroach- (4) If damage occurs or is found, stop excavation,
ments, conditions of the right-of-way, or any other and notify proper personnel.
signs of potential impact to pipeline safety or integrity. (5) Document, as required.
Includes reporting an emergency condition. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (c) Difficulty: 3
equipment. (d) Importance: 4
(2) Perform patrol, examining for the following: (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-a) signs of leaks (f) Evaluation method
(-1) dead vegetation (1) Initial: W/O
(-2) vapor cloud (2) Sub: W/O
(-3) odor (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-4) visual or auditory evidence of
escaped product
(-b) encroachments
Task 1331 Damage Prevention Inspection During
(-1) disturbed or displaced soil
Third-Party Excavation or Encroachment Activities as
(-2) unauthorized structures/equipment
Determined Necessary by Operator
on or near the right-of-way (a) Task Guidance. When an operator inspects third-
(-c) signs of conditions with potential impact party excavations or encroachment activities, this task
to pipeline safety or integrity includes the inspection of those activities and actions to
(-1) unintentional exposed pipeline protect the operators facilities, such as work stoppage and
(-2) earth movement requiring proper support for operators pipeline facility.
(-3) vandalism (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-4) missing or damaged markers equipment.
(3) Make notifications, as appropriate. (2) Damage prevention activities prior to
(4) Document, as required. excavation.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (-a) Identify encroachment restrictions.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-b) Verify that company facilities are located
(d) Importance: 1 and marked.
(e) Interval: 5 yr (-c) Verify physical location, as applicable.
(f) Evaluation method (3) Perform inspection to enforce damage pre-
(1) Initial: P&W/O vention during and after third-party excavation or
(2) Sub: W/O encroachment activities, as applicable.

73
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) Provide a company spotter. (c) Difficulty: 4


(-b) Visually inspect pipeline for damage. (d) Importance: 4
(-c) Ensure the pipe is physically located prior (e) Interval: 3 yr
to any excavation with equipment. (f) Evaluation method
(-d) Ensure the exposed pipeline is supported (1) Initial: W/O
or protected. (2) Sub: W/O
(-e) Inform excavator to stop excavation, (g) Span of control: 1:3
and notify operator if any unusual operating condition
occurs. Task 1351 Vault Inspection and Maintenance
(4) Document, as required. (a) Task Guidance. This task applies to the inspection
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D and maintenance of vaults housing pressure-regulating
(c) Difficulty: 3 and -limiting equipment, having a volumetric internal
(d) Importance: 4 content of 200 ft3 or more. It includes inspection of ven-
(e) Interval: 3 yr tilating equipment, vault cover, sufficient drainage, and
(f) Evaluation method structural integrity. Investigation to identify product
(1) Initial: W/O leakage is addressed in
(2) Sub: W/O Task 1231, Inside Gas Leak Investigation
(g) Span of control: 1:1 Task 1241, Outside Gas Leak Investigation
Task 1251, Hazardous Liquid Leak Investigation
Task 1341 Provide or Ensure Adequate Pipeline (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Support During Operator-Initiated Excavation equipment.
Activities (2) Verify materials and procedures, as applicable.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the actions nec- (3) Obtain entry permit, as applicable.
essary to provide or ensure adequate pipeline support (4) Inspect vault and ventilating equipment, as
during excavation activities (e.g., installing bridging, appropriate.
bracing). (-a) Ensure cover is tight-fitting, without
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate openings, except to provide a means for venting.
equipment. (-b) Check locking devices.
(2) Obtain pipeline support factors and select (-c) Check vault and overall structure, includ-
supports. ing walls, ceiling, ladder, rails, and other components.
(-a) pipe composition (plastic, cast iron, steel, (-d) Check for drainage.
etc.) (-e) Ensure vents are free of debris and operat-
(-b) length of exposed pipe ing as designed.
(-c) weight of exposed pipe (-f) Perform maintenance, as needed.
(-d) depth of trench underneath pipe (5) Document, as required.
(-e) length of time pipe will be exposed (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-f) type of existing pipe joining (c) Difficulty: 2
(-g) type of supports (d) Importance: 4
(-h) quantity of supports (e) Interval: 3 yr
(3) Identify locations to install supports. (f) Evaluation method
(-a) distance from girth welds (1) Initial: W/O
(-b) distance from other pipeline components (2) Sub: W/O
(-c) horizontal distance between supports (g) Span of control: 1:1
(4) Install bridging, bracing, or other specified
support. Task 1361 Station Emergency Shutdown System:
(5) Visually inspect pipe and supports for the Inspection, Testing, and Corrective Maintenance
following: (a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
(-a) coating damage station emergency shutdown system is functioning within
(-b) sagging specified parameters, after installation and prior to or dur-
(-c) slippage ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair
(6) Take appropriate actions if any adverse sup- or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the station
port issues are observed. emergency shutdown system and actions to verify opera-
(-a) Add additional supports. tion and maintain the station emergency shutdown system.
(-b) Add different type of supports. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-c) Make notifications, as appropriate. equipment.
(7) Document, as required. (2) Visually inspect each Emergency Shutdown
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D Device (ESD) for the following:

74
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) loose electrical connections (-1) identifying appropriate equipment


(-b) mechanical defects for pressure adjustment
(-c) loose bolted or screwed connections (-2) starting, stopping, or changing
(-d) evidence of physical damage parameters of compressors
(3) Conduct the required tests to determine each (-3) changing pressure-regulating set
ESD is functioning correctly. points
(4) Perform corrective maintenance on compo- (-4) operating valves
nents of the ESD. (-d) Adjust or maintain pressure by directing
(-a) Correct any deficiencies found during the manual operation of compressors, pressure-regulating
testing process. equipment, and valves.
(-1) If repairs cannot be made in a timely (-e) Verify that pressure adjustment brings
manner, make appropriate notifications. system within required operating parameters.
(-b) Retest to confirm correct operation of the (-f) Recognize equipment that fails to respond
ESD component. to commands, and take appropriate action.
(5) Document, as required. (4) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3 (c) Difficulty: 5
(d) Importance: 4 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr (e) Interval: 3 yr plus annual AOC training or
(f) Evaluation method evaluation
(1) Initial: P&W/O (f) Evaluation method
(2) Sub: W/O (1) Initial: P&W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (2) Sub: P&W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:1
Task 1371 Operate Gas Pipeline: System Control
Center Operations Task 1381 Operate Gas Pipeline: Local Facility
Remote-Control Operations
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the remote
operation of a gas pipeline (e.g., monitoring operating (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the local facility
parameters, notifications, remotely adjusting and remote-control operations of a gas pipeline (e.g., moni-
maintaining pressure, remotely starting and stopping tor operating parameters, notifications, remotely adjust-
compressors). ing and maintaining pressure, remotely starting and
(1) Select task procedure(s), including operating, stopping compressors).
monitoring, and alarm management. (1) Select task procedure(s).
(2) Monitor system operation. (2) Monitor system operation.
(-a) Verify that flow, pressure, and gas charac- (-a) Verify that flow, pressure, and gas charac-
teristics are within normal range. teristics are within normal range.
(-b) Recognize unexpected pressure variation, (-b) Recognize unexpected pressure variation,
and take appropriate action, such as the following: and take appropriate action.
(-1) Remotely adjust system pressure. (3) Monitor local facility for alarms and
(-2) Adjust system pressure by directing notifications.
manual operation of compressors, pressure-regulating (-a) Recognize pressure alarms.
equipment, and valves. (-b) Evaluate the severity of the condition.
(-3) Call for additional resources. (-1) immediate response
(-c) Recognize loss of communications, and (-2) scheduled response
take appropriate action. (-c) Recognize information-only notifications.
(-d) Recognize if SCADA is updating prop- (4) Initiate appropriate response.
erly, and take appropriate action. (-a) Remotely adjust local facility pressure.
(-e) Recognize alarms, and take appropriate (-b) Adjust pressure by directing manual
action. operation of compressors, pressure-regulating equip-
(3) Operate system. ment, and valves.
(-a) Recognize when the line is packing, draft- (-c) Call for additional resources.
ing, or running in steady state. (5) Operate local facility.
(-b) Determine if action is needed to adjust or (-a) Recognize the operating state of the local
maintain pressure. facility.
(-c) Remotely adjust or maintain pressure by (-b) Determine if action is needed to adjust or
the following, as applicable: maintain pressure.

75
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) Remotely adjust or maintain pressure by (5) Verify open flow path from origination to
the following, as applicable: destination.
(-1) identifying appropriate equipment (6) Activate the pump at the origination point,
for pressure adjustment and proceed downstream to the delivery point.
(-2) starting, stopping, or changing (7) Activate downstream station upon arrival of a
parameters of compressors pressure rise from upstream station.
(-3) changing pressure-regulating set (8) Identify when pressure and/or flow is
points appropriate to remotely open or close valves or other
(-4) operating valves equipment.
(-d) Adjust or maintain pressure by directing (-a) Identify why operation is necessary and
manual operation of compressors, pressure-regulating the expected outcome on operations.
equipment, and valves. (9) Identify appropriate valve, unit, or other
(-e) Verify that pressure adjustment brings equipment, and send appropriate command.
local facility within required operating parameters. (-a) Recognize valve or pumps failing to
(-f) Recognize loss of communication, and respond to command, and take appropriate action.
take appropriate action. (10) Shut down pump(s) beginning at the origina-
(-g) Recognize valve, pressure-regulating tion point, and proceed downstream to the destination.
equipment, or compressors failing to respond to com- Some pumps may remain operational depending on the
mand, and take appropriate action. line profile.
(6) Document, as required. (-a) Maintain appropriate pressure to mini-
(b) Potential applicability: G, D mize contamination of products, and leave pipeline in
(c) Difficulty: 4 proper condition for startup.
(d) Importance: 4 (-b) Predict/prevent pressure waves during
(e) Interval: 3 yr shutdown, and take appropriate action.
(f) Evaluation method (11) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (b) Potential applicability: L
(2) Sub: P&W/O (c) Difficulty: 5
(g) Span of control: 1:1 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr plus annual AOC training or
Task 1391 Operate Liquids Pipeline: System Control evaluation
Center Operations (f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the remote
(2) Sub: P&W/O
operation of a hazardous liquids pipeline (e.g., moni-
(g) Span of control: 1:1
tor operating parameters, notifications, remotely
adjusting and maintaining pressure and flow,
Task 1401 Operate Liquids Pipeline: Local Facility
remotely starting and stopping pumps, monitor for
Remote-Control Operations
pipeline leaks).
(1) Select task procedure(s), including operating, (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the local facil-
monitoring, and alarm management. ity remote operation of a hazardous liquids pipeline
(2) Verify that flows, pressure, and product char- (e.g., monitoring operating parameters, notifications,
acteristics are within normal range. remotely adjusting and maintaining pressure and flow,
(3) Continuously monitor the pressures and flow remotely starting and stopping pumps, monitoring for
rates of the pipeline to look for any changes. Monitor the pipeline leaks).
line balance for changes by monitoring volume in and out. (1) Select task procedure(s).
(-a) Recognize when line is packing, unpack- (2) Ensure operational parameters are
ing, or running in a steady state. within normal range, and take appropriate action
(-b) Recognize loss of communications, and when changes are needed, as applicable. Possible
take appropriate action. parameters may include, but are not limited to, the
(-c) Recognize if SCADA is updating prop- following:
erly, and take appropriate action. (-a) flow
(-d) Recognize pressure alarms, and take (-b) pressure
appropriate action. (-c) gravity
(-e) Recognize leak alarm, and take appropri- (-d) temperature
ate action. (-e) fluid levels
(4) If there is an unexpected variation, take (3) Monitor alarms, and take appropriate action,
appropriate action, such as starting or stopping a pump, as applicable. Possible alarms may include, but are not
opening a valve, etc. limited to, the following:

76
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) pressure (2) Sub: W/O


(-b) flow (g) Span of control: 1:1
(-c) temperature
(-d) gravity Task 1431 Diving: Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte
(-e) leak Potential
(-f) fluid level (a) Task Guidance. This task includes using meas-
(-g) loss of communications urement equipment to take a reading of the poten-
(4) Pump startup tial between the underwater structure and electrolyte
(-a) Verify correct valves, station piping, and (fresh or salt water) and record data. Pipeline locating
tanks are aligned prior to startup of local pump, as is addressed separately in Task 1481, Diving: Temporary
applicable. Marking of Underwater Pipelines.
(-b) Make appropriate notifications prior to (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
startup of pump. equipment.
(-c) Initiate pump startup sequence, and mon- (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
itor operating parameters. application. Utilize survey data, initial construction
(5) Pump shutdown blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. Topside and
(-a) Make appropriate notifications prior to diver personnel are involved in this step.
shutdown of pump. (-a) location characteristics
(-b) Initiate pump shutdown sequence, and (-b) depth of water
monitor operating parameters. (-c) client preference
(-c) Verify correct valves, station piping, and (3) Perform test equipment check.
tanks are aligned after shutdown is complete, as applicable. (-a) Verify half-cell condition.
(6) Document, as required. (-b) Verify calibration of proper equipment.
(b) Potential applicability: L (-c) Verify equipment functions within speci-
(c) Difficulty: 4 fied parameters.
(d) Importance: 4 (4) Identify and locate test point (performed by
(e) Interval: 3 yr diver personnel). Verify using drawings, maps, sur-
(f) Evaluation method vey data, pneumofathometer readings, diver video, or
(1) Initial: P&W/O supervisor/diver communications.
(2) Sub: P&W/O (5) Measure structure-to-electrolyte potential.
(g) Span of control: 1:1 Topside and diver personnel are involved in this step.
(-a) Connect lead to structure.
(-b) Take proximity and/or contact readings.
Task 1411 Indirect Inspection Techniques
(-c) Verify polarity.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes indirect inspec- (-d) Record cathodic protection readings.
tion [e.g., alternating current voltage gradient, close (-e) Recognize/identify readings outside of
interval survey (Task 0011), direct current voltage gradi- normal range.
ent, soil resistivity (Task 0021)]. (6) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (7) Document, as required.
equipment. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Perform test equipment check to verify that (c) Difficulty: 1
equipment functions within specified parameters. (d) Importance: 3
(-a) Inspect equipment. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. (f) Evaluation method
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (1) Initial: P&W/O
applicable. (2) Sub: W/O
(3) Conduct indirect inspection. (g) Span of control: 1:0
(-a) Identify segment being inspected.
(-b) Collect and verify data. Task 1461 Diving: Measure and Describe Corrosion
(4) Document, as required. and Mechanical Damage Buried or Submerged
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D Pipeline
(c) Difficulty: 2 (a) Task Guidance. This task includes activities to
(d) Importance: 3 measure and characterize corrosion or mechanical dam-
(e) Interval: 3 yr age on buried or submerged pipeline. It includes the
(f) Evaluation method investigation to determine the extent of corrosion and
(1) Initial: P&W/O recording data.

77
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate Task 1471 Diving: Install Galvanic Anodes on
equipment. Submerged Pipelines
(2) Review the job requirements for the specific
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation
application. Utilize survey data, initial construction
of galvanic anodes on submerged pipelines. It does not
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. Topside and
include:
diver personnel are involved in this step.
Task 0801, Welding
(-a) location characteristics
Task 1431, Diving: Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte
(-b) depth of water
Potential
(-c) client preference (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that equipment.
equipment functions within specified parameters. (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
(-a) Inspect equipment. application. Topside and diver personnel are involved
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc.
applicable. (-a) location characteristics
(4) Prepare surface (performed by diver). (-b) depth of water
(-a) Thoroughly clean area to be tested (e.g., (-c) client preference
marine growth, sediment, scale). (3) Prepare surface.
(-b) Remove coating to expose pipe, as (-a) Prepare area for installation of U-bolts,
applicable. clamps, electrical connection, etc.
(-c) Ensure pits are free of debris. (-b) Diver uses: hand tools, tugger, scraper,
(5) Perform visual/tactile inspection of the pipe- barnacle buster, hydraulic impact tools, etc.
line/facility and report findings (performed by diver). (4) Install anode(s). Install bracelet anodes, sled
Identify types and characteristics of the following: anodes, or platform anodes in accordance with manu-
(-a) corrosion: pits, rust, scale, etc. facturers instructions.
(-b) mechanical damage: dent, gouge, buckle, (5) Perform electrical connection.
ovality, etc. (-a) Attach bonding strap, pigtail, or cable to
(6) Measure and classify marine growth (per- achieve electrical contact according to appropriate pro-
formed by diver). cedures (clamp-and-contact bolt or wet welding).
(-a) Classify marine growth as soft or hard (-b) Verify anode has electrical contact with
growth. the pipeline or structure, and take cathodic protection
(-b) Measure thickness using probe, soft tape readings, if applicable.
measure, or other appropriate equipment. (6) Perform post-installation inspection. Diver
(-c) Report type, thickness, and coverage and topside personnel are both involved in this step.
percentage. (-a) Check connections for gaps, and verify
(7) Measure pit depth and diameter with pit anode position with pneumofathometer readings.
gauge. Obtain multiple readings and outline or map (-b) Confirm the presence of calcareous
areas of severe pitting (performed by diver). deposits (white powder) and bubbles on the surface of
(-a) depth, width, and length the new anodes.
(-b) orientation and location (7) Document, as required.
(8) Place transducer to take ultrasonic thickness (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
measurements (performed by diver). (c) Difficulty: 2
(-a) Hold firmly in contact with the surface. (d) Importance: 1
(-b) Obtain multiple readings. (e) Interval: 5 yr
(-c) Post-calibrate the ultrasonic thickness (f) Evaluation method
meter after taking measurements. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(9) Document, as required. (2) Sub: W/O
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (g) Span of control: 1:0
(c) Difficulty: 2
(d) Importance: 3 Task 1481 Diving: Temporary Marking of Underwater
(e) Interval: 3 yr Pipelines
(f) Evaluation method (a) Task Guidance. This task includes locating buried
(1) Initial: P&W/O underwater pipelines utilizing probes or water jets, etc.
(2) Sub: W/O It also includes placing temporary markers (e.g., sonar
(g) Span of control: 1:0 reflectors, buoys).

78
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (-c) Identify isolation valves upstream and
equipment. downstream.
(2) Review the job requirements for the specific (-d) Ensure that all members of movement
application. Topside and diver personnel are involved team understand the plan.
in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction (-e) Plan for small incremental movements to
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. reduce stress.
(-a) location characteristics (4) Prepare pipeline for movement.
(-b) depth of water (-a) Ensure excavation activities are per-
(-c) client preference formed according to appropriate procedures.
(3) Perform test equipment check to verify that (-b) Complete a visual/tactile inspection of
equipment functions within specified parameters. the pipeline.
(-a) Inspect equipment. (-c) Install rigging and lifting devices.
(-b) Verify equipment is calibrated. (5) Move segment to new location.
(-c) Test equipment with known sources, as (-a) Apply lifting devices for lowering to an
applicable. even grade (e.g., crane, vessel, lift bags, rigging).
(4) Locate the line. Techniques vary depending (-b) Perform hand jetting for lowering pipe-
on pipeline diameter and water conditions. line to an even grade.
(-a) topside personnel locating method: scan- (-c) Move pipe into new position according to
ning sonar appropriate procedures outlined in movement plan.
(-b) diving personnel locating methods: hand (6) Provide support during segment disturbance.
jet, hand probing, water probing, gradiometer, bottom Apply lifting devices and any appropriate rigging at
sweeps predetermined locations.
(5) Determine pipeline depth using probe or (7) Inspect for physical damage, coating damage,
pneumofathometer, as applicable. Topside and diver and/or unacceptable stresses.
personnel are involved in this step. (-a) Conduct visual/tactile inspection of the
(6) Select and install pipeline markers using cane pipeline.
poles, buoys (secured to pipeline or clump weight), (-b) Check for insufficient support or free-
sonar reflectors, and sonar pingers, as appropriate. span pipe.
(7) Document, as required. (-c) Inspect for physical or coating damage
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D from improper use of rigging or lifting equipment.
(c) Difficulty: 2 (-d) Take pneumofathometer readings to
(d) Importance: 3 ensure the pipeline is at the correct depth or grade.
(e) Interval: 3 yr (8) Make notifications, as appropriate.
(f) Evaluation method (9) Document, as required.
(1) Initial: W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(2) Sub: W/O (c) Difficulty: 3
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (d) Importance: 4
(e) Interval: 3 yr
Task 1491 Diving: Movement of Active Underwater (f) Evaluation method
Pipeline (1) Initial: W/O
(2) Sub: W/O
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes movement of
(g) Span of control: 1:0
active underwater pipeline (e.g., installation of slings,
water jetting).
Task 1501 Diving: Install, Replace, or Repair Support
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Structures on Existing Underwater Pipelines
equipment.
(2) Review the job requirements for the specific (a) Task Guidance. This task includes installing, replac-
application. Topside and diver personnel are involved ing, and repairing support structures on existing under-
in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction water pipelines.
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-a) location characteristics equipment.
(-b) depth of water (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
(-c) client preference application. Topside and diver personnel are involved
(3) Review the plan for movement. in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction
(-a) Notify appropriate personnel prior to blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc.
pipeline movement activity. (-a) location characteristics
(-b) Verify pressure reduction, as appropriate. (-b) depth of water

79
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) client preference (3) Confirm that lockout/tagout, purging, and


(3) Inspect existing support (performed by diver). depressurization procedures have been performed.
Clean and inspect area on the pipeline or structure for (4) Prepare/inspect the flange surface and seals.
damage. (-a) Inspect (visual/tactile) flange for existing
(4) Confirm reduction in pipeline pressure damage that may interfere with mating procedures.
according to appropriate specifications. Topside person- (-b) Prepare surface and seals typically with-
nel verify with operator and check gauges. out lubricant to avoid collection of debris.
(5) Install, replace, or repair supports using (-c) Clean debris from seals and O-ring groove
appropriate equipment (e.g., hand tools, lift bags, grout with pneumo hose.
bags, sand/cement bags, concrete mat, clamps, bolts, (5) Properly align flanges.
riser caps, isolation material, and knee brace): (-a) Inspect to ensure proper rating, condition,
(-a) Install temporary supports to stabilize alignment, and gasket installation.
pipeline: lift bags, cranes, etc. (-b) Align using handling frame, drift pins,
(-b) Remove damaged support, if applicable. and lacing slings.
(-c) Properly install or repair support struc- (-c) Support using cranes and forklifts.
tures according to appropriate procedures. (6) Install preliminary bolts and gasket.
(-d) Remove temporary supports according to (-a) Install preliminary bolts to hold flanges
appropriate procedures. together and allow insertion of O-ring or ring gasket.
(6) Perform a final inspection of the replaced or (-b) Install gasket using skillet.
repaired support structure. (7) Install and tighten remaining bolts.
(-a) Ensure correct position and that support (-a) Install remaining bolts.
structure is secured correctly. (-b) Tighten bolts in the specified sequence to
(-b) Inspect for adequate support. the specified torque.
(-c) Install additional structures as necessary (8) Inspect the assembled flange. Check for
to rectify unacceptable stress and at crossings: Pipeline proper alignment, damage, missing bolts, and properly
separation should be 18 in. or more. Determine pipeline seated O-ring or ring gasket.
separation by pneumofathometer readings. (9) Perform general flange disassembly.
(-d) Install support structures between pipe- (-a) Identify differential pressure, stored
lines (mats or bags). energy/tension, and hazardous fluids.
(-e) Inspect for physical or coating damage (-b) Loosen and remove flange bolts.
from improper use of rigging or lifting equipment. (-c) Remove ring gasket.
(7) Document, as required. (-d) Plug or cap the pipeline ends according
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D to appropriate procedures (e.g., blind flange, internal
(c) Difficulty: 2 plug).
(d) Importance: 4 (-e) Remove pipeline components as
(e) Interval: 3 yr required using cranes, rigging, and other lifting
(f) Evaluation method equipment.
(1) Initial: P&W/O (10) Document, as required.
(2) Sub: W/O (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(g) Span of control: 1:0 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 4
Task 1511 Diving: Perform Underwater Flange (e) Interval: 3 yr
Assembly and Disassembly (f) Evaluation method
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly of (1) Initial: P&W/O
flanges, disassembly of flanges, bolting in sequence, and (2) Sub: W/O
torquing, as specified. (g) Span of control: 1:0
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Task 1521 Diving: Install Pipe-End Connectors
equipment.
(2) Review the job requirements for the specific (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation
application. Utilize survey data, initial construction of pipe-end connectors (e.g., mechanical gripping, cold
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. Topside and forged) on underwater pipelines.
diver personnel are involved in this step. (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-a) location characteristics equipment.
(-b) depth of water (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
(-c) client preference application. Topside and diver personnel are involved

80
ASME B31Q-2016

in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction (-a) Confirm type of clamp or sleeve to be
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. installed.
(-a) location characteristics (-b) Ensure seals are free of debris.
(-b) depth of water (-c) Check the integrity of the seals according
(-c) client preference to manufacturers specifications.
(3) Identify and use appropriate equipment: drift (5) Identify segment characteristics. Inspect pipe-
pins, lacing slings, wrench, hydraulic impact, lift bags, line condition: flat spots, ovality, corrosion, wall thick-
cranes, tugger, davits, come-alongs, handling frame, etc. ness, seams, etc.
(4) Prepare end connector. Topside personnel can (6) Prepare pipe for installation of clamp or sleeve.
assist with this step. (-a) Ensure appropriate isolation measures
(-a) Confirm type of end connector to be have been implemented.
installed. (-b) Monitor appropriate pressure and flow
(-b) Ensure seals are free of debris. rate during repair activities.
(-c) Check the integrity of the seals according (-c) Ensure pipeline is prepared to manufac-
to manufacturers specifications. turers specifications using appropriate tools includ-
(5) Identify segment characteristics. Inspect pipe- ing grit blaster, cavi blaster, water blaster, circular saw,
line condition: flat spots, ovality, corrosion, wall thick- wedges/mauls, buffing wheels or pads, etc.
ness, seams, etc. (7) Install clamp or sleeve.
(6) Prepare pipe for installation of end connector. (-a) Ensure seals are free of debris.
(-a) Ensure appropriate isolation measures (-b) Center the clamp over the defect.
have been implemented. (-c) Tighten bolts in the specified sequence to
(-b) Ensure pipeline is prepared to manufac- the specified torque.
turers specifications using appropriate tools includ- (-d) Check the integrity of the seals.
ing grit blaster, cavi blaster, water blaster, circular saw, (-e) Perform pressure test, if applicable.
wedges/mauls, buffing wheels or pads, etc. (8) Document, as required.
(7) Install end connector to specified insertion (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
depth. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-a) Ensure seals are free of debris. (d) Importance: 4
(-b) Perform pressure test, if applicable. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(8) Document, as required. (f) Evaluation method
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (1) Initial: P&W/O
(c) Difficulty: 4 (2) Sub: W/O
(d) Importance: 4 (g) Span of control: 1:0
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method Task 1541 Diving: Perform an Underwater Mechanical
(1) Initial: P&W/O Tap
(2) Sub: W/O (a) Task Guidance. This task includes performing tap-
(g) Span of control: 1:0 ping, including the installation of the isolation valve
and tapping equipment.
Task 1531 Diving: Install Mechanical Clamps or Sleeves
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of equipment.
mechanical clamps or sleeves on underwater pipelines. (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate application. Topside and diver personnel are involved
equipment. in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction
(2) Review the job requirements for the specific blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc.
application. Topside and diver personnel are involved (-a) location characteristics
in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction (-b) depth of water
blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc. (-c) client preference
(-a) location characteristics (3) Identify necessary equipment, and remove
(-b) depth of water coating for the length of the hot tap clamp plus 1 ft to
(-c) client preference 2 ft on either side. Clean pipeline to reveal bare shiny
(3) Identify and use appropriate equipment: drift metal with a smooth surface.
pins, lacing slings, wrench, hydraulic impact, lift bags, (-a) water blaster
cranes, tugger, davits, come-alongs, handling frame, etc. (-b) buffer
(4) Prepare clamp or sleeve. Topside personnel (-c) grit blaster
can assist with this step. (-d) scraper

81
ASME B31Q-2016

(4) Conduct pipeline quality checks, and ensure (-a) Use wrap or two-part epoxy repair as
surface preparation for the type of sleeve, including the appropriate.
following, as applicable: (-b) Support and cover pipeline, as required.
(-a) Perform visual/tactile inspection. (13) Document, as required.
(-b) Conduct ovality checks. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(-c) Check wall thickness and integrity with (c) Difficulty: 4
UT thickness gauge. Wall thickness may be determined (d) Importance: 4
by topside personnel or by using a gauge with an under- (e) Interval: 3 yr
water indicator. (f) Evaluation method
(-d) Grind the length of the hot tap flush. (1) Initial: P&W/O
(5) Install clamp according to appropriate (2) Sub: W/O
procedures. (g) Span of control: 1:0
(-a) Inspect pipeline and ditch/work area.
(-b) Place dead-man anchor on bottom as con- Task 1551 Diving: Stopper (Stopple) Pipe
nection point for the inverter line of the lift bag. (a) Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion
(-c) Ensure equipment is not lowered directly and removal of a stopper (stopple). It also includes
above the pipeline. pressure verification. Hot tapping is covered in Task
(-d) Avoid accidental contact of equipment 1541, Diving: Perform an Underwater Mechanical
with the pipeline or natural bottom during installation. Tap.
(-e) Ensure proper alignment of clamp on (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
pipeline. equipment.
(-f) Close clamp using appropriate proce- (2) Review the job requirements for the specific
dures (e.g., hydraulic rams, manually). application. Topside and diver personnel are involved
(6) Engage sealing elements. Tighten appropriate in this step. Utilize survey data, initial construction
bolts according to manufacturer procedures. blueprints, construction maps, GPS, etc.
(7) Conduct pressure test to check integrity of the (-a) location characteristics
seals. Monitor the clamp seal areas for seal failure. (-b) depth of water
(8) Perform the tap. (-c) client preference
(-a) Install pollution dome. (3) Identify necessary equipment to remove coat-
(-b) Ensure valve is open. ing and clean pipeline.
(-c) Connect hydraulic hoses, if applicable. (-a) water blaster
(-d) Check indicator to confirm the valve is (-b) buffer
open. (-c) grit blaster
(-e) Advance the tool until it contacts the (-d) scraper
pipeline. (4) Identify segment(s) that requires stopping,
(-f) Engage and monitor the cutting device. confirm pipeline operations, and conduct pipeline qual-
(-g) Monitor the cutting device during opera- ity checks.
tion for proper travel distance. (-a) Locate site, and remediate excavated area,
(9) Isolate the tapping equipment. as required.
(-a) Disengage and retract the cutting device (-b) Ensure coating is removed.
according to appropriate procedures. (-c) Perform visual/tactile inspection.
(-b) Close the valve. (-1) Inspect plugs, fittings, and
(-c) Check indicator to confirm valve position. equipment.
(10) Remove the tapping equipment. (-2) Verify sealing elements are in good
(-a) Bleed pressure from the hot tapping tool condition.
by opening the bleeder valve. (-d) Check wall thickness and integrity with
(-b) Remove the hot tapping tool. UT thickness gauge. Wall thickness may be determined
(-c) Install blind flange or complete tie-in by topside personnel or by using a gauge with an under-
according to operator specifications. water indicator.
(-d) Recover tool to the surface. (-e) Ensure pipeline pressure and flow rate are
(11) Retrieve coupon. appropriate according to requirements.
(-a) Check for presence of coupon. (-f) Ensure isolation measures have been
(-b) Secure coupon, if present. implemented.
(-c) Follow retrieval or notification proce- (5) Install plugging machine according to appro-
dures, if not present. priate procedures.
(12) Ensure coating is repaired, and pipeline is (-a) Place dead-man anchor on bottom as con-
buried, as required. nection point for the inverter line of the lift bag.

82
ASME B31Q-2016

(-b) Ensure equipment is not lowered directly (-a) Open proper valve(s) to pressurize
above the pipeline. system.
(-c) Avoid accidental contact of equip- (-b) Monitor pressure to ensure proper launch-
ment with the pipeline or natural bottom during ing and receiving of device.
installation. (6) Receive/remove identified internal devices.
(-d) Ensure proper alignment of plugging (-a) Depressurize pipe, as applicable.
machine on flange. (-b) Remove device from pipe.
(-e) Install and tighten bolts according to (-c) Verify realignment of pipeline system by
manufacturer procedures. opening/closing proper valve(s), as applicable.
(-f) Pressure test equipment seals, if (7) Document, as required.
required. (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(6) Install stopper. (c) Difficulty: 3
(-a) Equalize pressure, open valve, and lower (d) Importance: 5
the plug into the pipeline until a seal is obtained. (e) Interval: 3 yr
(-b) Retract plugging shaft. (f) Evaluation method
(-c) Ensure seals are holding properly, and (1) Initial: P&W/O
drain pipeline section as required. (2) Sub: W/O
(-d) Close valve and relieve the pressure from (g) Span of control: 1:2
the plugging machine.
(7) Remove stopper. Task 1641 Launching or Receiving Internal Devices
(-a) Equalize pressure in isolated segment. (Pigs) Using Traps
(-b) Retract plugs, close valves, release static
(a) Task Guidance. This task consists of isolating pipe-
pressure, and remove plugging machine.
line barrels, relieving pressure, inserting or removing
(8) Document, as required.
internal devices, pressurizing barrel, and launching/
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
receiving internal devices. These devices may include,
(c) Difficulty: 4
but are not limited to, inspection, cleaning, batching,
(d) Importance: 4
or plugging. Manually opening and closing valves are
(e) Interval: 3 yr
addressed in Task 0301.
(f) Evaluation method
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Initial: P&W/O
equipment.
(2) Sub: P&W/O
(2) Identify and locate the following:
(g) Span of control: 1:0
(-a) associated valve(s) for launching and/or
receiving operation
Task 1631 Launching and/or Receiving Internal (-b) proper sized device to be used
Devices (Pigs) With a Temporary Launcher and/or (3) Follow appropriate isolation procedures for
Receiver for Lines Out of Service launching or receiving operation.
(a) Task Guidance. This task consists of inserting or (-a) Ensure liquids or vapors are not acci-
removing internal devices (pigs) on pipeline systems dently introduced into the work area.
not in service. The installation of the temporary launch- (-b) Ensure system block valve(s) are properly
ers and receivers are covered under Task 0731, Joining of positioned.
Pipe: Flange Assembly, or Task 0801, Welding. (-c) Ensure launcher/receiver doors are prop-
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate erly sealed.
equipment. (4) Depressurize launching or receiving barrels.
(2) Identify and locate the following: (-a) Monitor pressure to ensure proper launch-
(-a) associated valve(s) for launching and/or ing and receiving of device.
receiving operation (5) Load, launch, and monitor identified internal
(-b) proper sized device to be used devices.
(3) Load device (pig). (-a) Monitor for hazardous vapors before and
(-a) Insert device. during the pigging operation.
(-b) Install temporary launcher and/or (-b) Load device.
receiver, as applicable. (-c) Open proper valve(s) to pressurize bar-
(-c) Close access point prior to pressurization. rel/system, and then introduce device into system.
(4) Ensure receiving component(s) is set to prop- (-d) Monitor pressure to maintain the pig run.
erly receive cleaning device. (-e) Monitor pressure at receiver to allow for
(5) Operate valves to launch, and move device device to be received, as applicable.
(pig). (6) Receive/remove identified internal devices.

83
ASME B31Q-2016

(-a) Isolate receiver. (6) Verify the pipeline facilities have been purged
(-b) Depressurize receiving barrel. of all air or hazardous vapors by use of an acceptable
(-c) Ensure liquids or vapors are not acci- instrument.
dently introduced into the work area. (-a) Sample air at purge outlet with use of cali-
(-d) Remove device from barrel. brated equipment.
(7) Realign all identified valve(s) to normal (-b) Continue purge as specified by procedure
operations. and purge plan, if applicable.
(-a) Verify realignment of pipeline system by (-c) Upon successful purge, close all purge
opening/closing proper valve(s). points as specified by procedure.
(8) Document, as required. (7) Document, as required.
(b) Potential applicability: L, G, D (b) Potential applicability: L, G, D
(c) Difficulty: 3 (c) Difficulty: 3
(d) Importance: 5 (d) Importance: 5
(e) Interval: 3 yr (e) Interval: 3 yr
(f) Evaluation method (f) Evaluation method
(1) Initial: P&W/O (1) Initial: W/O & P
(2) Sub: W/O (2) Sub: W/O
(g) Span of control: 1:2 (g) Span of control: 1:1
Task 1651 Purge Flammable or Inert Gas
Task 1661 Purge: Hazardous Liquids
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes actions to be
taken to safely purge pipeline facilities using natural (a) Task Guidance. This task includes actions to be
gas, inert gas, or air. Other tasks that may be performed taken to safely purge or drain down hazardous liquids
during purging include the operation of valves, adjust- pipeline facilities. Other tasks that may be performed
ing or monitoring flow or pressure, or operating gas during purging or drain down include the operation
pipelines addressed in of valves, adjusting or monitoring flow or pressure of
Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves operating liquids pipelines addressed in
Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves
Manual Valve Operation Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure
Task 1201, Temporary Isolation of Service Lines and Manual Valve Operation
Service Discontinuance Task 1391, Operate Liquids Pipeline: System
Task 1381, Operate Gas Pipeline: Local Facility Control Center Operations (if performed)
Remote-Control Operations (if performed) (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate equipment.
equipment. (2) Identify the requirements for purging hazard-
(2) Identify and verify valves/control methods ous liquids from pipeline facilities.
on pipeline facilities are in correct position. (-a) Determine what method of product isola-
(-a) Ensure direction of flow for purge. tion will be used.
(-b) Ensure segment to be purged is bonded as (3) Identify the correct valves for isolating the
required. segment of pipeline to be purged.
(-c) Isolate the pipeline sections to be purged, (-a) Ensure each valve identified for isolation
where required. is in its correct position, open or closed.
(-d) Ensure gages are set as specified by (-b) Ensure all appropriate lockout/tagout
procedure. procedures and permitting are followed.
(3) Verify adequate handling capability for purge (-c) Identify pipeline condition-monitoring
(flares, silencers, stacks, etc.), if required. points to determine tight shut-off of isolation valves.
(-a) Monitor weather conditions to ensure (-d) Ensure pipeline condition-monitoring
safe environment for the purge. points indicate the pipeline is empty and no residual
(-b) Establish use of flares, silencers, stacks, product remains.
etc., as specified by procedure(s) when applicable. (4) Ensure the identification of any drain-down
(4) Ensure proper placement and grounding of equipment has been made and the equipment is staged
air handler(s) as specified by procedure, if required. correctly for the purging process.
(5) Perform purge. (-a) Locate low-point drain connections as
(-a) Open control point valve. required to evacuate any remaining product.
(-b) Establish purge pressure as specified by (-b) Install any low-point drain connections as
procedure and purge plan, if applicable. required to evacuate any remaining product.

84
ASME B31Q-2016

(-c) Ensure all connecting components are (-a) presence of corrosion


compatible with the product in the pipeline being (-b) condition of supports
purged. (-c) glycol level in tank (if heater is operating
(-d) Ensure any flaring equipment is properly upon arrival)
located and configured to process pipeline product as it (-d) signs of glycol leak (e.g., tank leakage)
exits the pipeline. (-e) external cover of shell for signs of deterio-
(5) Following the purging procedure for the ration or damage (e.g., metal disbanding, holes in cover
pipeline facilities being purged, perform the following exposing shell insulation)
procedure: (-f) readability and spanning of gauges
(-a) Properly monitor the pipeline facility oper- (3) Inspect first- and second-stage regulators/
ating conditions to determine the extent of the purge. reliefs, if applicable.
(-b) Ensure all temporary connections are leak (4) Inspect water bath and gas temperature con-
free. trol valves, verifying that
(-c) Ensure any temporary product tankage is (-a) control valve set point equals water bath
monitored for proper level and pressure. temperature.
(6) Using the drain connections, ensure all (-b) heater is cycling at required temperature.
product has been purged from the pipeline. (-c) control valve is seated and operating
(-a) Using operating condition-monitoring properly.
equipment (pressure and temperature indicators), ver- (-d) safety devices are operating properly
ify all product is purged from the pipeline segment. (e.g., low water shutoff, high stack temperature), if
(-b) Isolate the segment being purged, and applicable.
monitor pressures and temperatures to determine if any (5) Verify pilot safety/alarm functioning properly.
trapped product remains in the pipeline. (-a) Extinguish pilot.
(-c) Ensure proper use of flammable mixture (-b) Verify main burner shutdown.
detectors is followed to ensure the purge material doesnt (6) Inspect/clean pilot and main burner.
interfere with the detectors operation. (-a) Inspect and clean the following:
(7) Document, as required. (-1) igniter system including flame rod,
(b) Potential applicability: L, G igniter, and wiring/electric devices
(-2) pilot orifice
(c) Difficulty: 3
(-3) main burner
(d) Importance: 5
(-4) pilot burner air filter, if applicable
(e) Interval: 3 yr (-5) secondary air filter, if applicable
(f) Evaluation method (-b) Blow out flame arrestor and fire tube.
(1) Initial: W/O & P (7) Restart heater.
(2) Sub: W/O (-a) Verify relighter operation including the
(g) Span of control: 1:1 following:
(-1) battery voltage check
(-2) condition of solar panel
Task 1671 Pipeline Heater Inspection and
(-b) Light pilot burner.
Preventive Maintenance
(-c) Slowly open main burner valve.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification (-d) Activate main burner.
that the pipeline heater is functioning within speci- (-e) Verify
fied parameters. This task also includes actions to keep (-1) burner flame characteristics indicate
the pipeline heater operating safely and efficiently. proper operation (e.g., blue flame, approximately half
Inspection of pressure-regulating and -relief devices is the distance of the burner tube).
addressed in: (-2) noise level meets requirements.
Task 0381, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Regulating (-3) temperature controllers operate
Device Inspection and Testing, Preventive and correctly.
Corrective Maintenance (-f) Check for leaks.
Task 0411, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and (8) Return heater to normal operations. Verify
-Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and (-a) glycol level is appropriate.
Corrective Maintenance (-b) heater is cycling at required temperature.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (9) Take glycol sample, as required.
equipment. (-a) Conduct freeze point test, if applicable.
(2) Visually inspect overall condition of heater, (-b) Recirculate water bath, if applicable.
including the following: (10) Document, as required.

85
ASME B31Q-2016

(b) Potential applicability: G, D Task 1691 Glycol Dehydration System Inspection and
(c) Difficulty: 4 Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
(d) Importance: 4
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(e) Interval: 3 yr
the glycol dehydration system is functioning within
(f) Evaluation method
specified parameters after installation and prior to or
(1) Initial: P&W/O
during placement in service. This task also includes the
(2) Sub: P&W/O
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of
(g) Span of control: 1:1
the dehydration system and actions to keep the system
operating safely and efficiently.
Task 1681 Liquid Knockout (Dehydration) System (1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
Inspection, Testing, and Preventive Maintenance equipment.
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that (2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable.
the liquid knockout system is functioning within speci- (-a) Verify calibration of equipment.
fied parameters after installation and prior to or during (-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
placement in service. This task also includes actions to tions (e.g., broken or missing parts).
keep the system operating safely and efficiently. (-c) Verify equipment against known sources.
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate (3) Perform walk-around inspection and testing
equipment. of glycol gas dehydration system including the follow-
(2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable. ing, as applicable:
(-a) Verify calibration of equipment. (-a) operating parameters and test controls
(-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi- (-1) glycol process control
tions (e.g., broken or missing parts). (-2) temperature control
(-c) Verify equipment against known (-3) flow control
sources. (-4) level control
(3) Perform walk-around inspection of above- (-5) pressure control
grade liquid knockout system including the following (-6) shutdowns
equipment, as applicable: (-b) glycol concentration and pH
(-a) pressure differential on scrubbers and/ (4) Diagnose, troubleshoot, and repair the fol-
or separators (read gauge, display monitors, or dead lowing glycol gas dehydration system problems, as
weight) applicable:
(-b) fluid levels and set points for automatic (-a) low pH
dump valves (-b) high pH
(-c) dump valve, manually activate to ensure (-c) low glycol concentration
operation (-d) high glycol concentration
(-d) separator and accumulator (-e) incorrect pressure(s) during startup
(-e) filter separators (-f) incorrect level(s) during startup
(4) Perform preventive maintenance on liq- (-g) incorrect temperature(s) during startup
uid knockout system including filter replacement, as (5) Perform maintenance on the following glycol
applicable. gas dehydration systems, as applicable:
(-a) Remove separator from service. (-a) filter replacement
(-b) Isolate and prepare for filter replacement. (-b) lean/rich heat exchanger maintenance
(-c) Replace filter. (-1) Remove tube bundle.
(-d) Verify operation of equipment. (-2) Clean tube bundle.
(-e) Ensure relief valve is locked/car sealed in (-3) Plug leaking tube bundle.
open position. (-c) contactor feed pump replacement
(-f) Return separator to service. (-d) removal and replacement of reboiler fire
(5) Document, as required. tube
(b) Potential applicability: G, D (-e) ancillary equipment maintenance (e.g.,
(c) Difficulty: 3 incinerator, BTEX)
(d) Importance: 4 (6) Document, as required.
(e) Interval: 3 (b) Potential applicability: G, D
(f) Evaluation method (c) Difficulty: 3
(1) Initial: P&W/O (d) Importance: 4
(2) Sub: W/O (e) Interval: 3 yr
(g) Span of control: 1:3 (f) Evaluation method

86
ASME B31Q-2016

(1) Initial: P&W/O (-c) heating cycle (open and closed)


(2) Sub: W/O (-1) regeneration flow rate determination
(g) Span of control: 1:3 (-2) regeneration flow rate controlling
(-d) cooling cycle (open and closed)
Task 1701 Mole Sieve Dehydration System Inspection (-e) drying/sales cycle
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance (4) Diagnose, troubleshoot, and repair the follow-
ing mole sieve regeneration process, as applicable:
(a) Task Guidance. This task includes verification that
(-a) Troubleshoot regeneration compressor.
the mole sieve (dry-bed) dehydration system is func-
(-b) Test, plug, and replace cooler tubes.
tioning within specified parameters after installation
(-c) Remove and replace tube bundle.
and prior to or during placement in service. This task
(-d) Troubleshoot regeneration heater.
also includes the repair or replacement, alteration, or
(-e) Correct saturated bed.
refurbishment of the dehydration system and actions to
(-f) Troubleshoot regeneration gas flow (open
keep the system operating safely and efficiently.
loop/closed loop).
(1) Select task procedure(s) and appropriate
(-g) Troubleshoot restriction or differential.
equipment.
(-h) Replace and dispose of desiccant.
(2) Perform test equipment checks, as applicable.
(-i) Ensure proper operation of actuating
(-a) Verify calibration of equipment.
valves.
(-b) Inspect equipment for abnormal condi-
(5) Document, as required.
tions (e.g., broken or missing parts).
(b) Potential applicability: G, D, L
(-c) Verify equipment against known sources.
(c) Difficulty: 3
(3) Perform walk-around inspection of mole sieve
(d) Importance: 4
regeneration process including the following, as applicable:
(e) Interval: 3 yr
(-a) field configuration and correct field-line
(f) Evaluation method
selection
(1) Initial: P&W/O
(-b) pressures and temperatures
(2) Sub: W/O
(-1) regeneration heaters
(g) Span of control: 1:3
(-2) booster compressor

87
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
SUMMARY OF INTEGRATED TASK LIST

Task 0001 Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte Task 0081 Install Cathodic Protection Electrical
Potential Isolation Devices
Task Guidance. This task includes using measurement Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of elec-
equipment to take a reading of the potential between the trical isolation devices.
structure (pipe, tanks, etc.) being tested and the soil and
recording data. Task 0091 Troubleshoot Active Cathodic Protection
System
Task 0011 Conduct Close Interval Survey Task Guidance. This task applies to operational Cathodic
Task Guidance. This task includes gathering electrical Protection Systems and includes activities to determine
potential readings along the pipeline at specified inter- why the CP system and components are not functioning
vals and recording data. and the identification of corrective action.

Task 0021 Measure Soil Resistivity Task 0101 Inspect Rectifier and Obtain Readings
Task Guidance. This task includes using measurement Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the rectifier
equipment to measure soil resistivity and recording for damage and deterioration and obtaining readings as
data. specified.

Task 0031 Inspect and Monitor Galvanic Ground Task 0111 Maintain Rectifier
Beds/Anodes
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting and moni- rectifier is functioning within specified parameters,
toring the electric potential of galvanic ground beds/ after a rectifier has been hung and AC power connected
anodes. and prior to or during placing in service. This task also
includes actions to repair or replace in-service rectifiers
Task 0041 Installation and Maintenance of or components.
Mechanical Electrical Connections
Task Guidance. This task includes making the mechanical Task 0121 Collect Sample for Internal Corrosion
connections and repair of tracer wire, test leads, bonds, Monitoring
shunts, etc. Task Guidance. This task includes the collection and han-
dling of samples for internal corrosion monitoring and
Task 0051 Installation of Exothermic Electrical preventing contamination of the sample.
Connections
Task Guidance. This task includes making exothermic Task 0131 Insert and Remove Coupons/Probes for
(e.g., thermite, cadweld, and pin-brazing) connections Internal Corrosion Monitoring
of tracer wire, test leads, bonds, shunts, etc. Task Guidance. This task includes inserting and removing
coupons/probes for internal corrosion monitoring and
Task 0061 Inspect or Test Cathodic Protection Bonds preventing contamination or damage of the coupons/
Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the physical probes.
integrity and testing of cathodic protection bonds.
Task 0141 Visual Inspection for Atmospheric
Task 0071 Inspect or Test Cathodic Protection Corrosion
Electrical Isolation Devices Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of pipe
Task Guidance. This task includes inspecting the physical and pipeline components exposed to the atmosphere for
integrity and testing electrical isolation devices. the purpose of detecting atmospheric corrosion.

88
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0151 Visual Inspection of Buried Pipe and been installed and prior to or during placing in service.
Components When Exposed This task also includes actions to repair or replace sens-
ing devices and adjust set points or output.
Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of bur-
ied pipe and pipeline components when exposed for the
purpose of detecting external corrosion and evaluating Task 0231 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Programmable
coating integrity. Logic Controllers (PLC)
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task 0161 Visual Inspection for Internal Corrosion PLC is functioning within specified parameters, after a
PLC has been installed and prior to or during placing
Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of the
in service. This task also includes actions to repair or
internal surface of pipe and pipeline components,
replace PLCs and components and adjusting set points
including tapping coupons, when exposed for the pur-
or output as specified.
pose of detecting internal corrosion.
Task 0241 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Liquid Leak
Task 0171 Measure External Corrosion Detection Flow Computers
Task Guidance. This task includes activities to measure Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
and characterize external corrosion, including investiga- flow computer, when used in a computational pipeline-
tion to determine the extent of corrosion and recording monitoring leak detection system, is functioning within
data. specified parameters, after a flow computer has been
installed and prior to or during placing in service. This
Task 0181 Measure Internal Corrosion task also includes actions to repair or replace flow com-
Task Guidance. This task includes activities to measure puters and components and adjusting set points or out-
and characterize internal corrosion, including investiga- put as specified.
tion to determine the extent of corrosion and recording
data. Task 0251 Inspection and Testing, Corrective and
Preventive Maintenance Overfill Protection
Task 0191 Measure Atmospheric Corrosion Systems
Task Guidance. This task includes activities to meas- Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
ure and characterize atmospheric corrosion, including overfill protection system is functioning within speci-
investigation to determine the extent of corrosion and fied parameters, after installation and prior to or dur-
recording data. ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair
or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the
Task 0201 Visual Inspection of Installed Pipe and overfill protection system and actions to verify opera-
Components for Mechanical Damage tion and maintain the overfill protection system. This
task includes adjusting the set point as specified.
Task Guidance. This task includes activities associated
with the inspection of installed pipe and components Task 0261 Inspection and Testing, Corrective and
for the purpose of detecting mechanical damage (e.g., Preventive Maintenance Tank Level Indicator
dents, gouges, cracks). Devices
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task 0211 Measure and Characterize Mechanical tank gage is functioning within specified parameters,
Damage on Installed Pipe and Components after installation and prior to or during placing in ser-
Task Guidance. This task includes activities to meas- vice. This task also includes the repair or replacement,
ure and characterize mechanical damage (e.g., dents, alteration, or refurbishment of the tank gage and actions
gouges, cracks) on installed pipe and components, to verify operation and maintain the tank gage.
including investigation to determine the extent of dam-
age and recording data. Task 0271 Prove Flowmeters for Hazardous Liquid
Leak Detection
Task 0221 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Sensing Task Guidance. This task includes data recording and
Devices calculations to manually verify (prove) the accuracy of
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the flowmeters for leak detection. This includes activities to
sensing device (e.g., pressure switches; pressure, tem- bring prover online and to take off-line. Qualification is
perature, and differential transmitters) is functioning not required when verification is performed automati-
within specified parameters, after a sensing device has cally by flow computers or PLCs.

89
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0281 Maintain Flowmeters for Hazardous Liquid discontinuance as addressed in Task 1191, Maintenance
Leak Detection of Service Valves Upstream of Customer Meter.
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
flowmeter (e.g., line integrity meters), when used for Task 0331 Valve Visual Inspection and Partial
leak detection, is functioning within specified parame- Operation
ters, after a flowmeter has been installed and prior to or Task Guidance. This task includes visual inspection, par-
during placing in service. This task also includes actions tial operation (function test), and lubrication of valves,
to repair or replace flowmeters and components and except valves for the temporary isolation of service lines
adjusting output. and service discontinuance as addressed in Task 1191,
Maintenance of Service Valves Upstream of Customer
Task 0291 Inspect, Test, and Maintain Gravitometers/ Meter.
Densitometers for Hazardous Liquid Leak Detection
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the Task 0341 Valve Preventive Maintenance
gravitometers/densitometers, when used for leak Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g.,
detection, are functioning within specified parame- lubrication, winterization, packing adjustment) to keep
ters, after the gravitometers/densitometers have been valves operating safely and efficiently, except relief
installed and prior to or during placing in service. This valves as addressed in
task also includes actions to repair or replace gravi- (a) Task 0411, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
tometers/densitometers and components and adjust- -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
ing output. Corrective Maintenance
(b) Task 0421, Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Limiting, and
Task 0301 Manually Opening and Closing Valves -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
Task Guidance. This task includes manually opening and Corrective Maintenance
closing valves (e.g., pipeline startup and shutdown, (c) Task 0431, Pneumatic-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting,
flow direction, pigging, tank switching), at the valve and -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive
site, either manually or using the valve actuator. It also and Corrective Maintenance
includes valve identification, notifications, and pressure
verification. It does not include the operation of valves
Task 0351 Pneumatic Actuator/Operator Inspection
for
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
(a) adjusting and monitoring flow or pressure as
addressed in Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Pressure Manual Valve Operation actuator/operator is functioning within specified
(b) temporary isolation of service lines and service parameters, after installation and prior to or during
discontinuance as addressed in Task 1201, Temporary placing in service. This task also includes the repair,
Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua-
tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator
operating safely and efficiently.
Task 0311 Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure
Manual Valve Operation Task 0361 Electric Actuator/Operator Inspection and
Task Guidance. This task includes the adjustment of flow Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
or pressure either manually or using the valve actua- Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
tor at the valve site. It also includes valve identifica- actuator/operator is functioning within specified
tion, notifications, and pressure verification. It does not parameters, after installation and prior to or during
include placing in service. This task also includes the repair,
(a) manually opening and closing valves as addressed replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua-
in Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator
(b) temporary isolation of service lines and service operating safely and efficiently.
discontinuance as addressed in Task 1201, Temporary
Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance
Task 0371 Hydraulic Actuator/Operator Inspection
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
Task 0321 Valve Corrective Maintenance Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task Guidance. This task includes the repair, replacement, actuator/operator is functioning within specified
alteration, or refurbishment of valves, except valves parameters, after installation and prior to or during
for the temporary isolation of service lines and service placing in service. This task also includes the repair,

90
ASME B31Q-2016

replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the actua- Task 0411 Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
tor/operator and actions to keep the actuator/operator -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
operating safely and efficiently. Corrective Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task 0381 Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Regulating pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning within
Device Inspection and Testing, Preventive and specified parameters, after installation and prior to or
Corrective Maintenance during placing in service. This task also includes the
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of
the pressure-regulating device is functioning within pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to keep
specified parameters, after installation and prior to or the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating safely
during placing in service. This task also includes the and efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of addressed in
the pressure-regulating device and actions to keep (a) Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
the pressure-regulating device operating safely and Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation (b) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
addressed in Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
(a) Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
(b) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief Task 0421 Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Limiting, and
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial -Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
Corrective Maintenance
Task 0391 Pilot-Operated, Pressure-Regulating Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning within
Corrective Maintenance specified parameters, after installation and prior to or
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that during placing in service. This task also includes the
the pressure-regulating device is functioning within repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of
specified parameters, after installation and prior to or pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to keep
during placing in service. This task also includes the the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating safely
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of and efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation
the pressure-regulating device and actions to keep addressed in
the pressure-regulating device operating safely and (a) Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
addressed in (b) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
(a) Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
(b) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
Task 0431 Pneumatic-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
-Relief Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and
Corrective Maintenance
Task 0401 Controller-Type, Pressure-Regulating Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive and pressure-limiting or -relief device is functioning within
Corrective Maintenance specified parameters, after installation and prior to or
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that during placing in service. This task also includes the
the pressure-regulating device is functioning within repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of
specified parameters, after installation and prior to or pressure-limiting or -relief device and actions to keep
during placing in service. This task also includes the the pressure-limiting or -relief device operating safely
repair or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of and efficiently. This task excludes customer regulation
the pressure-regulating device and actions to keep addressed in
the pressure-regulating device operating safely and (a) Task 1161, Installation of Customer Meters and
efficiently. Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial

91
ASME B31Q-2016

(b) Task 1181, Installing and Maintaining Customer efficiently. This task does not include maintenance of the
Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief pump driver.
Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
Task 0511 Centrifugal Pump Inspection, Testing, and
Task 0441 Compressor Startup and Shutdown Corrective Maintenance
Manual Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new,
Task Guidance. This task includes manual startup and replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within speci-
shutdown of a compressor (e.g., reciprocating, centrifu- fied parameters, prior to or during placing in service.
gal, rotary) at the driver control panel. This task includes the repair, alteration, or refurbish-
ment of centrifugal pumps. This task does not include
Task 0451 Pump Startup and Shutdown Manual maintenance of the pump driver.

Task Guidance. This task includes manual startup and Task 0521 Reciprocating Pump Inspection, Testing,
shutdown of a pump (e.g., reciprocating, centrifugal, and Corrective Maintenance
rotary, screw) at the driver control panel.
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new,
Task 0461 Compressor Preventive Maintenance replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within speci-
fied parameters, prior to or during placing in service.
Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g., This task includes the repair, alteration, or refurbish-
lubrication, adjustment) to keep compressors operating ment of reciprocating pumps. This task does not include
safely and efficiently. This task does not include mainte- maintenance of the pump driver.
nance of the compressor driver.
Task 0531 Rotary Pump Inspection, Testing, and
Task 0471 Reciprocating Compressor Inspection,
Corrective Maintenance
Testing, and Corrective Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new,
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new,
replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within specified
replaced, or rebuilt compressor is functioning within
parameters, prior to or during placing in service. This
specified parameters, prior to or during placing in ser-
task includes the repair, alteration, or refurbishment of
vice. This task includes the repair, alteration, or refur-
rotary pumps. This task does not include maintenance
bishment of reciprocating compressors. This task does
of the pump driver.
not include maintenance of the compressor driver.

Task 0481 Centrifugal Compressor Inspection, Task 0541 Screw Pump Inspection, Testing, and
Testing, and Corrective Maintenance Corrective Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new,
new, replaced, or rebuilt compressor is functioning replaced, or rebuilt pump is functioning within specified
within specified parameters, prior to or during plac- parameters, prior to or during placing in service. This
ing in service. This task includes the repair, alteration, task includes the repair, alteration, or refurbishment of
or refurbishment of centrifugal compressors. This screw pumps. This task does not include maintenance of
task does not include maintenance of the compressor the pump driver.
driver.
Task 0551 Explosive Atmosphere Detection and Alarm
Task 0491 Rotary Compressor Inspection, Testing, System Performance Test and Corrective Maintenance
and Corrective Maintenance Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the perma-
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that a new, nently installed explosive atmosphere detection and alarm
replaced, or rebuilt compressor is functioning within system is functioning within specified parameters, after instal-
specified parameters, prior to or during placement lation and prior to or during placing in service. This task also
into service. This task includes the repair, alteration, or includes the performance test and the repair or replacement
refurbishment of rotary compressors. This task does not of fixed explosive atmosphere detection and alarm system.
include maintenance of the compressor driver.
Task 0561 Pressure Test: Nonliquid Medium MAOP
Task 0501 Pump Preventive Maintenance Less Than 100 psi
Task Guidance. This task encompasses actions (e.g., lubri- Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test pressure
cation, adjustment) to keep pumps operating safely and and durations and record keeping.

92
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0571 Pressure Test: Nonliquid Medium MAOP Task 0661 Inspection of Breakout Tanks
Greater Than or Equal to 100 psi Task Guidance. This task includes the inspection of in-
Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test pressure service or out-of-service breakout tanks and tank com-
and durations and record keeping. ponents. Qualification should be in accordance with API
653 or other acceptable standards or practices.
Task 0581 Pressure Test: Liquid Medium
Task Guidance. This task includes achieving test pressure Task 0671 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Solvent Cement
and durations and record keeping. Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join-
ing of plastic pipe and components using solvent cement
Task 0591 Leak Test at Operating Pressure and inspection of completed joints.
Task Guidance. This task includes the detection of leaks
at operating pressure either visually (e.g., soap test) or Task 0681 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Stab Fittings
with use of leak detection equipment. Task Guidance. This task includes the joining and inspec-
tion of plastic pipe with stab fittings and inspection of
Task 0601 NDT: Radiographic Testing completed joints.
Task Guidance. This task includes radiographic testing
and evaluation of test results. Qualification should be in Task 0691 Joining of Pipe: Nonbottom-Out
accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or other acceptable Compression Couplings
standards or practices. Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of pipe 2
in. and less, with nonbottom-out compression couplings
Task 0611 NDT: Liquid Penetrant Testing and inspection of completed joints. A nonbottom-out
compression coupling is one that requires tightening to
Task Guidance. This task includes liquid (dye) penetrant
a specified torque or number of turns.
testing and evaluation of test results. Level II qualifica-
tion should be in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or
other acceptable standards or practices. Task 0701 Joining of Pipe: Bottom-Out Compression
Couplings
Task 0621 NDT: Magnetic Particle Testing Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of pipe 2 in.
and less, with bottom-out compression couplings and
Task Guidance. This task includes magnetic particle test-
inspection of completed joints. A bottom-out compres-
ing and evaluation of test results. Level II qualification
sion coupling is one that is designed to prevent over-
should be in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or other
tightening by contact (bottoming out) of the nut with a
acceptable standards or practices.
square shoulder or mating surface.
Task 0631 NDT: Ultrasonic Testing
Task 0711 Joining of Pipe: Compression Couplings
Task Guidance. This task includes ultrasonic testing and
Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of pipe
evaluation of test results. Level II qualification should
greater than 2 in., with compression couplings and
be in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A or other
inspection of completed joints.
acceptable standards or practices. This task excludes
wall thickness determination with a UT wall thickness
device. Task 0721 Joining of Pipe: Threaded Joints
Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of threaded
Task 0641 Visually Inspect Pipe and Components pipe with threaded fittings and the inspection of com-
Prior to Installation pleted joints. The joining of components with threaded
connections is addressed in the component-covered task.
Task Guidance. This task includes the visual inspec-
tion of pipe and pipeline components, prior to instal-
lation, to identify visually determinable damage and Task 0731 Joining of Pipe: Flange Assembly
defects. Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly of flanges,
bolting in sequence, and torquing, as specified.
Task 0651 Routine Visual Inspection of Breakout
Tanks Task 0741 Joining of Pipe: Brazing or Soldering
Task Guidance. This task includes the scheduled visual Task Guidance. This task includes the joining of copper
inspection of breakout tanks and tank components to pipe by brazing or soldering and the inspection of com-
identify visually determinable damage and defects. pleted joints.

93
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0751 Joining of Plastic Pipe Butt Heat Fusion: Task 0831 Cast Iron: Caulked Bell and Spigot Joints
Manual Installation and Maintenance of Mechanical Leak
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join- Clamp(s)
ing of plastic pipe by butt heat fusion and inspection of Task Guidance. This task includes the installation and
completed joints. maintenance of mechanical leak clamps on caulked bell
and spigot joints.
Task 0761 Joining of Plastic Pipe Butt Heat Fusion:
Hydraulic Machine Task 0841 Cast Iron Joints Sealing: Encapsulation
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join- Task Guidance. This task includes the sealing of cast iron
ing of plastic pipe by butt heat fusion using a hydraulic joints by encapsulation and inspection of encapsulation.
machine and inspection of completed joints.
Task 0851 Internal Sealing: Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
Task 0771 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Sidewall Heat Task Guidance. This task includes the internal sealing of
Fusion cast iron and ductile iron and inspection of sealant.
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join-
ing of plastic pipe by sidewall heat fusion and inspec- Task 0855 Internal Sealing: Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
tion of completed joints. Anaerobic
Task Guidance. This task includes the internal sealing of
Task 0781 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Electrofusion cast iron and ductile iron anaerobically and inspection
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join- of the plugs.
ing of plastic pipe by electrofusion and inspection of
completed joints. Task 0861 Installation of Steel Pipe in a Ditch
Task Guidance. After excavation is completed, this task
Task 0791 Joining of Plastic Pipe: Socket Heat Fusion includes the handling, lowering in, and fitting of steel
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and join- pipe in a ditch to ensure firm support.
ing of plastic pipe by socket heat fusion and inspection
of completed joints. Task 0871 Installation of Steel Pipe in a Bore
Task Guidance. After boring is completed, this task
Task 0801 Welding includes the handling, pulling in, and inspection of
exposed pipe and coating.
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly and
joining of steel pipe by welding, and repair of welds,
Task 0881 Installation of Steel Pipe Plowing/Pull-In
in accordance with welding procedures. Qualification
should be in accordance with API 1104, ASME BPVC Task Guidance. This task includes the handling, plow-
Section IX, or other acceptable standards or practices. ing/pull-in of steel pipe, and inspection of exposed pipe
Visual inspection of welding and welds is in accord- and coating.
ance with Task 0811, Visual Inspection of Welding and
Welds. Task 0891 Field Bending of Steel Pipe
Task Guidance. This task includes the field bending of steel
Task 0811 Visual Inspection of Welding and Welds pipe as specified and inspection of completed field bends.
Task Guidance. This task includes inspection of the
welding process (e.g., equipment setup, material fit- Task 0901 Installation of Plastic Pipe in a Ditch
up/alignment, handling of welding materials) and Task Guidance. After excavation is completed, this task
inspection of welds to identify visually detectable includes the handling, lowering in, and fitting of plastic
defects. pipe in a ditch to ensure firm support. The installation of
a tracer wire is addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire.
Task 0821 Tubing and Fitting Installation: Instrument,
Control, and Sampling Task 0911 Installation of Plastic Pipe in a Bore
Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation, Task Guidance. After boring is completed, this task
bending, joining, and installation of instrument, con- includes the handling, pulling in, and inspection
trol, and sampling line tubing and fittings containing of exposed pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is
product. addressed in Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire.

94
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 0921 Installation of Plastic Pipe Plowing/Pull-In Task 0991 Coating Application and Repair: Brushed or
Task Guidance. This task includes the handling, plow- Rolled
ing/pull-in of plastic pipe, and inspection of exposed Task Guidance. This task includes the surface prepara-
pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is addressed in tion and application or repair of coatings using a brush
Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire. or roller. This task includes painting to inhibit corro-
sion and internal or external applications of coatings on
Task 0931 Installation of Plastic Pipe by Plowing/ pipes, tanks, etc.
Planting
Task 1001 Coating Application and Repair: Sprayed
Task Guidance. This task includes the handling, plow-
ing/planting of plastic pipe, and inspection of exposed Task Guidance. This task includes the surface preparation
pipe. The installation of a tracer wire is addressed in and application or repair of coatings using a sprayer. This
Task 0941, Install Tracer Wire. task includes painting to inhibit corrosion and internal or
external applications of coatings on pipes, tanks, etc.
Task 0935 Relocation of a Pipeline
Task 1011 External Coating Application and Repair:
Task Guidance. This task includes the relocation of a pipe-
Wrapped
line while protecting it from damage and stress.
Task Guidance. This task includes the surface preparation
Task 0941 Install Tracer Wire and application or repair of coatings using a wrap.
Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of a
tracer wire on plastic pipe, including verification of con- Task 1031 Install or Repair Internal Liner
tinuity. Electrical connections are addressed in Task Guidance. This task includes the surface preparation,
(a) Task 0041, Installation and Maintenance of installation, repair, and inspection of an internal liner.
Mechanical Electrical Connections
(b) Task 0051, Installation of Exothermic Electrical Task 1041 Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves:
Connections Bolted
Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation, instal-
Task 0951 Installation of Pipe Above Ground lation, and inspection of bolted mechanical clamps and
sleeves.
Task Guidance. This task includes the handling and
installation of pipe above ground.
Task 1051 Fit-Up of Weld-Type Repair Sleeve
Task 0961 Aboveground Supports and Anchors: Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation and
Inspection, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance fit-up of weld-type repair sleeves. Welding the repair
sleeve is covered in Task 0801, Welding.
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
above-ground supports and anchors are installed in
accordance with specifications, prior to or during plac- Task 1061 Install Composite Sleeves
ing in service. This task also includes the repair or Task Guidance. This task includes the preparation and
replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of above- installation of composite sleeves.
ground supports and anchors and actions to keep the
above-ground supports and anchors functioning as Task 1071 Repair of Steel Pipe by Grinding
specified.
Task Guidance. This task includes the verification of
minimum wall thickness requirements and removal of
Task 0971 Installation and Maintenance of Casing defects by grinding.
Spacers, Vents, and Seals
Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of casing Task 1081 Tapping a Pipeline (Tap Diameter 2 in. and
spacers, vents, and seals. This task also includes the eval- Less)
uation, repair, or replacement of casing vents and seals.
Task Guidance. This task includes performing tapping,
including the installation of the isolation valve and tap-
Task 0981 Backfilling
ping equipment, and removal of isolation valve, as spec-
Task Guidance. This task includes visually inspecting back- ified. Installation of fittings is addressed in
fill material, installation of pipe protective material (e.g., (a) Task 0801, Welding
padding, shading, and rock shield), verification of firm (b) Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves:
support, and placing backfill in lifts or layers as specified. Bolted

95
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1091 Tapping a Pipeline (Tap Diameter Greater Task 1161 Installation of Customer Meters and
Than 2 in.) Regulators: Residential and Small Commercial
Task Guidance. This task includes performing tapping, Task Guidance. This task includes locating and hanging/
including the installation of the isolation valve and tap- setting the meter. Attaching a meter bracket does not
ping equipment, and removal of isolation valve, as spec- require qualification as long as a qualified individual
ified. Installation of fittings is addressed in completes the installation in accordance with the steps
(a) Task 0801, Welding in this task. Proving the integrity of customer piping and
(b) Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves: lighting customer utilization equipment is not included.
Bolted The removal and replacement of a meter is a job
made up of at least this task and Task 1201, Temporary
Isolation of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance.
Task 1101 Tapping a Pipeline With a Built-In Cutter
As such, a covered task has not been identified for the
Task Guidance. This task includes tapping a pipe with an removal and replacement of residential and small com-
installed fitting that contains a built-in cutter. Installation mercial meters and regulators.
of fittings is addressed in
(a) Task 0771, Joining of Plastic Pipe: Sidewall Heat Task 1171 Installing Customer Meters: Large
Fusion Commercial and Industrial
(b) Task 0781, Joining of Plastic Pipe: Electrofusion
Task Guidance. This task includes locating and hanging/
(c) Task 0801, Welding
setting the meter. Attaching a meter bracket/support
(d) Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and Sleeves:
does not require qualification as long as a qualified indi-
Bolted
vidual completes the installation in accordance with the
steps in this task. Proving the integrity of customer pip-
Task 1111 Tapping Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and ing and lighting customer utilization equipment is not
Low-Pressure Steel Pipe included.
The removal and replacement of a meter is a job made
Task Guidance. This task includes tapping a pipe with
up of at least this task and Task 1201, Temporary Isolation
or without an installed fitting. Installation of fittings, as
of Service Lines and Service Discontinuance. As such, a
specified, is addressed in Task 1041, Install Mechanical
covered task has not been identified for the removal and
Clamps and Sleeves: Bolted.
replacement of large commercial and industrial meters
and regulators.
Task 1121 Bagging and Stopping Low-Pressure Pipe
Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion and Task 1181 Installing and Maintaining Customer
removal of a bag on low-pressure pipe. It also includes Pressure-Regulating, Pressure-Limiting, and -Relief
pressure verification. Devices: Large Commercial and Industrial
Task Guidance. This task includes installing and main-
Task 1131 Stopper (Stopple) Pipe taining pressure-regulating, pressure-limiting, and
Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion and -relief devices. It also includes locating vent and instal-
removal of a stopper (stopple). It also includes pressure lation of vent piping.
verification.
Task 1191 Maintenance of Service Valves Upstream
Task 1141 Squeeze Off Plastic Pipe of Customer Meter

Task Guidance. This task includes the squeeze off of plas- Task Guidance. This task includes removing, replacing, and
tic pipe. This also includes the selection, installation, maintaining service valves upstream of customer meter.
and removal of squeeze-off tools.
Task 1201 Temporary Isolation of Service Lines and
Service Discontinuance
Task 1151 Squeeze Off Steel Pipe
Task Guidance. This task includes closing and locking
Task Guidance. This task includes the squeeze off of steel
service valves upstream of the customer meter or instal-
pipe. This also includes the selection, installation, and
lation of a mechanical device or fitting to prevent the
removal of squeeze-off tools.
flow of gas.

96
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1211 Odorization: Periodic Sampling facilities and crossing conditions. Locating underwater
pipelines is addressed in Task 1481, Diving: Temporary
Task Guidance. This task includes the periodic sam-
Marking of Underwater Pipelines.
pling of gas to verify concentration of odorant by use of
instrumentation.
Task 1291 Locate Underground Pipelines
Task 1221 Odorization: Odorizer Inspection, Testing, Task Guidance. This task includes locating underground
Preventive and Corrective Maintenance pipelines utilizing maps, records, and locating equipment.
It also includes placing temporary markers or markings.
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
odorizer is functioning within specified parameters, after
installation or replacement and prior to or during plac- Task 1301 Install and Maintain Pipeline Markers
ing in service. This task includes the repair, replacement, Task Guidance. This task includes determining the loca-
alteration, or refurbishment of the odorizer and actions to tion of, placing, and maintaining permanent pipeline
keep the odorizer operating safely and efficiently. markers.

Task 1231 Inside Gas Leak Investigation Task 1311 Inspect Pipeline Surface Conditions: Patrol
Task Guidance. This task includes emergency response Right-of-Way or Easement
for reported or discovered leaks of operator lines inside Task Guidance. This task includes performing right-of-
a building. It includes initiating precautionary actions way or easement patrol (e.g., walking, flying, or driving)
and determining if the source of the leak is from the to visually identify signs of leaks, encroachments, condi-
operators facility. Determining the location of leaks on tions of the right-of-way, or any other signs of potential
customer piping, repairing and proving the integrity of impact to pipeline safety or integrity. Includes reporting
customer piping, and lighting customer-utilized equip- an emergency condition.
ment is not included.
Task 1321 Damage Prevention During Excavation
Task 1241 Outside Gas Leak Investigation Activities by or on Behalf of the Operator
Task Guidance. This task includes emergency response to Task Guidance. This task includes ensuring the perfor-
reported or discovered outside leaks. It includes initiat- mance of damage prevention activities during excava-
ing precautionary actions, determining if the source of the tion activities (e.g., verifying underground pipelines
leak is from the operators facility and, for leaks on the are marked, providing required notifications, use of
operators pipeline, determining leak spread and grading spotter/swamper to guide equipment operator, prob-
the leak. Determining the location of leaks on customer ing, hand digging, pot holing to verify location of
piping or another operators pipeline is not included. bore-head).
Task 1251 Hazardous Liquid Leak Investigation
Task 1331 Damage Prevention Inspection During
Task Guidance. This task includes the investigation of Third-Party Excavation or Encroachment Activities as
reported or discovered leaks. This also includes initia- Determined Necessary by Operator
tion of precautionary actions (make safe).
Task Guidance. When third-party excavation or encroach-
Task 1261 Walking Gas Leakage Survey ment activities occur, this task includes inspection of
those activities (e.g., verifying underground pipelines
Task Guidance. This task includes conducting a walking are marked, providing required notifications, use of
gas leak survey utilizing gas detection survey equipment, spotter/swamper to guide equipment operator, prob-
documentation, and reporting an emergency condition. ing, hand digging, pot holing to verify location of
bore-head).
Task 1271 Mobile Gas Leakage Survey When an operator inspects third-party excavations or
Task Guidance. This task includes conducting a mobile encroachment activities, this task includes the inspec-
(other than walking) gas leakage survey utilizing leak- tion of those activities and actions to protect the opera-
detection survey equipment (e.g., flame ionization, opti- tors facilities, such as work stoppage, and requiring
cal methane, laser), documentation, and reporting an proper support for operators pipeline facility.
emergency condition.
Task 1341 Provide or Ensure Adequate Pipeline
Task 1285 Inspect Water Crossing Support During Operator-Initiated Excavation Activities
Task Guidance. This task includes using visual inspection Task Guidance. This task includes the actions necessary to
by divers and/or instrumented detection equipment provide or ensure adequate pipeline support during exca-
(sonar, probing, etc.) to inspect underwater pipeline vation activities (e.g., installing bridging, bracing).

97
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1351 Vault Inspection and Maintenance Task 1411 Indirect Inspection Techniques
Task Guidance. This task applies to the inspection and Task Guidance. This task includes indirect inspection
maintenance of vaults housing pressure-regulating and [e.g., alternating current voltage gradient, close interval
-limiting equipment, having a volumetric internal con- survey (Task 0011), direct current voltage gradient, soil
tent of 200 ft3 or more. It includes inspection of venti- resistivity (Task 0021)].
lating equipment, vault cover, sufficient drainage, and
structural integrity. Investigation to identify product Task 1431 Diving: Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte
leakage is addressed in Potential
(a) Task 1231, Inside Gas Leak Investigation
Task Guidance. This task includes using measurement
(b) Task 1241, Outside Gas Leak Investigation
equipment to take a reading of the potential between
(c) Task 1251, Hazardous Liquid Leak Investigation
the underwater structure and electrolyte (fresh or salt
water) and record data. Pipeline locating is addressed
Task 1361 Station Emergency Shutdown System:
separately in Task 1481, Diving: Temporary Marking of
Inspection, Testing, and Corrective Maintenance
Underwater Pipelines.
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the sta-
tion emergency shutdown system is functioning within Task 1461 Diving: Measure and Describe Corrosion
specified parameters, after installation and prior to or dur- and Mechanical Damage Buried or Submerged
ing placing in service. This task also includes the repair Pipeline
or replacement, alteration, or refurbishment of the station
emergency shutdown system and actions to verify opera- Task Guidance. This task includes activities to measure
tion and maintain the station emergency shutdown system. and characterize corrosion or mechanical damage on
buried or submerged pipelines. It includes the investi-
gation to determine the extent of corrosion and record-
Task 1371 Operate Gas Pipeline: System Control
ing data.
Center Operations
Task Guidance. This task includes the remote operation Task 1471 Diving: Install Galvanic Anodes on
of a gas pipeline (e.g., monitoring operating parame- Submerged Pipelines
ters, notifications, remotely adjusting and maintaining
pressure, remotely starting and stopping compressors). Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of
galvanic anodes on submerged pipelines. It does not
Task 1381 Operate Gas Pipeline: Local Facility include:
Remote-Control Operations Task 0801, Welding
Task 1431, Diving: Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte
Task Guidance. This task includes the local facility remote- Potential
control operations of a gas pipeline (e.g., monitoring
operating parameters, notifications, remotely adjusting Task 1481 Diving: Temporary Marking of Underwater
and maintaining pressure, remotely starting and stop- Pipelines
ping compressors).
Task Guidance. This task includes locating buried under-
Task 1391 Operate Liquids Pipeline: System Control water pipelines utilizing probes or water jets, etc. It also
Center Operations includes placing temporary markers (e.g., sonar reflec-
tors, buoys).
Task Guidance. This task includes the remote operation of
a hazardous liquids pipeline (e.g., monitoring operating
Task 1491 Diving: Movement of Active Underwater
parameters, notifications, remotely adjusting and main-
Pipeline
taining pressure and flow, remotely starting and stop-
ping pumps, monitoring for pipeline leaks). Task Guidance. This task includes movement of active
underwater pipeline (e.g., installation of slings, water
Task 1401 Operate Liquids Pipeline: Local Facility jetting).
Remote-Control Operations
Task Guidance. This task includes the local facility remote Task 1501 Diving: Install, Replace, or Repair Support
operation of a hazardous liquids pipeline (e.g., monitor- Structures on Existing Underwater Pipelines
ing operating parameters, notifications, remotely adjust- Task Guidance. This task includes installing, replacing,
ing and maintaining pressure and flow, remotely starting and repairing support structures on existing underwa-
and stopping pumps, monitoring for pipeline leaks). ter pipelines.

98
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1511 Diving: Perform Underwater Flange Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves
Assembly and Disassembly Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure
Manual Valve Operation
Task Guidance. This task includes the assembly of flanges,
Task 1201, Temporary Isolation of Service Lines
disassembly of flanges, bolting in sequence, and torqu-
and Service Discontinuance
ing, as specified.
Task 1381, Operate Gas Pipeline: Local Facility
Remote-Control Operations (if performed)
Task 1521 Diving: Install Pipe-End Connectors
Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of pipe-
end connectors (e.g., mechanical gripping, cold forged) Task 1661 Purge: Hazardous Liquids
on underwater pipelines. Task Guidance. This task includes actions to be taken to
safely purge or drain down hazardous liquids pipeline
Task 1531 Diving: Install Mechanical Clamps or Sleeves facilities. Other tasks that may be performed during
purging or drain down include operating valves, adjust-
Task Guidance. This task includes the installation of
ing or monitoring flow or pressure, or operating liquids
mechanical clamps or sleeves on underwater pipelines.
pipelines addressed in
Task 0301, Manually Opening and Closing Valves
Task 1541 Diving: Perform an Underwater Mechanical Task 0311, Adjust and Monitor Flow or Pressure
Tap Manual Valve Operation
Task Guidance. This task includes performing tapping, Task 1391, Operate Liquids Pipeline: Systems
including the installation of the isolation valve and Control Center Operations (if performed)
tapping equipment.
Task 1671 Pipeline Heater Inspection and Preventive
Task 1551 Diving: Stopper (Stopple) Pipe Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task includes the insertion and Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
removal of a stopper (stopple). It also includes pres- pipeline heater is functioning within specified param-
sure verification. Hot tapping is covered in Task 1541, eters. This task also includes actions to keep the pipe-
Diving: Perform an Underwater Mechanical Tap. line heater operating safely and efficiently. Inspection
of pressure-regulating and -relief devices is addressed
Task 1631 Launching and/or Receiving Internal in
Devices (Pigs) With a Temporary Launcher and/or Task 0381, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Regulating
Receiver for Lines Out of Service Device Inspection and Testing, Preventive and
Corrective Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task consists of inserting or remov- Task 0411, Spring-Loaded, Pressure-Limiting, and
ing internal devices (pigs) on pipeline systems not in -Relief Device: Device Inspection, Testing, Preventive
service. The installation of the temporary launchers and and Corrective Maintenance
receivers are covered under Task 0731, Joining of Pipe:
Flange Assembly, or Task 0801, Welding. Task 1681 Liquid Knockout (Dehydration) System
Inspection, Testing, and Preventive Maintenance
Task 1641 Launching or Receiving Internal Devices
(Pigs) Using Traps Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
liquid knockout system is functioning within speci-
Task Guidance. This task consists of inserting pipeline bar- fied parameters after installation and prior to or during
rels, relieving pressure, inserting or removing internal placement in service. This task also includes actions to
devices, pressurizing barrel, and launching/receiving inter- keep the system operating safely and efficiently.
nal devices. These devices may include, but are not limited
to, inspection, cleaning, batching, or plugging. Manually Task 1691 Glycol Dehydration System Inspection and
opening and closing valves is addressed in Task 0301. Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
Task 1651 Purge Flammable or Inert Gas glycol dehydration system is functioning within speci-
Task Guidance. This task includes actions to be taken to fied parameters after installation and prior to or during
safely purge pipeline facilities using natural gas, inert gas, placement in service. This task also includes the repair
or air. Other tasks that may be performed during purging or replacement and alteration or refurbishment of the
include operating valves, adjusting or monitoring flow or dehydration system, and actions to keep the system
pressure, or operating gas pipelines addressed in operating safely and efficiently.

99
ASME B31Q-2016

Task 1701 Mole Sieve Dehydration System Inspection prior to or during placement in service. This task also
and Testing, Preventive and Corrective Maintenance includes the repair or replacement and alteration or
refurbishment of the dehydration system, and actions
Task Guidance. This task includes verification that the
to keep the system operating safely and efficiently.
mole sieve (dry-bed) dehydration system is function-
ing within specified parameters after installation and

100
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C
TASK LIST DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

The development of the task list in Nonmandatory ers. The task list is also designed to support the benefits
Appendix A was a comprehensive process. Various sec- of portable evaluations. Table C-1 describes the process
tors of the pipeline industry were considered: hazard- utilized to arrive at the covered tasks in Nonmandatory
ous liquids, gas transmission, gas distribution, large Appendix A.
and small operators, contractors, and service provid-

Table C-1 Task List Development Process

Reviewers/Participants Action/Focus Results

1 Subject Matter Experts representing hazardous liquids, Develop fault trees. Identify Fault trees and initial covered task list
gas transmission, and gas distribution pipelines. covered tasks from the fault trees, developed.
Expertise represented: corrosion, mechanical, electrical, and perform initial quality control
operations, and construction/maintenance. review.
2 B31Q Team 3 QA/QC review Updated covered task list.
3 A larger SME team with same experience as above (a Review covered task list and initial Updated covered task list and initial
few members overlap). Pipeline contractors and diving/ development of task steps. identification of task steps.
underwater experience also represented.
4 B31Q Team 6 Develop task steps. Final task steps identified and ques-
tions raised about possible combina-
tion, elimination, or revision of some
covered tasks.
5 Teams of SMEs for subject areas facilitated by B31Q Revise covered task list, perform DI Updated covered task list.
Teams 4 and 6. analysis for subsequent qualifi- Subsequent qualification intervals
cation intervals, and determine developed. Methods identified for
appropriate, minimum evaluation initial qualification and subsequent
methods for each task. qualification. Spans of control
developed.
6 B31Q Review QA/QC, including soliciting SME Finalized task list.
input when needed.

101
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX D
EXAMPLE OF EVALUATION CRITERIA

Table D-1 is an example of evaluation criteria for a qualification, those criteria evaluated by performance
task, Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte Potential, Task can be measured with written or oral questions for
0001. This example was created by taking an existing subsequent qualification. For example, Step 2 criteria
evaluation for the task and listing the criteria as they require the individual to perform routine mainte-
correspond to the steps for portability. Listing criteria nance. Rather than performing the maintenance, for
according to the steps is not necessary, but for portable subsequent qualification, the individual could be ques-
evaluation providers, it may help show how the steps tioned on the steps he or she would perform, how the
are covered by the evaluation. Using the same method step or steps might change dependent on the situation,
for initial and subsequent qualification is always an why each step is needed, etc. It is important that the
option. When initial qualification requires perfor- same criteria are covered in both initial and subse-
mance along with written or oral evaluation, but use of quent qualification, even if the method is allowed to
only written or oral testing is justified for subsequent be different.

Table D-1 Task 0001, Measure Structure-to-Electrolyte Potential

Step Evaluation Criteria

1. Identify structure-to-elec- Identify specifications or procedures that contain measurement requirements, and
trolyte potential measurement explain the specification or procedure requirements, including safety and environmental items.
requirements.
2. Perform test equipment Identify equipment to be used,
check. verify equipment functions within specified parameters and tolerances,
initiate corrective action when equipment is outside allowable tolerances and/or requires repair, and
perform routine maintenance.
3. Identify and locate correct Describe correct placement of test equipment, e.g., location over structure, etc., or
test point. place test equipment (half-cells and test leads) in accordance with requirements.
4. Measure and ensure accu- Obtain and record measurements,
racy of structure-to-electrolyte describe items that may affect measurement accuracy, e.g.:
potential. polarity of structure-to-electrolyte measurements,
IR considerations when taking measurements,
methods for minimizing contact resistance,
procedures related to measuring pipe-to-water potentials, where applicable,
defective test leads or station,
at least four conditions that may result in questionable measurements,
current drain, such as rebar/concrete and station grounding systems, on structure-to-electrolyte potential,
and pipe-coating condition.
5. Recognize and react to Describe AOC(s) that may be encountered while performing the task.
abnormal operating conditions Describe the reaction to AOC(s):
(AOCs). initiating remedial action or
reporting for analysis of remedial actions required.
6. If required, complete Identify or describe documentation requirements, and
documentation. complete or describe the completion and submittal of documentation.

102
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX E
ABNORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS (AOCs)

The following is a list of AOCs that may occur on a (f) activation of a safety device(s) other than during
pipeline: planned testing (e.g., pressure relief, emergency shut-
(a) unplanned escape of product from a pipeline down, high-pressure shutdowns, case pressure shut-
(b) fire or explosion downs, high-temperature shutdowns)
(c) unplanned pressure deviation (e.g., increase, (g) unplanned status change (e.g., unit startup, unit
decrease, high, low, absent) shutdown, valve open, valve close, without being
(d) unplanned flow-rate deviation (e.g., high flow, directed to do so)
low flow, no flow) (h) interruption or failure of communications, control
(e) pipeline damage (e.g., excavation damage, light- system, or power
ning strikes, tornado, flood, earthquake) (i) inadequate odorization or reports of gas odor

103
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX F
EVALUATION METHOD SELECTION

F-1 GENERAL F-4.1 Written Evaluations


The tasks included in Nonmandatory Appendix A were Written evaluations mainly measure knowledge, as
reviewed by SMEs to determine the minimum appropriate indicated by the filled circle under Knowledge in Table
evaluation method(s) for each task. The following is similar F-4-1. They also measure reading ability, some writing
to the process used in order to help explain the result or pro- ability, some mental abilities including reasoning ability
vide guidance in the event this process is used by others. (narrowing down to the right answer), test-taking skills,
The process to determine evaluation methods may be and many other factors.
performed with the same group of SMEs that analyzed
the Difficulty and Importance of the tasks. A description F-4.2 Oral Interview Evaluations
of SME selection and representation is in para. 5.3.1 and Oral evaluations mainly measure knowledge, as indi-
Nonmandatory Appendix G. cated by the filled circle under Knowledge in Table F-4-1.
The process includes the following steps: They also measure communication skills and some gen-
(a) introduction of the reason for the discussion eral mental abilities.
(identify appropriate evaluation methods for each task)
(b) review of definition and examples of KSAs F-4.3 Performance Evaluations
(c) review of the appropriate methods for KSAs
Performance evaluations mainly measure skill and
(d) consensus on appropriate method (one task at a time)
physical abilities, as indicated by the filled circle under
(e) review of final product
Skill and Ability in Table F-4-1. Knowledge is also meas-
ured, particularly the application of knowledge, but the
F-2 INTRODUCTION: THE REASON FOR SETTING
extent knowledge is measured depends on the extent
AN APPROPRIATE EVALUATION METHOD
to which the context affects performance. Tasks that
Careful selection of evaluation methods makes the require the use of different equipment, application of
evaluation best reflect the individuals KSAs to perform different steps, or where different conditions are created
the task. While each evaluation method may measure a or encountered based on the situation may require that
variety of KSAs, each method tends to measure one type additional knowledge be evaluated by another evalua-
or another better. The intent of this exercise is to deter- tion method.
mine the minimum method(s) that would best evaluate
the KSAs required for task performance. F-5 CONSENSUS ON MINIMUM APPROPRIATE
EVALUATION METHOD
F-3 DEFINITION AND EXAMPLES OF KSAs
Each task was discussed in turn, and the results were
Table F-3-1 may be reviewed with the SMEs to help documented for each task. P was used to indicate
them understand KSAs. Because physical ability is performance, O was used to indicate oral, W was
evaluated while skills are evaluated, the definition and used to indicate written, / was used to indicate an
examples of ability were reviewed, but the main focus or, and & was used to indicate an and. Where the
was on the definitions of knowledge and skills. result is W/O, either a written or oral method should
be used to qualify individuals for the task. Where the
F-4 APPROPRIATE METHODS FOR KSAs result is W/O & P, a performance evaluation should be
used and accompanied by either a written or an oral
Table F-4-1 may be reviewed with SMEs to help them evaluation.
see the relationship between the KSAs required by a task Questions such as the following may be used to help
and the appropriate evaluation method. The informa- SMEs think about each task and determine whether
tion specified in paras. F-4.1 and F-4.2 was discussed to mainly knowledge or knowledge and skill were
explain the table. involved:

104
ASME B31Q-2016

Table F-3-1 Knowledge, Skills, and Abilities (KSAs)


1. Knowledge: a body of information applied directly to the performance of a task.

Examples:
Knowledge of compressor components and their functions
Knowledge of valve disassembly/assembly procedures
Knowledge of pneumatic control systems
Knowledge of engine gas compression cycles
2. Skill: the ability to perform learned mental and physical activities to accomplish a task.
Examples:
Skill in overhead crane operation
Skill in use of a micrometer
Skill in welding
3. Ability: the mental and physical capacity to perform a task.

Examples:
Ability to locate information in manuals
Ability to use precision measurement tools
Ability to lift materials and equipment
Ability to analyze and solve complex problems
Ability to detect slight differences in engine performance
GENERAL NOTE: Knowledge, skills, and abilities (KSAs) are areas of competence that workers must possess in order to perform their jobs.
KSAs are associated with specific tasks. Most tasks will have more than one KSA. Also, many KSAs may apply to more than one task.

Table F-4-1 Appropriate Evaluation Methods


Method Knowledge Skill Ability

Written
Oral interview
Performance

(a) Does the task require physical prowess or dexter- (g) Could someone be successfully talked through
ity beyond what an average person has? If yes, skill is performing the task who has not performed it before? If
required. yes, the task is mainly knowledge based.
(b) Do people get better at the task with a lot of prac- (h) Could someone perform the task by follow-
tice? If yes, skill is normally required. ing policies and procedures who has not performed it
(c) Is practice required to learn to perform the task? If before? If yes, the task is mainly knowledge based.
yes, skill is normally required. The tasks on the covered task list require some type
(d) If a person has not performed the task for some time, of knowledge, so written or oral (W/O) was listed as a
will they have trouble with the coordination required to requirement for each task. For tasks where a skill or a
perform the task? If yes, skill is normally required. distinctive physical ability is necessary, a performance
(e) Would a decrease in a persons ability to hear or evaluation (P) was added.
see colors make him/her unable to perform the task? If When SMEs determine a task will be too difficult
yes, distinctive physical ability is likely required. or impossible to evaluate for knowledge without see-
(f) Did it take long to learn how to perform the ing the knowledge applied through performance (e.g.,
task? If no, a minimal amount of knowledge or skill certain troubleshooting tasks), performance evaluation
is likely required, so evaluating knowledge should be may be added as a minimum requirement for both ini-
sufficient. tial and subsequent qualification.

105
ASME B31Q-2016

When SMEs determine it is important to be sure that F-6 REVIEW OF FINAL PRODUCT
an individual can properly apply their knowledge,
performance evaluation may be added as a minimum After each group of SMEs determines methods for
requirement for the initial qualification. Remember that their tasks, they should be given a chance to review the
this exercise is to establish the minimum requirements. result to be sure they are comfortable with their deci-
Once the individual has proven the ability to apply the sions. Further discussions may be held and changes
knowledge during initial qualification, evaluation that made at that time.
the knowledge is maintained is sufficient for subsequent Personnel Qualification Programs may also have a
qualification. However, from a practical standpoint, some management or program oversight group that reviews,
will choose to have individuals apply the knowledge approves, and implements the SMEs results. For example,
through a performance evaluation for both initial and the B31Q Committee reviews the result of SME decisions
subsequent qualification. The minimum requirements set before task changes, additions, or deletions are included
through this or any process may always be exceeded. in Nonmandatory Appendix A. Oversight groups may
Note that even though the subsequent qualification suggest additions where they feel performance evaluation
method(s) may differ from initial qualification, it is expected is prudent. However, nothing should be deleted from the
that all criteria be covered by the method(s) used each time. SMEs determination of minimum requirements.

106
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX G
DIF ANALYSIS FOR SUBSEQUENT QUALIFICATION INTERVALS

G-1 INTRODUCTION (2) Discuss where the difficulty and importance


ratings are broken up in the decision tree to result in an
This Appendix outlines the manner in which subse-
interval.
quent qualification intervals for covered tasks are deter-
(d) Rate difficulty and importance.
mined using a DIF analysis. A DIF analysis quantifies
(e) Review resulting intervals.
the difficulty (D), importance (I), and frequency (F) of
(f) Finalize.
each task. SMEs review tasks in their area of competence
and rate these tasks against each rating scale. A DIF
analysis can be completed qualitatively, where a group G-3 SME REPRESENTATION
of SMEs come to consensus on each dimension rating, or
the analysis can be completed quantitatively using a sur- G-3.1 Consensus Group Representation
vey where individual SME ratings are averaged. For the When DIF analysis is performed through the consensus
information found in the Nonmandatory Appendices of a group of SMEs, the SMEs participating must represent
of this Standard, the qualitative method is used. In the characteristics of the population of individuals who
addition, only ratings for difficulty and importance perform the task (division, region, company, industry, etc.)
are collected and used for the appendices. This Appendix they are intended to represent. For DIF analysis performed
includes a description of both the qualitative and quan- to provide information to be contained in this Standard,
titative methods and the three rating scales (D, I, and F) SMEs are chosen to represent the industry. For each techni-
to provide guidance for those who choose to perform cal group of SMEs, the following characteristics are consid-
this analysis independently. ered for representation: liquid pipeline employees, natural
gas transmission employees, local distribution company
G-2 THE DIF ANALYSIS PROCESS employees, contract employees, offshore employees or
contractors, and geographical location.
SMEs are required to complete a DIF analysis. It is a good practice to document the names and
Whether SMEs are providing ratings on their own or demographics of individuals who participate as SMEs.
through consensus, it is critical that they understand the Documentation of SMEs who participate to provide
meaning and significance of each of the factors and cor- information contained in this Standard includes
responding five-point rating scales. To ensure results are (a) name
meaningful and useful, SMEs require a thorough review (b) current employer
of the DIF factors, corresponding scales, and intended (c) years of service with current employer and the
use of the information before they rate the tasks to industry
ensure they clearly understand what distinguishes one (d) the aspect of the industry represented (e.g., liq-
rating value from those higher and lower. uid transmission, natural gas transmission, or local
Once the SMEs understand the process and scales, distribution)
they are to review the qualification criteria for each (e) geographical work location
task and provide a rating for each DIF factor under (f) areas of technical expertise
analysis (difficulty, importance, and frequency). If the
ratings are made through consensus, then the informa-
G-3.2 Survey Sample Size
tion is ready to use. If ratings are collected through a
survey, the results are calculated by averaging the rat- When DIF analysis is performed through the use of a
ings for each scale for each task and rounding to one survey, for the results to be considered accurate, the sam-
decimal point. ple of SMEs that rate each task must be representative of
In summary, the process includes the following steps: the individuals who perform the task in the population
(a) Introduce the reason for the discussion set sub- they are expected to represent (division, region, company,
sequent qualification intervals. industry, etc.). To ensure the sample is representative, a
(b) Discuss difficulty and importance scales in detail. minimum number of respondents is required to complete
(c) Discuss the use of difficulty and importance the survey. A 90% level of confidence that the sample
ratings. result will equal the result that would be obtained if the
(1) Review decision tree. entire population were surveyed is considered sufficient.

107
ASME B31Q-2016

Table G-3.2-1 Sample Size Needed to Respond to DIF Survey

Population Size in Technical Skill Area Sample Size Number of Respondents Needed to Complete DIF Survey

120 Small sample size (survey as many of the population as possible)


2129 20
3039 21
4049 25
5059 29
6069 32
7079 35
8089 37
9099 39
100199 41
200299 51
300399 55
400499 58
500999 60
1,0002,999 63
3,000 and above 66

Table G-3.2-2 Example: Population Size and Corresponding Sample Size for Responding to DIF Survey
for ABC Energy Co.
Number in Population Sample Size Number of Individuals Needed to Complete the DIF Survey
Technical Skill Area
[Note (1)] [Note (2)]

Administrative and clerical 50 N/A


I&E and electronics technician 35 23
Pipeline technician 80 37
Compressor/pump technician 65 33
Corrosion technician 100 41
System control technician 20 Maximum of 20, if possible
Total employee population 350
NOTE:
(1) Estimated population in each technical skill area.
(2) See Table G-3.2-1.

Table G-3.2-1 is used to determine the number of partici- Note that the larger the sample size, the more cer-
pants needed to gain a confidence level of 90%. Based on tainty the survey results will reflect the population.
the estimated population in each technical skill area, it However, the relationship is not linear, so doubling the
shows the number of people needed to ensure a repre- sample size does not double the confidence interval.
sentative sample responds to the survey. Also, note that small populations can be problematic
EXAMPLE: Assume ABC Energy Co. has a total because one or two atypical ratings can really affect the
employee population of 350 employees. The population results. For very small populations (20 individuals or
sizes for ABCs technical skill areas are shown in Table fewer), the DIF should involve as many responders as
G-3.2-2. To ensure a representative sample of respond- possible. Another option to think about for small sam-
ents is selected, the respondent sample size must be ple sizes is to use the median (middle rating) or the
based on the population of employees in each technical mode (most common rating), rather than the mean to
skill area, not the total number of employees. calculate results.

108
ASME B31Q-2016

G-4 DIF RATING SCALES (-a) comprehension of intermediate to


advanced procedures (e.g., explain the variables and
The five levels on each DIF rating scale are designed requirements for replacing a pipeline segment)
to provide a suitable differentiation of responses for (-b) performance of intermediate to advanced
each task. Tables G-4-1 and G-4-2 summarize the diffi- skill(s) (e.g., safely purge a pipeline segment) or distinc-
culty and importance rating scales. tive physical abilities
(-c) application of intermediate to advanced
G-4.1 Difficulty principles and requirements (e.g., identify potential
(a) Difficulty pertains to the complexity of the mental sources of accidental ignition and implement preven-
or motor skills entailed in performance of the task. tion of accidental ignition procedures)
Criteria for a difficulty analysis are expressed in the (-d) analysis of routine to complex job assign-
following terms: ments (e.g., determine if pipeline segment should be
(1) comprehension: an individual is able to trans- repaired, replaced, or referred for analysis)
late and explain the requirements for performing a task. EXAMPLE: Task 1381, Operate Gas Pipeline: Local
(2) performance: an individual is able to demon- Facility Remote-Control Operations
strate the knowledge, skills, and distinctive physical (5) Rating 5. A task that requires
abilities required for performing a task. (-a) comprehension of advanced knowledge
(3) application: an individual is able to utilize the (e.g., explain the variables and requirements for reduc-
requirements and principles for performing a task under ing pressure or shutting down a pipeline under emer-
a variety of circumstances. gency conditions)
(4) analysis: an individual is able to divide a task (-b) performance of advanced skill(s) (e.g.,
into its parts and identify and select an appropriate safely reduce pressure or shut down a pipeline segment
solution. under emergency conditions) or distinctive physical
abilities
(b) Difficulty Rating Scale (-c) application of advanced knowledge (e.g.,
(1) Rating 1. A task that requires identify the precautions to be taken during pressure
(-a) comprehension of basic procedures (e.g., reduction or pipeline shutdown and implement appro-
explain the requirements for structure-to-soil readings) priate procedures)
(-b) performance of basic skills (e.g., operate a (-d) analysis of nonroutine and complex
test instrument) job assignments (e.g., determine if pressure should be
EXAMPLE: Task 0001, Measure Structure-to- reduced or if the pipeline segment should be shut down
Electrolyte Potential during emergency response)
(2) Rating 2. A task that requires EXAMPLE: Task 1391, Operate Liquids Pipeline:
(-a) comprehension of basic to intermedi- System Control Center Operations
ate procedures (e.g., explain the requirements for leak
surveys)
(-b) performance of basic to intermediate
G-4.2 Importance
skills (e.g., operate a leak survey device) Importance is judged in terms of the consequences
(-c) application of basic to intermediate prin- of inadequate performance. The critical or noncritical
ciples and requirements (e.g., grade/classify an outside nature of the task is factored into the process through
gas leak) this rating. The rating scale points and examples are
EXAMPLE: Task 0021, Measure Soil Resistivity (a) Rating 1. Improper performance of the task may
(3) Rating 3. A task that requires result in an abnormal operating condition that will be
(-a) comprehension of intermediate proce- discovered by a required periodic inspection (e.g., struc-
dures (e.g., explain the variables and requirements for ture-to-soil readings, pipeline patrols).
repairing a gas leak) (b) Rating 2. Improper performance of the task may
(-b) performance of an intermediate skill(s) result in an abnormal operating condition that will cause
(e.g., safely install a leak clamp) a backup system to operate (e.g., relief valve operations
(-c) application of intermediate principles due to improperly adjusting a regulating device).
and requirements (e.g., determine the extent of the gas (c) Rating 3. Improper performance of the task may
leak and the condition of the pipe) result in an abnormal operating condition that will not
(-d) analysis of routine job assignments (e.g., be discovered during a required periodic inspection
select the appropriate procedures and leak clamp to (e.g., internal corrosion, pipe settlement that results in a
repair a gas leak) gas leak).
EXAMPLE: Task 1041, Install Mechanical Clamps and (d) Rating 4. Improper performance of the task may
Sleeves: Bolted result in an abnormal operating condition while the task
(4) Rating 4. A task that requires is being performed.

109
ASME B31Q-2016

Table G-4-1 Summary of Difficulty Rating Scale

Difficulty Rating Comprehend Procedure Perform Skills Apply Task Principles Analysis Job Complexity

1 Basic Basic
2 Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate
3 Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Routine
4 Advanced Advanced Advanced Routine to complex
5 Advanced Advanced Advanced Nonroutine complex

(e) Rating 5. Improper performance of the task may welding and plastic pipe joining, do not need to be
result in an abnormal operating condition while the task included in the evaluation process.
is being performed that is a hazard to persons, property, (b) The analysis used to provide results for the
or the environment or a reportable condition. appendices in this Standard are based only on difficulty
and importance ratings. Frequency was not analyzed at
the industry level because it varies greatly due to the
G-4.3 Frequency
way work is managed from one company or location to
Frequency is determined more objectively. A perfor- the next. Because of this variability, the result would be
mance may be considered to be frequent if an individual meaningless at the industry level. It would not represent
performs it 12 or more times annually. It may be consid- the industry or any particular faction of the industry; it
ered infrequent if it is required once every 5 yr. would likely average to the middle at 2.5. However, com-
(a) Rating 1. Task is performed one to five times per panies that plan and schedule work consistently across
year. their system or companies that have work management
(b) Rating 2. Task is performed six to 11 times per systems that document when individuals perform tasks
year. may find that frequency information is helpful in deter-
(c) Rating 3. Task is performed 12 to 35 times per year. mining subsequent qualification intervals.
(d) Rating 4. Task is performed 36 to 48 times per year. (c) Initial results from DIF survey data and applica-
(e) Rating 5. Task is performed more than 49 times tion of the decision tree should receive a review cycle,
per year. including further analysis and adjustments (if required)
(f) N/A. Task is performed as needed (potentially by company SMEs and stakeholders. Appropriate con-
fewer than one time per year). siderations for an SME review can be found in para.
9.5.3 where SME consensus is defined.
G-5 SPECIFIC APPLICATION OF DIF ANALYSIS TO (d) One yr was determined to be the lowest subse-
DETERMINE SUBSEQUENT QUALIFICATION quent qualification interval required to ensure contin-
INTERVALS ued qualification and 5 yr to be the longest subsequent
qualification interval.
Specifics for applying a DIF analysis for the purpose (e) Tasks with 1-yr subsequent qualification interval
of determining subsequent qualification intervals and can be stated as 1 yr not to exceed 15 months, 3-yr sub-
reporting the results include sequent qualification interval stated as 3 yr not to exceed
(a) Tasks that have a subsequent qualification inter- 39 months, and 5-yr subsequent qualification intervals
val that is mandated by another code or standard, e.g., stated as 5 yr not to exceed 63 months.

Table G-4-2 Summary of Importance Rating Scale

Importance Rating Improper Performance May Result in an Abnormal Operating Condition That

1 Will be found by periodic inspection


2 Will cause backup system to operate
3 Will not be found by a required periodic inspection
4 Will develop during the performance of the task
5 Is a hazard to persons, property, or the environment, or is reportable

110
ASME B31Q-2016

Fig. G-5.1-1 DIF Analysis Decision Tree

Optional
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
DIF Interval
DI Interval
(years)
(years)
3.5 Very frequent 5

4.5 Very difficult 1 2.5 to <3.5 Moderate frequency 3


<2.5 Not frequent 1

2.5 3.5 Very frequent 5


Important
2.5 to <4.5 Moderate difficulty 3 2.5 to <3.5 Moderate frequency 3
<2.5 Not frequent 3
3.5 Very frequent 5

<2.5 Not difficult 3 Moderate frequency


2.5 to <3.5 5
Task
<2.5 Not frequent 3

3.5 Very frequent 5

4.5 Very difficult 3 2.5 to <3.5 Moderate frequency 5


<2.5 Not frequent 3
Less important 3.5 Very frequent 5
<2.5
2.5 to <4.5 Moderate difficulty 5 Moderate frequency
2.5 to <3.5 5
<2.5 Not frequent 5
3.5 Very frequent 5
<2.5 Not difficult 5
2.5 to <3.5 Moderate frequency 5
<2.5 Not frequent 5

G-5.1 Use of the DIF Ratings and Decision Tree to (1) Very frequent 3.5
Determine Subsequent Qualification Intervals (2) Moderate frequency 2.5 to <3.5
(3) Not frequent < 2.5
The results of a DIF analysis are put through a decision
tree to determine recommended subsequent qualifica- G-5.1.1 Importance Rating Decision Tree
tion intervals for each task (Fig. G-5.1-1). The following Parameters. Tasks that have a high importance rating
parameters are labeled on the decision tree: are those tasks with an importance rating of >2.5 average
(a) Step 1. Importance: segmented into important and points. The importance rating reflects the consequences
less important of inadequate performance. Inadequate performance at
(1) Important 2.5 this level may result in abnormal operating conditions
(2) Less important < 2.5 that are hazards to people, property, and the environ-
(b) Step 2. Difficulty: segmented into very difficult, ment and create reportable conditions. Inadequate per-
moderate difficulty, and not difficult formance is unlikely to be discovered during required
(1) Very difficult 4.5 periodic inspections.
(2) Moderate difficulty 2.5 to <4.5 Tasks that have an importance rating of <2.5 average
(3) Not difficult < 2.5 points also reflect the consequences of inadequate per-
(c) Optional Step 3. Frequency: segmented into very formance. Inadequate performance at this level may
frequent, moderate frequency, and not frequent result in abnormal operating conditions that should

111
ASME B31Q-2016

be discovered during required periodic inspections or


activation of a backup safety system that is in place to Annual frequency Monthly Frequency
prevent harm. An example is a relief valve operating Very frequent 3.5 Performed more than three
to protect the system from an overpressure condition. (36 or more times per year) times monthly
Moderate frequency 2.5 to 3.5 Performed one to three
G-5.1.2Difficulty Rating Decision Tree Parameters.
(12 to 35 times per year) times monthly
Difficulty relates to the physical and mental complexity
of a task. It can be judged by the comprehension neces- Not frequent 2.5 Performed less than once a
(one to 11 times per year) month
sary to translate and explain requirements, performance
that must be demonstrated, application of principles,
and analysis, which is the ability to divide a task into its
component parts to determine a solution. Resultant rat-
ings fall into three levels: very difficult (>4.5), moderate G-5.2 Sample Decision Tree Application
difficulty (2.5 to <4.5), and not difficult (<2.5).
(a) Very Difficult (>4.5). The advanced knowledge and For a sample task with the following ratings:
skills required and the ability to analyze nonroutine and importance = 2, difficulty = 1.3, frequency = 1.6.
complex tasks characterize tasks that have very difficult (a) Step 1. The rating for importance (I) was 2 or not
ratings. important (less than 2.5).
(b) Moderate Difficulty (2.5 to <4.5). The compre- (b) Step 2. The rating for difficulty (D) was 1.3 or
hension of intermediate procedures, requirements for not difficult (less than 2.5).
knowledge, performance of basic to intermediate skills, (c) Result for DI Analysis. For this sample task, the
and the ability to analyze routine tasks characterize result from the decision tree indicates a recommended
tasks that have moderate difficulty ratings. subsequent qualification interval of 5 yr, not to exceed
(c) Not Difficult (<2.5). The comprehension of basic 63 months.
procedures, requirements for knowledge, performance (d) Optional Step 3. When it is used, the rating for
of basic skills, and the ability to apply principles charac- frequency (F), how often is the task performed,
terize tasks that have not difficult ratings. places the final emphasis on determining the subse-
quent qualification interval of the task. In this exam-
G-5.1.3Frequency Rating Decision Tree Parameters. ple of the response, it was 1.6 or not frequent (less
Frequency is based on the number of times a task is per- than 2.4).
formed during a calendar year as defined in para. G-4.3. (e) Result for DIF Analysis. For this sample task, the
Frequency levels can be considered in monthly perfor- results from the decision tree indicate a recommended
mance, e.g., frequency viewed on a monthly basis using subsequent qualification interval of 5 yr, not to exceed
the DIF criteria and rating standards would be as follows: 63 months.

112
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX H
IMPLEMENTATION OF ASME B31Q

H-1 SCOPE H-3.1.1.1 Obtain the most current ASME B31Q


Pipeline Personnel Qualification Task List document
The purpose of this Appendix is to provide guidance (Nonmandatory Appendix A) for reference. Permission
to organizations for the implementation of the ASME may need to be obtained from ASME to use and share
B31Q Standard. First, guidance is provided for the com- this document within the organization.
parison between the organizations program and ASME
B31Q. Second, guidance is provided for the implemen- H-3.1.1.2 Once the ASME B31Q task list has been
tation of the ASME B31Q task list. reviewed, select SMEs for the task review meeting.
Guidance for selecting SMEs for this type of review is
H-2 PROGRAM COMPARISON covered in para. 5.3.1.
Differences between an organizations operator quali-
H-3.1.1.3 Hold a SME meeting to review the
fication (OQ) program and ASME B31Q do not neces-
ASME B31Q task list for applicable tasks in accordance
sarily indicate a deficiency. They indicate where changes
with para. 5.5(a). If there are any tasks in the ASME
may be considered to document current practices or to
B31Q list that SMEs agree should not be included in the
converge with this Standard. Table H-2-1 is a detailed
organizations list, document the rationale for exclusion
list of program requirements, which may be used to
in accordance with para. 5.5(b). The result of the review
compare an OQ program to the ASME B31Q Standard.
is an SME-validated ASME B31Q task list of applicable
Table H-2-2 provides an example comparison for the
tasks.
first five items. Once the comparison is made to identify
where the organizations current OQ program diverges
H-3.1.2 Review Organizations Current Task List. The
from ASME B31Q, the organization can choose to make
second action needed to implement the ASME B31Q
appropriate changes. Documentation of this review
task list is to have a group of SMEs review the organiza-
and program changes may be done in accordance with
tions current list. The SMEs determine tasks that may
ASME B31Q, section 11, Program Effectiveness, and
not be on the ASME B31Q list that need to continue as
section 13, Documentation Requirements.
covered tasks.

H-3 IMPLEMENTATION OF NONMANDATORY H-3.1.2.1 Obtain the organizations current OQ


APPENDIX A, THE ASME B31Q TASK LIST covered task list.
This section provides guidance for implementing the
Nonmandatory Appendix A task list to include creation H-3.1.2.2 Once the task list for review is obtained,
and implementation of an ASME B31Qcompatible task select SMEs for the task review meeting. Guidance for
list. Figures H-3-1 and H-3-2 provide flow charts of the selecting SMEs for this type of review is covered in para.
process, and Table H-3-1 provides an example of a one- 5.3.1.
year transition plan for implementing the ASME B31Q
task list. H-3.1.2.3 Hold the SME meeting to review the
organizations current task list for applicable tasks that
H-3.1 Creation of a Compatible Task List in may need to be added to the ASME B31Q task list in
Accordance With ASME B31Q accordance with para. 5.5(c) that are unique to the organ-
izations operation or relate to the development of new
Figure H-3-1 provides a flowchart of the steps technology. If there are any tasks in the organizations
described in this paragraph. current task list that SMEs agree should not be included
in the final list, document their rationale for exclusion.
H-3.1.1Review ASME B31Q Task List. The first This documentation is not required in accordance with
action needed to implement the ASME B31Q task list is para. 5.5(c) but is a good practice, since there may be
to have a group of subject matter experts (SMEs) review questions about those changes. The result of the review
the list to determine which tasks on the list apply to the is an SME-validated list of unique or new technology-
organizations operations. related tasks.

113
ASME B31Q-2016

H-3.1.3 Combine Task Lists to Create an ASME B31Q As noted in para. 5.5(c), if there is a conflict between
Compatible Task List. Once the ASME B31Q task list and task elements in matched tasks such as span of control
current organization task list have been reviewed and and evaluation methods, it should be resolved by adopt-
validated by SMEs, the SMEs need to perform a detailed ing the most demanding requirements.
comparison between the lists and determine the final
breakdown of the individual tasks. H-3.1.3.5 Once the task list and elements have been
finalized, consult with IT, or whomever manages the
H-3.1.3.1 A comparison between the ASME B31Q organizations documentation or other systems used to
task list and the organizations current task list should manage the OQ program, to prepare the system and add
result in the following: the new tasks with the new naming convention.
(a) ASME B31Q tasks only
H-3.1.3.6 Document the correspondence between
(b) Organization tasks only
the ASME B31Q elements and the ASME B31Qcom-
(c) Common tasks between both lists
patible task list, as it is validated by the ASME B31Q
A matrix of all covered tasks (Organization and Standard and the organizations SME process for the
ASME B31Q tasks) is a good tool for performing the additional tasks.
comparison. It will also help in mapping and document-
ing the conversion of organization tasks, names, and H-3.2 Implementation of a Compatible Task List in
numbers to the ASME B31Qcompatible tasks names Accordance With ASME B31Q
and numbers (see H-3.1.3.3).
Implementation of the ASME B31Qcompatible task
list requires two parallel processes. First, evaluation
H-3.1.3.2 Review the tasks to determine whether materials, and possibly training materials, must be
the ASME B31Q tasks or additional organization tasks developed for tasks where they do not exist. Second,
should be combined or subdivided to fit the correspond- the qualification records need to be reconciled. Once the
ing evaluation or work assignment process the organi- materials are ready, and the decision has been made to
zation uses as allowed in para. 5.5. The result should reconcile qualification records, the task list and changes
be an ASME B31Qcompatible task list where the tasks to associated systems and processes can be imple-
have been subdivided and combined to optimize its mented. Figure H-3-2 provides a flowchart of the steps
usefulness. described in this paragraph.

H-3.1.3.3 Adopt and implement a naming or H-3.2.1Evaluation and Training Material


numbering convention for the ASME B31Qcompatible Development. Review each task on the ASME B31Q
task list. Consider future revisions to the task list in compatible task list to determine what evaluation and
determining the naming/numbering convention. For training materials exist. For tasks with insufficient mate-
example, if tasks are ordered by technical discipline, rials, develop the materials that are needed. For tasks
the naming/numbering convention may allow space that do have materials available, determine whether
for new tasks within the technical discipline. The easi- they need to be revised or updated to match the new
est option may be to adapt the ASME B31Q numbering task or current practices. Once the materials have been
convention. Use the ASME B31Q task number where developed or updated, make them available for use
the task is being implemented as is and use numbers through the organizations systems and processes.
between for the tasks that have been split or added.
H-3.2.2Qualification Record Reconciliation.The
H-3.1.3.4 Once the list itself is set with task first step in reconciling qualification records is to review
names/numbers and titles, the task elements includ- the match between current qualifications and the ASME
ing evaluation criteria, subsequent qualification inter- B31Qcompatible task list. The materials produced by
vals, evaluation method(s), and span of control need the comparison between the ASME B31Q task list and
to be determined for each task. For ASME B31Q tasks the organizations current task list in H-3.1.3.1 may be
that have been adopted, apply the task elements (c) helpful.
through (g) in Nonmandatory Appendix A. Task ele- Where there is a match between current qualifica-
ments need to be developed for tasks that do not have tions and the ASME B31Qcompatible task list, con-
them. Nonmandatory Appendix D provides an exam- sider translating the records to the new task number/
ple of evaluation criteria. Guidance for determination name and transferring those qualifications to meet
of task difficulty and importance of identifying the the requirements of the new task. Note that these
subsequent qualification interval is in Nonmandatory qualifications should retain their original qualifica-
Appendix G. Evaluation method determination guid- tion date when they are transferred. Consult with the
ance is in Nonmandatory Appendix F. Requirements for organizations IT group, or whomever manages the
determining the span of control is in para. 9.4.2.

114
ASME B31Q-2016

documentation system, to develop a transition plan (d) Develop a transition plan for contractors to qual-
and test the translation and upload of records for a ify on new tasks or those tasks where they did not get a
smooth implementation. transferred qualification.
Where a match does not exist or is weak, train as
applicable and qualify the employees on the new task.
H-3.2.4Management of Program Change. Imple
Develop a transition plan to ensure employees have the
ment the organizations management of change process
opportunity to become qualified on these tasks prior to
for employees and contractors. Refer to the organiza-
the effective date of the program change.
tions Management of Change process and section 12
Also review the method(s) of qualification used
of this Standard for program Management of Change
previously and the method(s) required by the ASME
requirements. Consider communication and documen-
B31Qcompatible task list. As described in para.
tation of program change information such as
9.1.3.1, if a performance evaluation was not previ-
ously performed for a task that requires a perfor- (a) a description of the change
mance evaluation under this Standard, a performance (b) an assessment of the impact of the change on the
evaluation should be performed either during the qualifications
implementation period or at the time of subsequent (c) responsibility for communicating the change
qualification. (d) any required actions
(e) transition plan and time frame to include the
H-3.2.3 Contractor ASME B31QCompatible Task List effective date of the change
Implementation. There are a number of contractor
issues to consider depending on how the organization
handles contractor qualifications. Consider the follow- H-3.2.5Record and Document Qualifications.
ing, as applicable. Whether the qualification record was transferred from
the previous program task list or is a new qualification,
(a) Cross-reference the ASME B31Qcompatible ensure that the organizations records are complete prior
task list with approved methods of qualification for to the effective date of this program change. This may
contractors. require a review of qualifications by field supervision.
(b) Identify new tasks for which contractors will have Table H-3-1 is an example of a one-year implemen-
to qualify. tation plan of the ASME B31Qcompatible task list
(c) Determine whether any contractor qualification based on the principles of H-3.2. This Table may be
records will be allowed to be transferred to the ASME used as guidance to prepare for the organizations
B31Qcompatible task list. implementation.

115
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
4.2.1(a) Identify the operating or business unit(s) of the
entity to which the qualification program applies
4.2.1(b) Describe the purpose and scope for the program
4.2.1(c) Contains other information required within this
Standard or necessary to clarify the purpose and
scope of the program
4.2.2 Definitions key terms and phrases in the qualifi-
cation program shall be defined; terms and phrases
do not need to be defined if their use or meaning is
consistent with the definitions in section 2
4.2.2(a) Include those definitions unique to the qualifica-
tion program
4.2.2(b) Include those definitions that are different from
section 2 of this Standard
4.2.3 Describe the process used to identify covered tasks
4.2.3 Include or reference the list of the identified cov-
ered tasks that are being utilized in the program
4.2.4(a) Describe the process used to identify abnormal
operating conditions (AOCs)
4.2.4(b) Describe the process used to ensure that individu-
als who perform covered tasks are able to recog-
nize and react to the identified AOCs
4.2.5 Describe processes for determining when it is ap-
propriate to provide for personnel training and how
it is to be provided
4.2.6(a) Describe the evaluation process (including how
evaluators and/or proctors are selected)
4.2.6(b) Include evaluation criteria in the program
4.2.6(c) Identify evaluation methods to be used for each
covered task
4.2.7(a) Identify parties responsible for determining the
qualification an individual requires, verifying the
qualifications of individuals performing covered
tasks, suspending and reinstating or revoking
qualifications, establishing and maintaining span-
of-control ratios, ensuring a qualified individual
is assigned to direct and observe nonqualified
individuals within span-of-control ratios, and estab-
lishing and maintaining subsequent qualification
intervals
4.2.7(b) Describe how other applicable codes or standards
will be integrated into the qualification process
4.2.7(c) Describe the process of managing initial and subse-
quent qualifications
4.2.7(d) Describe the process for assigning qualified indi-
viduals to perform covered tasks and how covered
tasks performed during emergency response are
handled
4.2.7(e) Describe the process for allowing performance of
covered tasks by nonqualified individuals working
under the direction and observation of a qualified
person

116
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
4.2.8 If portable evaluations will be accepted, describe
how this is managed, monitored, and documented
4.2.9 Describe processes implemented to evaluate the
effectiveness of the qualification program
4.2.10 Describe how program requirements are commu-
nicated to affected individuals and how changes
to program requirements are managed and
communicated
4.2.11 Describe how documentation requirements will
be met and how program documentation will be
maintained
5.1 Identify tasks that affect the safety and integrity of
the pipeline and are defined as covered tasks
5.2 Use one of the methods in the Standard to deter-
mine covered tasks, or use a technically sound al-
ternate process that is documented in the program
6 Use the list of AOCs in the Standard or SME-identified
AOCs based on the definition in this Standard
7.1 Identify responsibilities for determining the need
for training an individual, identifying training mate-
rials or resources, and assuring and documenting
successful completion of necessary training
7.2 Provide guidance for determining an individuals
need for training to include a list of common situa-
tions where training should be considered
7.3.1 Identify or develop training materials that are
consistent with the individuals training needs
determined in 7.2
7.3.2 Implement training in a setting conducive to
learning and facilitated by individuals who have
demonstrated knowledge in the subject matter and
can communicate the information effectively
7.3.3 If tests administered in conjunction with train-
ing are used as part of the evaluation process,
develop, maintain, and implement in accordance
with section 8 of this Standard
7.4 Document training needs, content of training, and
completion
8.1.1 Document the evaluation process, which establish-
es responsibilities for establishing and maintaining
the evaluation process and evaluations and select-
ing evaluators and/or proctors
8.1.1(b) Use evaluators when a judgment must be made
about an individuals performance and select in
accordance with 5.3.1, based on their ability to
administer the evaluation in accordance with the
requirements and to make it possible for the indi-
vidual to accurately demonstrate his or her KSAs
during evaluation

117
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
8.1.2 Include in the evaluation process policies or
procedures for prohibiting an individual from
self-scoring, verifying the identity of the individual
being evaluated, investigating and resolving
suspected cheating, concluding an evaluation early
when unsafe or unsatisfactory actions are being
demonstrated, and resolving evaluation failure to
include determining remedial actions and the mini-
mum allowable time between evaluation attempts
8.2.1 SMEs have verified that the content of the
evaluation(s) cover the criteria required for perfor-
mance of the task(s) and address conditions that
may either be caused by or encountered during
performance of the task that adversely impact the
safety or integrity of the pipeline
8.2.2 For each task, document evaluation criteria that
represent the knowledge, skills, and distinctive
physical abilities an individual must possess and
demonstrate to be considered qualified
8.2.3 Select evaluation method(s) for each task to reflect
the purpose of the evaluation
8.3.1 When used, develop and maintain written evalu-
ations using a process that prevents disclosure
of written evaluations and scoring keys, includes
administration instructions, includes questions
to probe an individuals knowledge and compre-
hension of all task criteria, limits use of True/
False items, establishes which if any items may be
completed using reference materials, minimizes
the use of individual items that must be answered
correctly in order to pass, sets pass/fail score, and
ensures that when an individual is accommodated
by having a written evaluation read to them it is
performed in accordance with administration direc-
tions and without coaching
8.3.2 When used, develop and maintain oral evalua-
tions using a process that includes administration
instructions, assures administration is performed
by an evaluator, includes questions to probe an
individuals knowledge and comprehension of
task criteria, and requires evaluator judgment that
the individual performed satisfactorily on each
question
8.3.3 When used, develop and maintain performance
evaluations using a process that includes admin-
istration instructions, assures administration is
performed by an evaluator selected in accordance
with 8.1.1(b), specifies observable behavior or
performance components to be checked by the
evaluator, establishes which behavior or perfor-
mance components may be performed with access
to reference materials, specifies questions that
should be asked to probe an individuals knowl-
edge and comprehension, assures the performance
occurs within an appropriate setting, and requires
judgment that the individual performed satisfacto-
rily on each item

118
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
9(c) Allow for qualification alternatives for manufacturer
or service provider personnel who are performing
covered tasks such as tasks in conformance with
standards developed through the ANSI process,
certification of the organizations quality manage-
ment to ISO quality management system stand-
ards, certification by the organization of the individ-
ual performing the task that the work product is in
conformance with the standards or specifications
established for the job and is supported by the
performing organizations quality assurance or
inspection program
9.1.1 Establish responsibility for determining the quali
fications individual requires, verifying the quali-
fications of individual performing covered tasks,
ensuring a qualified individual is assigned to direct
and observe nonqualified individuals within the
established span-of-control ratios, and establishing
and maintaining subsequent qualification intervals
9.1.2 If individuals are qualified under an American
National Standard, the initial and subsequent
qualification requirements of that standard shall
govern, and requirements of this Standard that are
not included in that code or standard, such as rec-
ognition of and reaction to AOCs, shall also be met
9.1.3.1 Ensure that evaluation for initial qualification
includes a performance evaluation, unless the
covered task has been determined to require only
an individuals knowledge to correctly perform the
task
9.1.3.2 Ensure that evaluations for subsequent qualifica-
tion utilize methods that verify the required KSAs
needed to perform each covered task
9.1.3.2 Verification of retention of required distinctive
physical abilities may be completed through a
performance evaluation in accordance with section
8 or through documented performance monitoring
or other means that confirm and document the indi-
vidual is capable of performing the covered task(s)
9.1.3.2 In the subsequent qualification process, verify that
any suspension related to the qualification has
been satisfactorily resolved
9.2 Include processes or procedures to suspend and
reinstate or revoke a qualification(s)
9.2.1 Ensure that the suspension and reinstatement
process or procedure includes, when necessary,
notifying the individual and those who are respon-
sible to assign the performance of covered tasks to
the individual
9.2.1 Provide guidance for determining when a suspen-
sion is appropriate to include a list of common situ-
ations where suspension should be considered

119
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
9.2.2 Reinstate suspended qualifications when it has
been determined and documented that the indi-
vidual was and still is qualified, the individual has
completed action that resolves the concern that
caused the suspension, or the qualification has
been re-established in accordance with the require-
ments for initial qualification
9.2.3 Ensure that the revocation process or procedure
includes, when necessary, notifying the individual
and those who are responsible to assign the perfor-
mance of covered tasks to the individual
9.2.3 Consider revocation of qualification when a sus-
pended qualification is not resolved or when it is
determined that an individual is no longer qualified
9.2.4 If it is determined that an individual is to be
qualified for a revoked qualification, they shall be
qualified in accordance with initial qualification
procedures
9.3 Individuals whose normal job responsibilities
include emergency response shall be qualified for
the covered tasks they perform in responding to,
stabilizing, or terminating an emergency condition
9.3 Ensure that tasks performed after the emergency
condition has been stabilized or terminated are
performed by qualified individuals
9.3 First priority is to dispatch qualified individuals
to respond to the emergency condition. However,
nonqualified individuals that are close to the scene
may be called upon to respond to an emergency
condition in order to immediately protect life, prop-
erty, and the environment. When practical, reason-
able guidance and direction should be provided to
nonqualified individuals on the appropriate actions
for stabilizing the emergency condition
9.3 Professional emergency responders, such as
firefighters, do not need to be qualified to perform
covered tasks unless they are under contract to
perform them on behalf of the operator
9.3 Individuals who perform covered tasks through a
mutual aid arrangement shall perform emergency
response tasks consistent with the qualification
requirements for emergency responders
9.4 A nonqualified individual performing a covered task
shall be directed and observed by an individual
who is qualified. The qualified individual is ac-
countable for the work and shall be physically
present during task performance and able to take
immediate action to prevent or mitigate an AOC
9.4.1 A span-of-control ratio that indicates the number
of nonqualified individuals who can perform a task
under the direction and observation of a qualified
individual shall be set for each task
9.4.1 When a single qualified individual directs and
observes more than one nonqualified individual
performing different covered tasks, the qualified
individual must adhere to the most restrictive span-
of-control ratio for a given task

120
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
9.4.2 Ensure that the qualification program either
adopts the span-of-control ratios in Nonmandatory
Appendix A or includes processes or procedures to
establish and assess the span-of-control ratio for
each covered task
9.5.1 Ensure that the qualification program includes pro-
cesses or procedures to establish the subsequent
qualification interval for each qualification. The
processes and procedures shall include assess-
ment to identify subsequent qualification intervals
that require reduction, unless the subsequent
qualification intervals in Nonmandatory Appendix A
are adopted or are more frequent. Intervals can be
lengthened when data can be provided that show a
longer interval is prudent
9.5.1 Subsequent qualification intervals may be estab-
lished with a 3-month grace period
10 Portability is a nonmandatory section in this
Standard. Entities that choose to issue or accept
portable evaluations shall describe or document
how the minimum requirements of this section will
be met for sections 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, and 13
11.1 Ensure that the qualification program includes a
process to appraise its effectiveness and shall be
conducted periodically at an interval of 3 years not
to exceed 39 months
11.1(a) Determine whether the program is being imple-
mented as documented or use Nonmandatory
Appendix I
11.1(b) Appraise whether the program is effective as
implemented
11.1(c) Include provisions to update the qualification
program based on the results in compliance with
the management of change process used for the
OQ program
11.1(c)(2) The operator shall measure the number of indi-
viduals whose performance of a covered task(s)
adversely affected the safety or integrity of the
pipeline
11.1(c)(2) The operator may select other measures specifi-
cally related to incidents or accidents caused by
human error as determined by industry studies or
individual operator data
12.1.1 Ensure that communication of qualification
program requirements includes the following: iden-
tification of the types of information that need to
be communicated, determination of which affected
parties should receive such communication, iden-
tification of how this information is communicated,
and a description of how assurance is provided that
needed communications have occurred

121
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
12.1.2 Ensure that communication to qualified individuals
or individuals who will be qualified includes the fol-
lowing: their responsibilities in the implementation
of the qualification program, a list of covered tasks
and AOCs, a method for determining their qualifica-
tion status and the qualification status of individu-
als they may direct and observe, the requirement
to perform only covered tasks for which they have
been qualified unless directed and observed by a
qualified individual, procedures for directing and
observing nonqualified individuals including span-
of-control requirements, and action to take if an
individual loses one or more qualification(s)
12.1.3 Ensure that communication to individuals with
program responsibilities includes the following:
their role in the implementation of the qualification
program, qualification program requirements, a list
of covered tasks and AOCs, and qualification pro-
gram procedures or processes they are responsible
to implement
12.2.1 Ensure the qualification program management of
change communication process and procedure
includes description of the change, assessment
of the impact of the change on the qualification
program, determination of the responsibility for
communicating the change and any required ac-
tions, and methods to verify communication
12.2.2 The management of change process shall require
identification of conditions, whether temporary or
permanent, that may influence and require changes
to the qualification program. Compare to items
(a) through (l)
12.2.3 In managing changes affecting covered tasks,
include a process for rating the impact of each
change
13.1 Write and maintain a qualification program in ac-
cordance with section 4 of this Standard
13.2 Document the initial communication of the qualifi-
cation program and its requirements to the affected
individuals
13.3.1 Describe the process used to identify covered tasks
13.3.1 If using Nonmandatory Appendix A task list and
SMEs do not believe a task should be covered,
document the task and the rationale for not includ-
ing it in the covered task list
13.3.2 Document the list of covered tasks
13.3.3 Document the evaluation criteria for each covered
task
13.3.4 Document the appropriate evaluation method(s)
for each covered task, unless the task list in
Nonmandatory Appendix A is adopted
13.3.5 Document the subsequent qualification inter-
val for each covered task, unless the task list in
Nonmandatory Appendix A is adopted

122
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-1 OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard (Cont'd)


Paragraph Requirement in ASME B31Q Standard Comments Determination
13.3.6 Document the span-of-control for each cov-
ered task, unless the task list in Nonmandatory
Appendix A is adopted
13.4 Document the list of AOCs that apply
13.5 When a need is identified for training to qualify an
individual to perform a covered task, document the
requirement for the individual to complete training
13.6 When training is required to support an individuals
qualification, document and maintain training in-
formation such as an outline of the training course
objectives, as well as a record of the individuals
successful completion of the training
13.7 For each qualification granted to an individual,
ensure the following is on file and recorded as
supporting documentation: the name of the quali-
fied individual along with a unique identifier, the
covered task for which the individual was qualified,
the individual has been successfully evaluated on
his/her ability to recognize and react to AOCs, the
method used to evaluate the individual if different
from that prescribed in the program, the date of
qualification, successful completion of the test
if testing is used, and the name of the evaluator
along with his/her unique identifier if an evaluator
conducted the evaluation
13.8 Include evaluator credentials or the process used
to select evaluators
13.9 Ensure program changes include: date of change,
effective date of change, description and basis of
change, category of change, and communication to
affected individuals
13.10 Ensure all effectiveness appraisals shall be
documented to include name of organization,
date, location(s), list of the program elements
reviewed during the effectiveness appraisal, name
of the individual(s) performing the effectiveness
appraisal, and results, recommendations, and
changes implemented
13.11 Ensure documents are legible, accurate, completed
appropriately, and traceable to the item(s) and/or
activity(s) to which they apply
13.11.1 Formatting documents may be originals, copies,
or electronic (scanned images, spreadsheets, or
databases)
13.11.2 Maintain documents generated for an individuals
qualifications for 5 yr after the qualification date
expires
13.11.2 Retain the remaining qualification program docu-
ments while they are effective and for 5 yr from the
date the documents revisions become obsolete

123
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-2-2 Example of OQ Program Comparison to ASME B31Q Standard


Paragraph ASME B31Q Standard Requirement Comments Determination
4.2.1(a) Identify the operating or business unit(s) of the The Corporation is identified, but the individual May need change
entity to which the qualification program applies operating entities are not
4.2.1(b) Describe the purpose and scope of the program Our program has a description of the purpose Match
and scope
4.2.1(c) Contains other information required by this Our program doesnt have anything additional, No change
Standard or necessary to clarify the purpose and but I dont know that there is anything addi-
scope of the program tional to document
4.2.2 Definitions key terms and phrases included We have definitions similar to the Standard, No change
within the qualification program shall be defined; but need to keep them there to influence the
terms and phrases do not need to be defined if understanding of our employees
its use or meaning is consistent with the defini-
tions in section 2
4.2.2(a) Definitions include those unique to the qualifica- There arent many differences between our No change
tion program definitions and the Standards or industrys

GENERAL NOTE: OQ program comparison to the ASME B31Q Standard in its entirety is listed in Table H-2-1.

124
ASME B31Q-2016

Figure H-3-1 Creation of a Compatible Task List in Accordance With ASME B31Q

Document the
rationale for not
including the tasks
[see para 5.5(b)]

Yes

Form a group of
SMEs to review From
Obtain ASME B31Q subject matters Create a
ASME B31Qs applicable
Pipeline Personnel experts (SMEs) to tasks, should any validated ASME
task list for
Qualification documentation review the ASME task not become B31Q task list of
applicable tasks No
for reference B31Q Tasks a covered applicable tasks
[see para 5.5(a)]
(see para 5.3.1) task?

SMEs to perform
Form a unified a detailed
comparison of the
SME group for validated ASME
comparison of B31Q task list and
the two lists the validated
organization
task list

Form a group of
subject matter SMEs to review From Create a
experts (SMEs) to the organizations organizations validated
Obtain organizations
the review the task list and task list, should any
current covered task list tasks be added organization
organizations supporting No
current task list records or deleted? task list
(see para 5.3.1)

Yes

Add or delete Document the


tasks as rationale for any
necessary deleted tasks

GENERAL NOTE: Task list shall be maintained in accordance with the current edition of ASME B31Q.

125
ASME B31Q-2016

Figure H-3-1 Creation of a Compatible Task List in Accordance With ASME B31Q (Contd)

Create a validated,
Master Task List
Review all Document the
that identifies: Adopt and
organization Are any rationale
common tasks Adopt the Modified list
tasks or implement a organization No ASME B31Q between ASME
between both lists subdivide with naming becomes Organizations
tasks not related to B31Q elements
ASME B31Q tasks existing ASME convention for task elements ASME B31Qcompatible
ASME B31Q & ASME B31Q
(only) B31Q tasks all tasks (c) through (g) task list
tasks? compatible
organization tasks (see para 5.5) task list
(only)
Yes

Develop ASME
B31Q task
elements
(c) through (g)

Document the following:


(c) Difficulty
(d) Importance
(e) Interval
(f) Evaluation
(g) Span of control
(see para 9.4.2)

Figure H-3-2 Implementation of a Compatible Task List in Accordance With ASME B31Q

Review match Translate


between Does the current record(s)
Reference for upload as
current task have
organizationss B31Q qualification(s) B31Q compatible
compatible task list qualifications Yes
that match? task
and B31Q
task list qualifications

Revise training
and/or material
as needed for
each task No

Yes

Implement
Review each Does management of
task on list for Does Retain all Train and
training training training and change process qualify Record and
existing and/or material and/or material document employee
training and evaluation for employees employees as
need to be need to be No and contractors
evaluation created? No materials applicable qualifications
revised?
material (see section 12)

Yes

Create training
and/or
material that is
needed for
each task

126
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-3-1 One-Year ASME B31QCompatible Task List Implementation Plan


Month Task Completed
Action
January February March April May June July August September October November December

Creation of a Compatible Task List in Accordance With ASME B31Q


SMEs determine whether or not the
ASME B31Q tasks should remain as
part of the organizations task list.
Document the rationale for not
including ASME B31Q tasks.
[See paras. 5.5 (a) and (b).]

SMEs determine whether or not any


of the current tasks should remain
as part of the organizations task
list. Document the rationale for not
including tasks from the
organizations current list.

SMEs compare and cross-reference


currrent tasks to ASME B31Q task
list. (Selecting SMEs is covered in
para. 5.3.1.)
SMEs identify any special
operations and ensure they are
covered by the organizations task
list, as appropriate.
[See para. 5.5(c).]

Finalize ASME B31Qcompatible


task list (Task element finalization
is covered under System
Prepartation and Task List
Implementation.)

Determine whether any of the


cross-referenced tasks will require
requalification or the qualification(s)
will transfer to the ASME B31Q
task(s). A documented performance
evaluation, if not previously
performed for a task that requires
performance evaluation for initial
qualification under this Standard,
should be performed either during
the implementation period or at the
time of subsequent qualification.
(See Foreword and para. 9.1.3.1.)

127
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-3-1 One-Year ASME B31QCompatible Task List Implementation Plan (Contd)
Month Task Completed
Action
January February March April May June July August September October November December

Creation of a Compatible Task List in Accordance With ASME B31Q (Contd)

Identify new tasks for which


employees will have to initially
qualify.

Cross-reference the ASME B31Q


compatible task list with approved
methods of qualification for
contractors.
Determine whether any of the
cross-referenced tasks for
contractors will require
requalification, or whether the
qualification(s) are acceptable or
will transfer to the ASME B31Q
compatible task(s).
Identify new tasks for which
contractors will have to qualify.

Transition Planning for Continued Compliance

Plan for data transfer with those


who manage the documentation
system (internal IT or vendor).

Determine if there will be a need for


a documentation system blackout
period while data is being
uploaded.

Determine whether there will be a


period of time when employees can
qualify based on the current
tasks/standards in preparation for
the transfer of records. Determine
the latest date employees can
qualify based on the current
tasks/standards, and enter the
records into the documentation
system. In this example annual
plan, qualifications would need to
be in the system by the end of April.

128
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-3-1 One-Year ASME B31Q Compatible Task List Implementation Plan (Contd)

Month Task Completed


Action
January February March April May June July August September October November December

Transition Planning for Continued Compliance (Contd)

Develop transition plan for


employees to qualify on new tasks
or those tasks where they did not
get a transferred qualification. How
long will there be between the time
the tasks are implemented and
employees who perform the work
have to be qualified?

Develop transition plan for


contractors to qualify on new tasks
or those tasks where they did not
get a transferred qualification. How
long will there be between the time
the tasks are implemented and
employees who perform the work
have to be qualified?

Develop a transition plan for any


groups/individuals who are under
different programs or circumstances.

System Preparation and Task List Implementation

Employees qualify and enter


qualification records based on the
current program.

Develop qualification standards (e.g.,


abnormal operating conditions,
training requirements, subsequent
qualification intervals, evaluation
criteria, spans of control, and
evaluation methods) for new tasks.
[See para. 5.5(c) and Nonmandatory
Appendices D, F, and G].

Resolve conflict in matched tasks


such as span of control and
evaluation methods by adopting the
more demanding requirements.
[see para. 5.5(c)].

Check existing OQ qualification


standards against operations and
maintenance procedures.

Update any associated program


documents and reference materials.
Set up test delivery systems with
new tests, if applicable.

129
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-3-1 One-Year ASME B31QCompatible Task List Implementation Plan (Contd)

Month Task Completed


Action
January February March April May June July August September October November December

System Preparation and Task List Implementation (Contd)

Set up documentation system with


new tasks and qualification
requirements.
Supervisor identifies tasks from the
ASME B31Qcompatible task list
expected of each employee. Assign
or remove tasks associated with
employees in the documentation
system, if applicable.

Test the qualification translation


from the current task list to ASME
B31Qcompatible task list and
qualification record upload into
the documentation system with
IT/vendor.
Translate and upload current
qualifications to ASME B31Q
compatible tasks in documentation
system.

Supervisors validate uploaded


qualifications.
Employees qualify on new/needed
tasks.

Management of Change Communications

Develop presentation to communicate


the transition plan to supervision.

Develop presentation to communicate


the OQ program and task list.

Develop communication to
contractors that conveys the
program change and any actions
needed to maintain or gain task
qualifications.

Communicate transition plan to


contractors for obtaining new task
qualification requirements.

Communicate transition plan and


timing to ops supervision.

Request management identify


additional proctors or evaluators for
new tasks, if needed.

130
ASME B31Q-2016

Table H-3-1 One-Year ASME B31QCompatible Task List Implementation Plan (Contd)

Month Task Completed


Action
January February March April May June July August September October November December

Management of Change Communications (Contd)

Schedule and provide


evaluator/proctor training, if
needed.
Provide OQ program and task list
review for all employees to include
qualification/requalification
requirements.

Follow-up with field management


to ensure all employees and
contractors are in compliance,
identify any outstanding issues,
and respond accordingly.

GENERAL NOTE: Shading indicates estimated month of completion for that task.

131
ASME B31Q-2016

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX I
PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION AND EFFECTIVENESS
APPRAISALS

I-1 PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION APPRAISAL (3) Are evaluations being performed by appro-
priate methods and evaluators?
Program implementation appraisals should apply to (4) Are qualification records current and complete?
the elements of the program, including development, (5) Are changes to the qualification process being
implementation, data analysis, and support services. communicated and implemented according to the quali-
These appraisals should determine whether or not the fication program?
functions of an operation comply with the qualification (6) Are records maintained pursuant to the
program. These appraisals may be conducted by internal requirements of this Standard and qualification pro-
organizations or outside agencies. Prior to performing gram? Examples of those documents include
the appraisal, the scope and procedures of the appraisal (-a) qualification program
should be clearly defined. Implementation appraisals (-b) evaluation records
should consider both qualification management and the (-c) evaluator records
qualification program. (-d) training records
(a) Questions that may be addressed in evaluating (-e) quality assurance documents
qualification management include the following: (-f) management of change documents
(1) Are covered tasks being completed by quali-
fied individuals or by nonqualified individuals being
directed and observed by a qualified individual within
I-2 PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS APPRAISAL
the span of control of the qualification program? In addition to the two required measures, the follow-
(2) Are covered tasks being performed using the ing measures may be considered to appraise program
appropriate procedures? effectiveness:
(3) Are evaluations being performed by appro- (a) effectiveness of the methods of evaluation for
priate methods and evaluators? individual qualifications
(4) Are suspended and revoked qualifications (b) number of events or actions that adversely affect
being managed as stated in the qualification program? the safety or integrity of the pipeline within a specific
(5) Are reviews of events or actions that adversely time frame
affected the safety or integrity of the pipeline conducted? (c) number of individuals with qualifications sus-
Are follow-up actions taken? pended or revoked
(6) Are changes to the qualification process being (d) number of reasonable cause investigations
communicated and implemented according to the quali- (e) review of feedback received from evaluators,
fication program? employees, contractors, other affected individuals, and
(7) Are qualification records current and complete? governing agency feedback regarding
(b) Questions that may be addressed in appraising (1) training
the qualification program include the following: (2) evaluation issues
(1) Are the responsibilities of individuals under (3) procedural issues
the qualification program clearly and formally defined? (4) AOC recognition and reaction issues
(2) Are the individuals involved in the qualifi- (5) subsequent qualification intervals effectiveness
cation program properly informed and aware of the (6) span of control effectiveness or
program and all of their activities as stated in the quali- (f) review of the findings of program implementa-
fication program? tion appraisals

132
ASME B31Q-2016